Books

::Contents##<br/>TP53: Coordinator of the Processes That Underlie the Hallmarks of Cancer / Pierre Hainaut<br/>The Inheritance of p53 / Lukasz F. Grochola, Jorge Zeron-Medina, Emmanouela Repapi, Alexander E. Finlayson and Ying Cai, et al.<br/>p53: Guardian of the Metabolome / Masha V. Poyurovsky and Carol Prives<br/>The p53 Family and Stem Cell Biology / Massimiliano Agostini, Alessandro Rufini, Edward T. W. Bampton, Francesca Bernassola and Gerry Melino, et al.<br/>Mutant p53-Driven Tumorigenesis / Tamara Terzian and Guillermina Lozano<br/>Humanised Mouse Models: Targeting the Murine p53 Locus with Human Sequences / Monica Hollstein and Yang Xu<br/>p53 Models for Mammary Carcinogenesis / Wolfgang Deppert and Genrich Tolstonog<br/>TP53 Somatic Mutations: Prognostic and Predictive Value in Human Cancers / Magali Olivier<br/>Assessing TP53 Status in Human Tumors: Lessons from Breast Cancer / Anita Langerød, Magali Olivier and Anne-Lise Børresen-Dale<br/>TP53 Germline Mutations: Genetics of Li-Fraumeni Syndrome / Doua Bakry and David Malkin<br/>Tp53 Gene Therapy for Cancer Treatment and Prevention / Robert E. Sobol, Yong-Song Guan, Long-Jiang Li, Wei-Wei Zhang and Zhaohui Peng, et al.<br/>Upstream Targets in the p53 Pathway / Anna R. McCarthy and Sonia Lain<br/>p53-Reactivating Molecules as Research Tools and Anticancer Drugs / Vera V. Grinkevich, Andreas Warnecke and Galina Selivanova<br/>Targeting Mutant p53 for Improved Cancer Therapy / Jinfeng Shen, Vladimir J. N. Bykov and Klas G. Wiman<br/>p53 Immunotherapy of Cancer / Hakim Echchannaoui and Matthias Theobald<br/>Designing p53 Trials: A Surgical Oncologists View / Daniela Kandioler, Sonja Kappel and Brigitte Wolf<br/>p53 in the Clinic: A Pathologist's View / Philippe Bertheau, Jean-François Fléjou, Yves Allory, Pascale Varlet and Sylvie Lantuejoul, et al.<br/>Genetic Counseling for TP53 Germline Mutations / Maria Isabel Waddington Achatz and Patricia Ashton-Prolla.

::Contents##<br/>Detecting and quantifying p53 isoforms at mRNA level in cell lines and tissues / Marie P. Khoury ... [et al.]<br/>Detecting p53 isoforms at protein level / Virginie Marcel ... [et al.]<br/>Autophagy, senescence, and apoptosis / Rachel W. Goehe ... [et al.]<br/>p53 and cell cycle effects after DNA damage / Emir Senturk and James J. Manfredi<br/>p53 ubiquitination and proteasomal degradation / Ian M. Love, Dingding Shi, and Steven R. Grossman<br/>Identification of p53 in mitochondria / Angelina V. Vaseva and Ute M. Moll<br/>Identification of novel mutant p53 interacting proteins by proteomic analysis / Sumitra Deb and Paul R. Graves<br/>Identification of small molecules affecting p53-MDM2/MDMX interaction by fluorescence polarization / Qi Zhang and Hua Lu<br/>Determine the effect of p53 on chemosensitivity / Emir Senturk and James J. Manfredi<br/>Measurement of chemosensitivity and growth rate in p53 expressing cells / Mahesh Ramamoorthy ... [et al.]<br/>Mutant p53 in cell adhesion and motility / W. Andrew Yeudall, Katharine H. Wrighton, and Sumitra Deb<br/>Use of the DNA fiber spreading technique to detect the effects of mutant p53 on DNA replication / Rebecca A. Frum, Sumitra Deb, and Swati Palit Deb<br/>Generation of p53-deficient induced pluripotent stem cells from mouse embryo fibroblasts / Evguenia M. Alexandrova and Ute M. Moll<br/>p53 actions on microRNA expression and maturation pathway / Hiroshi I. Suzuki and Kohei Miyazono<br/>Isolation and characterization of murine multipotent lung stem cells / Venkat S. Gadepalli, Catherine Vaughan, and Raj R. Rao<br/>Generation of p53 knock-down cell lines / Catherine Vaughan, Swati Palit Deb, and Sumitra Deb<br/>ChIP for identification of p53 responsive DNA promoters / Jun-Ming Liao and Hua Lu<br/>ChIP-on-chip to identify mutant p53 targets / Frauke Goeman, Giulia Fontemaggi, and Giovanni Blandino<br/>ChIP sequencing to identify p53 targets / Catherine Vaughan, Brad Windle, and Sumitra Deb.

::Summary## "The first complete review book for all of the PA Rotation Exams! At last! A complete exam review book for the PA Rotation (EOR) exams that specifically addresses PAEA requirements! Presented in a full-color, concise format, The PA End of Rotation Exam Review covers all the information required to succeed on the EOR Exams for Internal Medicine, Family Medicine, Pediatrics, OB/GYN, Surgery, Emergency Medicine, and Psychiatry. Closely following the PAEA EOR Exam blueprint and featuring practice questions, as well as online review questions for each rotation, this practical solution gives PA students everything they need for EOR exam success. Excellent Value: ll PA rotations are covered in a single text. Focused: Content mirrors the PAEA Blueprint for EOR exams, ensuring that students learn the information they need to excel on the exam. Concise: the tabular and outline format is ideal for quick exam study. High-yield: Information and questions are geared toward each EOR exam and cover high-yield topics, ensuring strong preparation. Easy-to-use: Overlapping content between rotations is fully cross-referenced and easy to locate, regardless of the student's current rotation. Full color: High-quality artwork and photos provide must-know visual information, including dermatology images. Online resources: Practice tests--50 review questions per rotation - provide additional practice and review. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities! Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"--Provided by publisher.

::Summary## This volume sheds new light on the marine fauna and geological setting of the Tjörnes Sequence, North Iceland, which is a classic site for the Pliocene and Pleistocene stratigraphy of the North Atlantic region. Readers will discover descriptions of new data collected by the editors over a period of over three decades on marine faunal assemblages and sedimentology available for palaeoenvironmental reconstructions, as well as the tectonic and stratigraphical relationships on Tjörnes Peninsula. The book includes a comprehensive account of all the collections of marine fossil invertebrate macrofossils and foraminifera known to the editors from the Tjörnes Sequence. It is expected to elucidate sedimentological and faunal changes from relatively stable Pliocene conditions to highly variable and periodically harsh climatic conditions of recurring Quaternary glaciations. The distribution, recent or fossil, of various species is recorded and pertinent ecological and biological features are also discussed. The Tjörnes Sequence records the Neogene migration of Pacific species into the North Atlantic. Researchers in geology, climate science, environmental science and earth science will find this book particularly valuable.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter1. A Brief Resumé of the Geology of Iceland<br/>Chapter2. The Marine Realm Around Iceland<br/>a Review of Biological Research<br/>Chapter3. The Evolution of the Tjörnes Sedimentary Basin in Relation to the Tjörnes Fracture Zone and the Geological Structure of Iceland<br/>Chapter4. A Review of the Research History of the Tjörnes Sequence, North Iceland<br/>Chapter5. Lithostratigraphy of the Tjörnes Sequence in Barmur and Höskuldsvík on the West Coast of Tjörnes, North Iceland<br/>Chapter6. An Age Model for the Miocene to Pleistocene Tjörnes Sequence, North Iceland<br/>Chapter7. Systematic Overview of the Pliocene Molluscs and Barnacles of the Barmur Group on Tjörnes, North Iceland<br/>Chapter8. Foraminifera in the Pliocene Barmur Group on Tjörnes, North Iceland<br/>Chapter9. Reconstructing the Palaeoenvironments of the Pliocene Barmur Group in the Tjörnes Basin, North Iceland<br/>Lithostratigraphy of the Upper Part of the Tjörnes Sequence in Furuvík, Breiðavík, Öxarfjörður, and Central Tjörnes Mountains, North Iceland<br/>Systematic Overview of the Molluscs and Barnacles of the Quaternary Breiðavík Group, North Iceland<br/>Chapter12. Foraminifera in the Early Pleistocene Part of the Breiðavík Group, North Iceland Knudsen<br/>Chapter13. Reconstructing the Palaeoenvironments of the Quaternary Tjörnes Basin, North Iceland<br/>Chapter14. Migration of Pacific Marine Mollusc Fauna into the North Atlantic Across the Arctic Ocean in Pliocene and Early Pleistocene Time.

::Summary## This book is a practical, comprehensive guide to the management of children and adolescents in general dental practice. A logical, evidence-based approach to oral health is adopted throughout. The commonly encountered oral and dental problems and their diagnosis and treatment are covered in detail, with particular attention to dental caries, dental trauma, developmental anomalies, periodontal problems, and soft tissue conditions. Up-to-date guidance is provided on history taking, dental examination, preventive strategies and advanced behaviour management. In addition the relevance of common medical conditions to dental management is discussed. The book is divided into four sections, each of which focusses on a specific age group, helping the reader to relate clinical issues to the different dental developmental stages. The readily understandable text is supported by many informative colour illustrations and diagrams.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Birth To 3 Years Old: Growth and Development in Relation to Paediatric Dentistry<br/>Introduction to the Dental Surgery<br/>Prevention and Interventions in Oral Health Care in Children. 3 To 6 Years Old: Behaviour Management of the Paediatric Patient for Dental Procedures<br/>Management of Dental Caries in Primary Teeth<br/>Dento-Alvoeolar Trauma in the Primary Dentition<br/>Safeguarding for the Paediatric Patient. 6- 12 Years Old: Medical History and Dental Management of the Young Patient<br/>Tooth Eruption and Common Disturbances<br/>Dental Anomalies in the Young Permanent Teeth<br/>Management of Dental Caries in the Young Permanent Teeth<br/>Dento-Alvoeolar Trauma in the Permanent Dentition. 12 To 16 Years Old: Periodontal Conditions<br/>Tooth Surface Loss<br/>Common Soft Tissue and Hard Tissue Lesions.

::Summary## Paediatric Electromyography is a single-author textbook which covers the full range of applications of the techniques of nerve conduction and electromyography (EMG) in children from the neonatal period to the late teenage years. It comprises five sections. Section 1 in its first chapter, gives a detailed introduction to the different skills that are needed to effect successful interventions in paediatric EMG. The emphasis here is that paediatric EMG is not simply adult EMG applied to younger subjects.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Basic physiology<br/>Nerve physiology<br/>Pathophysiological correlations in neuropathies<br/>Nerve damage and entrapment syndromes<br/>Motor unit anatomy and physiology<br/>Needle EMG findings in different pathologies<br/>Investigation of channelopathies<br/>Techniques used to test the neuromuscular junction in children<br/>Pthophysiological associations in paediatric neuromuscular junction disorders<br/>Results of the clinical application of SPACE in suspected disorders of the neuromuscular junction<br/>More advanced techniques.

::Summary## This book introduces the clinical analysis and accompany cases of paediatric Kawasaki disease. It has 14 chapters about typical Kawasaki disease, atypical Kawasaki disease, recurrent, misdiagnosis, and complications involved different systems, such as cardiovascular, digestive, nervous, blood, respiratory, urinary, bone and joints, and endocrine systems complications. In this book, 53 Kawasaki cases are presented with clinical history, physical examination, laboratory findings, diagnosis, treatment and discussion. This book is helpful for clinicians, ultrasonologist, and radiologist to support early diagnosis and proper treatment, which can significantly improve the prognosis of Kawasaki disease.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Cardiovascular System<br/>Digestive System<br/>Nervous System<br/>Blood System<br/>Respiratory System<br/>Urinary System<br/>Bone and Joint System<br/>Endocrine System<br/>IVIG Resistance<br/>Kawasaki Disease Recurrence<br/>Missed Diagnosed Cases<br/>Atypical Kawasaki Disease Cases<br/>Vaccination Related Case<br/>Contraversial Cases<br/>Cardiac Tumor.

::Contents##<br/>1. Clinical approaches<br/>2. Neurodiagnostic tools<br/>3. Signs and symptoms<br/>4. Specific conditions<br/>5. Consultation with other services<br/>6. Emergencies<br/>7. Pharmacopoeia.

::Summary## The book presents a problem-based, rational approach to the diagnosis of orthopaedic problems in children. It is divided into five sections based on the age at which specific problems may be encountered; the newborn, the neonate and infant, the toddler and the pre-school child, the child in the school-going age and the adolescent. The authors outline a systematic approach to arrive at a tentative diagnosis by asking relevant questions related to the presenting symptom and then performing a thorough clinical examination. They then suggest the most appropriate investigations to confirm the diagnosis. Each chapter deals with the common conditions that may lead to the problem; the rarer causes of the problem are listed at the end.<br/>::Contents##<br/>The deformed hip<br/>The deformed femur<br/>The deformed knee<br/>The bowed tibia<br/>The deformed foot<br/>The inverted foot<br/>The everted foot<br/>The deformed shoulder<br/>The deformed elbow<br/>The deformed wrist<br/>The deformed spine<br/>Anomalies of fingers or toes<br/>Absence of digits of the hands or feet<br/>Duplication of fingers<br/>Duplication of toes<br/>Deformities of the fingers or toes<br/>Limb length inequality at birth<br/>Abnormal body proportions or dwarfism evident at birth<br/>Decreased movement of an upper or lower limb in the neonate<br/>Deformities of the neck and limitation of movement of the neck<br/>The child with multiple deformities<br/>Acquired deformities of the knee<br/>In-toeing gait and out-toeing gait<br/>Toe walking<br/>The flat foot<br/>The child with a painless limp<br/>The delayed walker<br/>Deformities and limitation of movements of the shoulder girdle<br/>Deformities and limitation of motion of the forearm<br/>Deformities and limitation of movements of the wrist<br/>Brittle bones and frequent fractures<br/>The child with a painful limp<br/>The painful hip<br/>Short stature and altered body proportions<br/>Gigantism<br/>Acquired limb length inequality<br/>The painful hip in adolescence<br/>The painful knee in adolescence<br/>The painful foot adolescence. .

::Contents##<br/>Vulnerable Bodies and Embodied Boundaries<br/>Rural Women?s Bodies and Invisible Hands: Neoliberalism and Population Control in China<br/>Arrogant Perceptors, World-Travellers, and World-Backpackers: Rethinking María Lugones? Theoretical Framework through Lukas Moodysson?s Mammoth<br/>Embodied Vulnerability in Large Scale Technical Systems<br/>Vulnerable Dam Bodies, Water Bodies and Human Bodies<br/>Toxic Skin and Animal Mops: Ticks and Humanimal Vulnerabilities<br/>Mothering With Neuroscience in a Neoliberal Age: Child Disorders and Embodied Brains<br/>Sexual Arousal, Danger and Vulnerability<br/>The Author?s Body: Almodóvar, auteur, and the Film Object<br/>Performativity and Expression: The Case of David Cronenberg?s M. Butterfly.

::Summary## Now in its second edition Paediatric Palliative Medicine covers all aspects of the care of children with life limiting illnesses, including symptom control, the philosophy and models that support delivery of palliative medicine to children, and the practical delivery of palliative medicine to other professionals and to families.

::Summary## This book provides the reader with a theoretical and practical understanding of two health care delivery models: the patient/child centred care and family-centred care. Both are fundamental to caring for children in healthcare organizations. The authors address their application in a variety of paediatric healthcare contexts, as well as the ethical and legal issues they raise. Each model is increasingly pursued as a vehicle for guiding the delivery of health care in the best interests of children. Such models of health care delivery shape health care policies, programs, facility design, resource allocation decisions and day-to-day interactions among patients, families, physicians and other health care professionals. To maximize the health and ethical benefits these models offer, there must be shared understanding of what the models entail, as well as the ethical and legal synergies and tensions they can create. This book is a valuable resource for paediatricians, nurses, trainees, graduate students, practitioners of ethics and health policy.

::Summary## This book provides readers with a comprehensive evaluation of paediatric radiographs in preparation for the demanding Rapid Reporting component of the Fellowship of the Royal College of Radiologists (FRCR) Part 2B examination, where the margin between pass and fail is very narrow. While other resources may include only a handful of paediatric images in a practice reporting packet, this book is dedicated solely to improving paediatric reporting skill and knowledge. It is designed to address an important deficiency identified in the FRCR Part 2B Examiners' Report, in that "many candidates struggle with interpretation of paediatric imaging - even for common paediatric pathologies". The ten practice tests presented, each with 30 images, will assist readers not only in passing the examination but also in the real world when they have to report paediatric radiographs independently. The range of cases covered, from neonate to adolescent, delivers a sound knowledge of both common paediatric fracture patterns and patterns which are subtler but require a definitive answer as to whether they are normal or abnormal. Guidance is also provided on how to describe each abnormality.

::Summary## This book aims to provide readers with updated information on the diagnosis and management of common sleep disorders in children. An overview of sleep physiology and sleep disorders evaluation followed by an in-depth discussion with illustrative case examples of the most frequent sleep disorders encountered in children. A section on sleep disorders in children with neuromuscular and developmental diseases has also been included. Written by members of the Asia Pacific Paediatric Sleep Alliance and experts from the region, this case-based textbook will be a valuable reference for sleep researchers, paediatricians, and child neurologists, as well as those who are interested in this field of medicine.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Preface<br/>Contents<br/>Part I: Introduction<br/>1: Functions and Control of Sleep<br/>1.1 The Need to Sleep<br/>1.2 Control of Sleep<br/>1.2.1 Generation of Circadian Rhythm<br/>1.2.2 Sleep and Arousal<br/>1.2.3 The NREM and REM Sleep<br/>1.2.3.1 NREM Circuit<br/>1.2.3.2 REM Circuit<br/>1.2.3.3 The Role of Hypocretin/Orexin<br/>1.3 Functions of Sleep<br/>1.3.1 Sleep and EEG Recovery<br/>1.3.2 Sleep, Brain Energy Replenishment, Molecular Regeneration<br/>1.3.3 Sleep and Toxin Removal Within the Brain<br/>1.3.4 Sleep and Memory<br/>1.3.5 Sleep and Immunity 1.3.6 Sleep, Mood, and Emotion<br/>1.3.7 Sleep: The Developmental Perspective<br/>References<br/>2: Sleep Physiology and Architecture<br/>2.1 Sleep Architecture<br/>2.2 Sleep Physiology<br/>References<br/>3: Sleep Needs: Cross-Cultural Comparisons and Problems with Sleep Deprivation<br/>3.1 Introduction<br/>3.2 Sleep Duration<br/>3.2.1 Developmental Alteration of Sleep Duration<br/>3.2.2 Cross-Cultural Difference of Sleep Duration<br/>3.2.3 Factors Associated with Sleep Duration<br/>3.2.4 Problems Associated with Decreased Sleep Duration<br/>3.3 Sleepiness<br/>3.3.1 Sleepiness vs. Sleep Duration 3.3.2 Factors Associated with Sleepiness<br/>3.4 Sleep Need Index (SNI)<br/>3.5 Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Part II: Evaluation of Sleep Disorders<br/>4: Clinical Assessment<br/>4.1 Preparation<br/>4.2 History Taking<br/>4.2.1 Chief Complaint and Associated Symptoms<br/>4.2.2 Sleep Patterns and Sleep-Wake Schedule<br/>4.2.3 Treatment History, Medical History, Developmental History, and Psychiatric History<br/>4.2.4 Family History<br/>4.3 Physical Examination<br/>4.3.1 Sleep-Associated Physical Examination<br/>4.4 Questionnaire and Scale 4.4.1 Bedtime Problems, Excessive Daytime Sleepiness, Awakenings, Regularity and Snoring Screener (BEARS)<br/>4.4.2 Children's Sleep Habit Questionnaire: Preschool and School Ages (CSHQ)<br/>4.4.3 Sleep Disturbance Scale for Children (SDSC)<br/>4.4.4 Pediatric Daytime Sleepiness Scale (PDSS)<br/>4.4.5 Children's Sleep Comic<br/>4.4.6 Sleep Diary and Sleep Log<br/>4.4.7 Structured Interview<br/>4.5 Laboratory Test<br/>4.5.1 Blood Test<br/>4.5.2 Dim Light Melatonin Onset (DLMO)<br/>4.5.3 Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF) Hypocretin (Orexin) Level<br/>4.6 Imaging Test<br/>4.6.1 Cephalometry 4.6.2 Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)<br/>4.7 Conclusions<br/>References<br/>5: Sleep Diagnostics<br/>5.1 Diagnosis<br/>5.2 Home Audio and Video Recording<br/>5.3 Pulse Oximetry<br/>5.3.1 Technology Behind Pulse Oximetry<br/>5.3.2 Limitations of Pulse Oximetry<br/>5.4 Actigraphy<br/>5.4.1 Indications for Actigraphy<br/>5.4.2 Limitations<br/>5.5 Paediatric Polysomnography<br/>5.5.1 Mechanics of Polysomnography<br/>5.5.2 Interpretation and Scoring<br/>5.5.3 Indications for Paediatric Polysomnography<br/>5.5.4 Limitations of Polysomnography<br/>5.5.5 Multiple Sleep Latency Test (MSLT)

::Contents##<br/>Evolution, child development and the thyroid : a phylogenetic and ontogenetic introduction to normal thyroid function / Krude, H.<br/>Human fetal thyroid function / Polak, M.<br/>The role of thyroid hormones for brain development and cognitive function / Rovet, J. F.<br/>Neonatal screening for congenital hypothyroidism / Torresani, T.<br/>Diagnosis, treatment and outcome of congenital hypothyroidism / Van Vliet, G.; Deladoëy, J.<br/>Clinical genetics of congenital hypothyroidism / Szinnai, G.<br/>Central hypothyroidism in children / Garcí́a, M., Fernssndez, A., Moreno, J.C.<br/>Thyroid hormone cell membrane transport defect / Ramos, H.E.<br/>Resistance to thyroid hormone / Onigata, K., Szinnai, G.<br/>Iodine deficiency in children / Pearce, E.N.<br/>Thyroid autoimmunity / Wiersinga, W.M.<br/>Clinical aspects of Hashimoto's thyroiditis / Radetti, G.<br/>Graves' disease in children / Léger, J.<br/>Thyroid nodules and differentiated thyroid cancer / Bauer, A.J.<br/>Medullary thyroid carcinoma in children / Viola, D., Romei, C.; Elisei, R.

::Summary## This concise but comprehensive guide covers all common procedures in pain management necessary for daily practice, and includes all topics on the pain medicine curricula of the American Board of Anesthesiology, World Institute of Pain/Fellow of Interventional Pain Practice, and American Board of Pain Medicine. All nerve blocks (head, neck, back, pelvis and lower extremity) are discussed. Pain: A Review Guide is aimed at trainees in pain medicine all over the world. This book will also be beneficial to all practitioners who practice pain.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Tation<br/>Temperature modalities<br/>Manipulation, mobilization, massage, traction<br/>Casting and splinting<br/>Exercise therapy<br/>23. Work Rehabilitation<br/>Importance of early intervention and early return to work in reducing absence<br/>Psychosocial factors as the main determinants of disability<br/>Identification of obstacles to recovery<br/>Components of successful comprehensive rehabilitation program<br/>Multidisciplinary approaches for those who do not return to work within a few weeks<br/>Functional Capacity Evaluation<br/>24. Complementary Therapies (CAM)<br/>CAM<br/>25. Clinical States: Taxonomy<br/>IASP classification of chronic pain syndromes<br/>Application and definition of pain terms<br/>26. Pain in special population<br/>Pain in Infants, Children, and Adolescents<br/>Pain in older adults<br/>Delirium in the elderly<br/>Pain Issues in Individuals with Limited Ability to Communicate Due to Neurocognitive Impairments<br/>27. Pain Relief in Persons with Substance use and Addictive Disorders<br/>Biopharmacologic and neurophysiologic basis of addiction<br/>Interactions between addiction and pain<br/>Screening for substance use disorder or addiction in patients with pain<br/>Principles of comprehensive approach to pain management in patients with addiction<br/>Pharmacologic treatment of patients with addiction<br/>Acute pain management of patients with active addiction or in recovery<br/>Analgesic response to opioids in patients with addiction<br/>Risks and benefits of opioid use in treatment of chronic/cancer pain in patients with substance use disorder<br/>Needs of special populations<br/>Legal, regulatory, reimbursement issues limiting access to care for patients with pain and addiction<br/>Treatment of withdrawal<br/>List of addictive drugs and their metabolites in urine<br/>Impact of alcohol use on pain<br/>28. Pain Relief in Areas of Deprivation and Conflict<br/>Variability of availability and access to adequate pain treatment worldwide<br/>Causes of pain worldwide<br/>Spect cal principles in clinical assessment, explanation, and treatment<br/>Common causes, diagnostic evaluation, and treatment in men<br/>Common causes, diagnostic evaluation, and treatment in women<br/>Superior hypogastric plexus block<br/>Ganglion impar block<br/>16. Surgical Pain Management<br/>Importance of general health status in preoperative evaluation<br/>Surgical lesioning of brain, brain stem, spinal cord, peripheral nerves<br/>Radiofrequency treatment<br/>Neurolysis<br/>Spinal cord and peripheral nerve stimulation<br/>Intrathecal drug delivery<br/>DRG stimulator<br/>Cordotomy<br/>Kyphoplast and vertebroplasty<br/>17. Nerve conditions<br/>Complex Regional Pain Syndromes<br/>Phantom limb pain<br/>Peripheral neuropathy<br/>Other nerve conditions as mononeuropathy, mononeurpathy multiplex and others<br/>18. Central pain<br/>Central pain<br/>19. Cancer Pain<br/>Palliative care<br/>Hospice care<br/>Comprehensive evaluation of patients with cancer pain<br/>Principles of treatment<br/>Analgesic ladder approach<br/>Anesthetic approaches<br/>Surgical and interventional radiologic approaches<br/>Neurostimulatory approach<br/>Physical therapy<br/>Psychological approaches<br/>Needs of special populations<br/>Benefit to burden ratio<br/>Anorexia and cachexia associated with cancer<br/>20. Pain in Pregnancy and Labor<br/>Factors influencing the perception of pain in pregnancy compared with the non-pregnant state<br/>Causes of pain and principles of pain management in pregnancy<br/>Mechanisms, characteristic, benefits, consequences and management of labor pain<br/>21. Acute Pain<br/>Epidemiology of inadequate control<br/>Physiologic and psychologic effects<br/>Pharmacologic properties of major classes of drugs used for acute pain management<br/>Comprehensive plan for optimal perioperative pain management<br/>Non-pharmacologic treatment<br/>Clinical outcomes to be evaluated<br/>Tools for assessment and measurement<br/>Role of patient and family education<br/>Treatment of nonsurgical pain<br/>22. Physical Medicine and Rehabili.

::Summary## This book focuses on the reciprocal interactions between pain, emotion and cognition. International experts report on their findings, clinical experience and the most recent literature on the complex relations between these three domains. Clinical, psychological, behavioral and neuroimaging approaches converge towards aiding patients suffering from pain, cognitive impairment or emotional distress. Beyond the pathophysiological aspects of pain, difficulties encountered with patients are analyzed and strategies are proposed to optimize treatment, doctor-patient relationships, and patient well-being. This work will appeal to a broad readership, from clinical medical practitioners to psychologists, nurses and pain specialists.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I Nociception, Pain, Emotion and Cognition Interconnections<br/>Cognitive Psychology and Neuropsychology of Nociception and Pain<br/>Emotional Aspects of Chronic Pain<br/>Cerebral and Spinal Modulation of Pain by Emotions and Attention<br/>Understanding the Suffering of Others: The Sources and Consequences of Third-person Pain<br/>Neuroplasticity in the Pain, Emotion and Cognition Nexus<br/>Part II Measurement Issues<br/>Tools that Should be Considered in Pain Assessment: Cognitive Factors, Emotion and Personality<br/>Pain Evaluation in Patients with Cognitive Impairment<br/>Behavioural/Facial Markers of Pain, Emotion, Cognition<br/>Part III Management Issues<br/>Pharmacological Pain Management: For Better or for Worse?<br/>Psychological Approaches to the Management of Pain, Cognition and Emotion<br/>Physical Therapy and Exercise: Impacts on Pain, Mood, Cognition, and Function<br/>Part IV Special Populations<br/>Phantom Pain: The Role of Maladaptive Plasticity, Emotional and Cognitive Variables<br/>Pain in Parkinson Patients<br/>Clinical Pain in Schizophrenia, a Forgotten Area<br/>The Pain, Emotion and Cognition Nexus in Older Persons and in Dementia.

::Summary## "Covering the newest trends and treatments in pain care, as well as the pain treatment strategies that have been successfully employed in the past, Pain Care Essentials and Innovations brings you fully up to date with effective treatments for acute and chronic pain. It offers expert guidance on both interventional and non-interventional strategies, provided by respected academic physicians who practice evidence-based medicine at major universities and affiliated ACGME-accredited Pain Medicine Training programs"--Publisher's description.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Basic science of pain<br/>Headache<br/>Central pain syndromes<br/>Visceral pain: mechanisms, syndromes, and treatment<br/>Neuropathic pain<br/>Musculoskeletal pain<br/>Palliative care and cancer pain<br/>Complementary and integrative health<br/>Pain and addiction<br/>Geriatric pain management<br/>Cannabis in pain<br/>Inpatient pain<br/>Pain care essentials: interventional pain<br/>Rehabilitation in pain medicine<br/>Comorbid chronic pain and posttraumatic stress disorder: current knowledge, treatments, and future directions<br/>Opioids in pain<br/>Regenerative medicine<br/>Future research in pain.

::Contents##<br/>Emerging concepts of pain therapy based on neuronal mechanisms<br/>The pharmacology of nociceptor priming<br/>Sodium channels and pain<br/>Role of nerve growth factor in pain<br/>Central sensitization in humans: assessment and pharmacology<br/>Nitric oxide-mediated pain processing in the spinal cord<br/>The role of the endocannabinoid system in pain<br/>The role of glia in the spinal cord in neuropathic and inflammatory pain<br/>Plasticity of inhibition in the spinal cord<br/>Modulation of peripheral inflammation by the spinal cord<br/>The relationship between opiods and immune signalling in the spinal cord<br/>The role of proteases in pain<br/>Amygdala pain mechanisms<br/>Itch and pain differences and commonalities<br/>Index.

::Summary## This book provides a comprehensive review of the, challenges, risk, stratification, and approaches and techniques needed to improve pain control in ambulatory surgery centers (ASCs). It addresses not only the management of acute perioperative pain but also describes modalities that could potentially reduce the risk of evolution of acute pain into chronic pain, in addition to weaning protocols and follow ups with primary surgical specialties and pain physicians as needed. Organized into five sections, the book begins with the foundations of managing ASCs, with specific attention paid to the current opioid epidemic and U.S. policies relating to prescribing opioids to patients. Section two and three then explore facets of multimodal analgesia and non-operating room locations, including the use of ultrasounds, sedation in specific procedures, regional anesthesia, ketamine infusions, and the management of perioperative nausea and intractable pain in outpatient surgery. Section four examines the unique challenges physicians face with certain patient demographics, such as the pediatric population, those suffering from sleep apnea, and those with a history of substance abuse. The book closes with information on discharge considerations, ambulatory surgery protocols, recovery room protocols, and mandatory pain management services. An invaluable reference for all health personnel and allied specialties, Pain Control in Ambulatory Surgery Centers (ASCs) meets the unmet need for a resource that covers optimum pain control in patients undergoing outpatient surgery as well as the urgent ASCs challenges that are presented on an immense scale with national and international impact. .<br/>::Contents##<br/>Academic and Non-academic Ambulatory Surgery Centers and Hospital Outpatient Departments<br/>Opioid Epidemic<br/>Current US Policy for Opioid Prescribing<br/>Rationale and Goals for Optimal Pain Control in ASCs<br/>Challenges of Pain Control in Ambulatory Surgery Setting<br/>Assessment and Optimization of Available Resources for Pain Control<br/>Benefits of optimum pain control in ASCs<br/>Structuring Pain Control Regimens in ASCs<br/>Preoperative Planning<br/>Comprehensive Pain Management: Opioid Naïve Vs Opioid Tolerant<br/>Risks and Benefits of Opioids in Chronic/Cancer Pain<br/>Maximization of non-opioid multimodal therapy in ASCs<br/>Use of Ultrasound in an Ambulatory Setting<br/>Use of Regional anesthesia/Neuraxial anesthesia in ASCs<br/>Ketamine infusions<br/>Management of Perioperative Nausea and Intractable Pain in Outpatient Surgery<br/>Sedation for Interventional Pain Procedures<br/>Sedation and Analgesia for GI Procedures<br/>Management of Perioperative Pain for IR Procedures<br/>Management of Perioperative Pain for Bronchoscopy<br/>Perioperative management of obstructive sleep apnea patients in an ambulatory setting<br/>Special Considerations<br/>Management of Pediatric Pain in an Ambulatory Setting<br/>Pain management in former addicts on MAT (Medication assisted treatment)<br/>Special Considerations<br/>Medical Marijuana and Active Substance Abuse<br/>Special Considerations<br/>Indwelling Intrathecal Pumps and Spinal Cord Stimulators<br/>Discharge from Recovery Room in Ambulatory Surgery Centers<br/>Recovery Room Protocols for nursing in ASCs and HOPDs<br/>Weaning protocols for Ambulatory Surgery<br/>Role of a Focused Ambulatory Pain Specialist<br/>Inclusion of mandatory pain management services in ASCs<br/>New Vistas: Opioid Sparing Multimodal Therapy in the Post-Operative Period. .

::Contents##<br/>How do pain genes affect pain experience? / Marshall Devor<br/>Conservation of pain genes across evolution / Thang Manh Khuong and G. Greg Neely<br/>Defining human pain phenotypes for genetic association studies / Christopher Sivert Nielsen<br/>Genetic contributions to pain and analgesia : interactions with sex and stress / Roger B. Fillingim and Jeffrey S. Mogil<br/>Monogenic pain disorders / Geoff Woods<br/>Alternative pre-mRNAsplicing of mu opioid receptor gene: molecular mechanisms underlying the complex actions of mu opioids / Ying-Xian Pan<br/>Discovering multi-locus associations with complex pain phenotypes / Chia-Ling Kuo, Luda Diatchenko, Dmitri Zaykin<br/>Overlapping phenotypes : genetic contribution to nausea and pain / Charles C. Horn<br/>A counterpart to pain : itch / Adam P. Kardon and Sarah E. Ross<br/>Translating genetic knowledge into clinical practice for musculoskeletal pain conditions / Luda Diatchenko, Shad B. Smith, William Maixner<br/>The human chronic pain phenome : mapping non-genetic modifiers of the heritable risk / Ze'ev Seltzer, Scott R. Diehl, Hance Clarke and Joel Katz.

::Summary## This book addresses all pain imaging aspects related to both the central nervous system and the body (thorax, abdomen and pelvis), thus updating the international literature on the topic. By adopting a clinical-radiological approach and offering a comprehensive differential diagnosis for a number of painful syndromes (many of which can mimic one other), the work aims to support and enhance the diagnostic management of these patients, suggesting the most appropriate diagnostic algorithm. The book is divided into separate sections for each anatomical macro-area, and the chapters cover the respective topics from both clinical and radiological perspectives. Further, the book includes extensive electronic supplementary material. As such, it offers an invaluable tool for radiologists, neuroradiologists and clinicians working in internal medicine, surgery and neurology, and could also be used in residency programs for these group.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents;<br/> 1: Mechanisms of Pain; 1.1 Peripheral Mechanisms; 1.2 Spinal Mechanisms; 1.3 Central Mechanisms and Pain Matrix; References;<br/> 2: Brain Imaging of Pain; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Structural and Functional Neuroimaging Techniques; 2.2.1 Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI); 2.2.2 Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI); 2.2.3 PET; 2.2.4 MEG; 2.2.5 NIRS; 2.3 Structural Neuroimaging of Pain; 2.3.1 Central Post Stroke Pain; 2.3.2 Multiple Sclerosis; 2.4 Functional Neuroimaging of Pain; 2.4.1 Pain Network and Connectivity; 2.4.2 Pain in Infants 2.4.3 Chronic Pain2.4.4 Phantom Limb Pain (PLP); References;<br/> 3: Headache: Clinical Features; 3.1 Primary Headaches; 3.1.1 Migraine; 3.1.1.1 Premonitory Phase; 3.1.1.2 Aura; Types of Aura Symptoms; Visual Aura; Sensory Aura; Language Aura; Motor Aura; Less Typical Aura Symptoms; 3.1.1.3 Headache; 3.1.1.4 Postdrome; 3.1.2 Tension-Type Headache; 3.1.3 Trigeminal Autonomic Cephalalgias (TACS); 3.1.3.1 Cluster Headache; 3.1.3.2 Paroxysmal Hemicrania; 3.1.4 SUNCT/SUNA; 3.1.4.1 Hemicrania Continua; 3.1.5 Other Primary Headache Disorders; 3.1.5.1 Primary Cough Headache 3.1.6 Primary Exercise Headache3.1.7 Primary Headache Associated with Sexual Activity; 3.1.8 Primary Thunderclap Headache; 3.1.9 Other Primary Headache Disorders; 3.2 Secondary Headaches; 3.2.1 Subarachnoid Haemorrhage; 3.2.2 Intracerebral Haemorrhage; 3.2.3 Cerebral Venous Thrombosis; 3.2.4 Cervical Artery Dissection; 3.2.5 Brain Tumours; 3.2.6 Intracranial Infections; References;<br/> 4: Imaging of Headache; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Imaging Modalities; 4.3 Imaging Findings; 4.3.1 Primary Headaches; 4.3.1.1 Migraine; Hemiplegic Migraine; Retinal Migraine; Chronic Migraine Migrainous Infarction4.3.1.2 Tension-Type Headache (TTH); 4.3.1.3 Trigeminal Autonomic Cephalalgias (TACs); 4.3.2 Secondary Headaches; 4.3.2.1 Headache Attributed to Trauma or Injury to the Head and/or Neck; 4.3.2.2 Headache Attributed to Cranial or Cervical Vascular Disorder; Ischemic Stroke; Subarachnoid Hemorrhage (SAH); Other Intracranial Hemorrhages; Cervical Carotid or Vertebral Artery Dissection; Cerebral Venous Sinus Thrombosis (CVST); Reversible Vasoconstriction Syndrome (RCVS); Cerebral Autosomal Dominant Arteriopathy with Subcortical Infarcts and Leukoencephalopathy (CADASIL) 4.3.2.3 Headache Attributed to Nonvascular Intracranial DisordersSpontaneous Intracranial Hypotension; Increased Cerebrospinal Fluid Pressure; Intracranial Neoplasia; Chiari Malformation Type I; 4.3.2.4 Headache Attributed to Intracranial Infection; 4.3.2.5 Painful Cranial Neuropathies and Other Facial Pains; Glossopharyngeal Neuralgia; Tolosa-Hunt Syndrome; Optic Neuritis; References;<br/> 5: Trigeminal Nerve: Clinical Features; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Pathophysiology; 5.3 Clinical Features; 5.3.1 Trigeminal Neuralgia; 5.3.2 Classical Trigeminal Neuralgia

::Summary## "Women are affected by many chronic pain conditions in overwhelmingly greater numbers than are men. They are also at higher risk of disability due to pain in all age groups. Addressing this problem with a comprehensive and practical examination of the problem, Pain in Women: A Clinical Guide is an important contribution to the literature on sex-based differences in illness and pain in particular. Developed by a renowned group of experts in pain medicine, this ... title is designed not only to review the basics of the current understanding of the biological differences between the sexes when it comes to pain conditions, but also to provide clinicians in varying fields with a guide that helps elucidate the proposed neuroanatomical and neurophysiological mechanisms that are currently understood to underlie these differences."<br/>::Contents##<br/>Sex Differences in Pain<br/>The Neuroanatomy of Female Pelvic Pain<br/>Fibromyalgia and Myofascial Pain<br/>Gynecologic Etiologies of Chronic Pelvic Pain<br/>Pelvic Floor Muscle Pain and Dysfunction<br/>Vulvodynia<br/>Painful Bladder Syndrome/Interstitial Cystitis in Women<br/>Headache in Women<br/>Pregnancy and Postpartum-Related Pain<br/>The Female Athlete<br/>Immune Consequences of Early Life Stress: Relationship to Chronic Pain Syndromes<br/>Menopause and the Musculoskeletal System<br/>Breast Cancer-Related Pain<br/>Physical Therapy for Female Pelvic Pain.

::Summary## Pain management is a vast subject and is changing rapidly. Finding a good resource for learning, however, is difficult. Most of the available books are lengthy volumes including many details irrelevant to physicians sitting for examinations or assessment. Furthermore, books aimed at assisting preparation for entire anaesthesia exams typically address pain management in only one chapter or a few pages. This book covers the entire curriculum relating to pain management and will make it easy to learn all aspects of the subject by covering key concepts in a reader-friendly manner. It comprises nine concise and simple chapters that aim to impart the maximum information within a limited space. These chapters address anatomy, assessment of pain, diagnosis of pain, pharmacology, non-pharmacological pain management, acute and chronic pain management, pain management in special groups, and special techniques. Pain Management: Essential Topics for Examinations will be an ideal resource for those who plan to sit for examinations, wherever they are based in the world. In addition, it will be an invaluable reference for higher and advanced pain trainees, residents, and physicians working in chronic pain.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Pain Pathway<br/>Nociceptors<br/>Pain Processing<br/>Neuropathic Pain<br/>Patient Evaluation<br/>Assessment and Measurement of Acute Pain<br/>Psychological Assessment of Chronic Pain<br/>Assessment of Neuropathic Pain<br/>Pain Assessment in Paediatrics<br/>Assessment of Pain in Elderly<br/>Imaging<br/>Sodium Channels<br/>Potassium and Calcium Channels<br/>Serotonergic Receptors<br/>Glutamate and GABA Receptors<br/>Opioids<br/>Opioids-Clinical Use<br/>Nonsteroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs<br/>NSAIDs 2<br/>Antidepressants<br/>Anticonvulsants<br/>Topical Agents<br/>Miscellaneous Drugs<br/>Placebo and Nocebo Effect<br/>Acupuncture<br/>Biofeedback<br/>Cognitive Behavioural Therapy<br/>Burns<br/>Sickle Cell Disease<br/>Painful Neuropathies<br/>Phantom Pain Syndromes<br/>CRPS<br/>Postherpetic Neuralgia<br/>Central Pain Syndromes<br/>Headache<br/>Fibromyalgia<br/>Trigeminal Neuralgia<br/>Pain Management and Substance Abuse<br/>Epidemiology and Mechanisms of Cancer Pain<br/>Assessment of Cancer Pain<br/>Breakthrough Pain<br/>Mucositis<br/>Lumbar Radiculopathy<br/>Lumbar Facet Joint Pain<br/>Lumbar Spinal Stenosis<br/>Lumbar Discogenic Pain<br/>Sacroiliac Joint Pain<br/>Piriformis Syndrome<br/>Cervical Radiculopathy<br/>Cervical Facet Pain<br/>Radiofrequency Treatment<br/>Spinal Cord Stimulation.

::Contents##<br/>I. Evaluation of the Pain Patient<br/>Physiology of Pain<br/>Obtaining a Pain History<br/>Physical Exam: Approach to the Pain Patient<br/>Diagnostic Imaging<br/>Painful Surgical Referrals and Emergencies<br/>Urine Toxicology Screen<br/>Opioid Overdose and Withdrawal<br/>Detoxification From Opiates and Benzodiazepines<br/>Discharging the Non-Compliant Patient<br/>II. Medication Management for the Pain Patient<br/>Non-steroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs)<br/>Muscle Relaxants and Antispasticity Medications<br/>Neuropathic Antidepressant Medications<br/>Neuropathic Anticonvulsant Medications<br/>Opioid Medications<br/>Topical Analgesic Medications<br/>III. Clinical Care for the Pain Patient<br/>Headache<br/>Facial Pain<br/>Post Herpetic Neuralgia<br/>Joint Pain<br/>Post-Amputation Pain<br/>Spinal Pain<br/>Chronic Pelvic and Abdominal Pain<br/>Neuropathic pain<br/>Complex Regional Pain Syndrome (CRPS)<br/>Fibromyalgia<br/>Sickle Cell Disease<br/>Cancer Pain<br/>Palliative Care<br/>Hospice Medicine<br/>IV. Pain Management in Patients with Special Circumstances<br/>Pain Management in Patients with Renal Impairment<br/>Pain Management in Patients with Hepatic Impairment<br/>Pain Management During Pregnancy and Breast Feeding<br/>Pain Management in Geriatric Patients<br/>Acute Post-Surgical Pain and PCA Management<br/>V. Interventional Management for the Pain Patient<br/>Hematologic-altering Medications and Spinal Injections<br/>Injections in Patient?s with Bleeding Risks and Comorbid Conditions<br/>Spinal Procedure Injectables<br/>Radiation Safety and Monitoring<br/>Cervical Injections<br/>Thoracic Injections<br/>Lumbar Injections<br/>Sacral Injections<br/>Sympathetic Block Injections<br/>Neuromodulation<br/>Intrathecal Drug Delivery Systems<br/>Joint, Tendon and Nerve Injections<br/>Regenerative Injection Therapy<br/>Injection Complications and Management.

::Summary## This book focuses on the modern clinical management of acute and chronic pain syndromes. It not only presents information in a clinically illuminating format, but in a manner that is cognizant of the current prescription opioid epidemic. Divided into seven sections, this book covers acute pain, common pain conditions, regional pain problems, interdisciplinary evaluation and treatment, medical treatments and pain in different stages of life. Concluding with the exploration of several special topics, the last section includes an important discussion on the regulatory and legal issues in the use of controlled substances. Chapters are concise and relevant, with an emphasis on treatment based upon evidence from clinical trials and interpretation by practitioners in the field. Expertly written text is further supplemented by high-quality figures, images and tables outlining proven treatments with drug, dose or other information describing details of treatment. Timely, informative, and socially conscious, Pain Management for Clinicians: A Guide to Assessment and Treatment is a valuable reference for clinicians who manage patients with chronic and common pain problems.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Introduction<br/>Contents<br/>Contributors<br/>Part I: Acute Pain<br/>Chapter 1: Pain Assessment and Treatment for the Trauma and Burn Patient<br/>Pain Management of the Trauma Patient<br/>Introduction<br/>Traumatic Pain Pathologies<br/>Assessment of Pain in the Trauma Patient<br/>Opioid Medications<br/>Non-opioid Medications<br/>Interventional Pain Procedures<br/>Non-pharmacological Interventions<br/>Special Populations<br/>Summary of Treatments for Trauma Pain (Tables 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 1.4)<br/>Pain Management for the Burn Patient<br/>Introduction<br/>Burn Insult Classification Steroids<br/>Local Anesthetics<br/>Gabapentinoids<br/>Ketamine<br/>Alpha-2-agonists<br/>Opioids<br/>Beta-Blockers<br/>Potentially Helpful Agents with Less Evidence<br/>Nonpharmacologic Treatments that May Be Useful<br/>Future Perioperative Pain Management Modalities<br/>Opioid-Free Analgesia?<br/>Charts<br/>Evidence-Based Treatment<br/>Strong Evidence<br/>Weak or Insufficient Evidence<br/>Emerging or Promising Treatments<br/>Timing Basic Options<br/>Enhanced Recovery After Surgery Example Pain Management Protocols<br/>Inguinal Hernia Repair (Ambulatory: Mild to Moderate Pain Anticipated) Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy (Ambulatory: Moderate Pain Anticipated)<br/>Open Reduction Internal Fixation Calcaneus (Ambulatory: Severe Pain Anticipated)<br/>Multilevel Spine Fusion (Hospitalized: Severe pain, Opioid tolerance, and Comorbid Conditions Anticipated)<br/>Open Thoracotomy (Hospitalized: Severe Pain and Comorbid Conditions Anticipated)<br/>References<br/>Chapter 3: Inpatient Pain Management<br/>Acute Pain Service with Regional and Neuraxial Blocks<br/>Upper Extremity Pain<br/>Thoracic Pain<br/>Abdominal Pain<br/>Lower Extremity<br/>Summary of Treatment Principles and Methods Formulation of Individualized Treatment and Rehabilitation Plan<br/>Evaluation of Medications for Effectiveness, Side Effects, Dependency, and Interactions<br/>Medications<br/>Classes of Medications<br/>Antiepileptics<br/>Opioids<br/>Treatment of the Psychological Distress that Often Accompanies Intractable Pain<br/>Relaxation Training<br/>Biofeedback<br/>Group Therapy<br/>Family Involvement<br/>Medications<br/>Serotonin-Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitors (SNRIs)<br/>Tricyclic Antidepressants (TCAs)<br/>Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRIs)<br/>Physical Function/Behavior Modification

::Summary## This book addresses relevant issues to enhance pain management nurses need to advocate for effective pain treatment in the elderly. Significant changes in the evolving nursing and healthcare environment require adequate information on this topic, as pain is a very challenging area. As other care professionals, nurses are daily confronted with issues on pain assessment and management. This volume offers an overview within an evolving health environment, in which nurses dealing with pain play a growing role. It showcases best practices in pain assessment and management, details non pharmacological and pharmacological treatments. It also addresses core issues defined by the International Association for the Study of Pain (IASP), such as knowledge translation, that are most relevant for clinical nurses, student nurses, nurse researchers as well as other care professionals.

::Summary## "For more than 30 years, the highly regarded Secrets Series® has provided students and practitioners in all areas of health care with concise, focused, and engaging resources for quick reference and exam review. Pain Management Secrets, 4th Edition, features the Secrets' popular question-and-answer format that also includes lists, tables, and an easy-to-read style - making reference and review quick, easy, and enjoyable"--Publisher's description.<br/>::Contents##<br/>I. Overview. Definitions<br/>Classification of pain<br/>Basic mechanisms<br/>Topiceuticals<br/>II. Clinical approach. History taking in the patient with pain<br/>Physical examination of the patient with pain<br/>Pain measurement<br/>Psychological assessment of chronic patients<br/>III. Clinical syndromes defined by pain. Neuroimaging in the patient with pain<br/>Tension-type headache<br/>Migraine<br/>Cluster headache<br/>The paroxysmal hemicranias<br/>Subarachnoid hemorrhage<br/>Brain tumor headaches<br/>Increased and decreased intracranial pressure<br/>Temporal giant cell arteritis<br/>Headaches associated with systemic disease<br/>Trigeminal neuralgia<br/>Glossopharyngeal and other facial neuralgias<br/>Low back pain<br/>Neck and arm pain<br/>Abdominal pain<br/>Chronic pelvic pain<br/>Fibromyalgia and myofascial pain<br/>IV. Syndromes in which pain is a significant component. Postoperative pain management<br/>Cancer pain syndrome<br/>Pain in rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis<br/>Neuropathic pain<br/>V. Psychological syndromes<br/>VI. Special patient populations. Pain in children<br/>Pain in the older patient<br/>VII. Pharmacologic management. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs<br/>Opioid analgesics<br/>Addiction and pain management<br/>Regulatory issues<br/>Adjuvant analgesics<br/>VIII. Nonpharmologic management. Temporary neural blockade<br/>Permanent neural blockade and chemical ablation<br/>Sympathetic neural blockade<br/>Intraspinal opioids<br/>Neurostimulatory and neuorablative pocedures<br/>Psychological constructs and treatment interventions<br/>Physical modalities: adjunctive treatments to reduce pain and maximize function<br/>Pain clinics<br/>Interventional pain management<br/>Complementary and alternative medicine.

::Summary## This book presents a contemporary review of the field of Pain Therapeutics, including the historical medicines which still dominate standard of care treatments, as well as the new mechanisms and combinations/reformulations that have dominated the regulatory approvals over the last decade. In addition this book provides a deep review of the key biological mechanisms currently under investigation for their utility into the treatment of pain, such as ion channels, opiates and others. Additional discussion highlights the current challenges of pain research, covering a range of topics from difficulties in identifying new targets from pre-clinical models to the current regulatory and commercial challenges. This background sets the scene for recent scientific changes in pain research, such as the drive for genetic validation of targets and the derivation of human cell platforms from stem cells. Finally the book covers the discovery and development stories for two pain products approved in the last decade. These case studies for Lyrica and the Butrans patch, will give insight into the discovery and development challenges and successes for both an oral and non-oral product.

::Summary## "As a country, the United States overinvests in medical care, often at the expense of the social, economic, and cultural forces that produce health. Indeed, the rise of medicine as a cornerstone of American life and culture has coincided with a social and political devaluation of factors demonstrated to mean more to one's vitality than anything else-influences like where one lives, works, and plays; livable wages that create opportunity for healthy living; and gender and racial equity. As such, this book pushes the conversation around American health toward matters of class, money, and culture. It highlights how the structural components of everyday life ultimately determine who gets to be healthy in today's America. In doing so, it makes a case for reframing the political discourse on public health in less myopic, more effectual terms"-- Provided by publisher.

::Summary## Painful diabetic polyneuropathy is the most common and disturbing of painful conditions experienced by people with diabetes. As the diabetes rate continues to grow, the number of people suffering from painful diabetic polyneuropathy will as well - increasing both patient suffering and demands on healthcare resources. Painful Diabetic Polyneuropathy covers all aspects of these painful disorders from pathophysiology and diagnosis, treatment and prevention, future approaches and the nursing perspective, to billing issues and the patient's experience.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I. Introduction. Epidemiology and Scope of Impact of Painful Diabetic Neuropathy / Christopher H. Gibbons, Aristidis Veves<br/>Part II. The Neuropathies. Biology and Pathophysiology of Painful Diabetic Neuropathy / Teresa Mixcoatl-Zecuatl, Nigel A. Calcutt<br/>Diagnosis of Painful Diabetic Neuropathy / Vera Bril<br/>Part III. Prevention. Prevention and Control of Painful Diabetic Neuropathy / Alberto Piaggesi, Elisabetta Iacopi, Valerio Vallini<br/>Part IV. Medical Treatment. Medical Treatments for Painful Diabetic Neuropathy / Yamile Vidal, Charles Brock, Clifton L. Gooch<br/>Part V. Non-pharmacologic Treatment. Physical Therapy for Painful Diabetic Neuropathy / Karin Pieber, Malvina Herceg, Tatjana Paternostro-Sluga<br/>Psychological Treatment for Painful Diabetic Neuropathy / Lance M. McCracken, Su-Yin Yang<br/>Acupuncture and Alternative Treatments for Painful Diabetic Neuropathy / Miles Belgrade, Stephanie Smith<br/>Interventional Therapies for Painful Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathy / Timothy Furnish, Benjamin Beal<br/>Part VI. Billing and Reimbursement and Healthcare Utilization. Health Status, Work Productivity, and Costs Associated with Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathy / Marco daCosta DiBonaventura, Jeffrey Vietri<br/>Part VII. Future Approaches. Advances in Pharmaceutical Options and Current Clinical Trials for the Treatment of Painful Diabetic Polyneuropathy / Abd A. Tahrani, Q. Altaf<br/>Part VIII. Nursing Perspective. Nursing and Home Care Perspective of Painful Diabetic Neuropathy / Mary Elizabeth Teixeira<br/>Part IX. Patient Experience. Impact of Painful Diabetic Polyneuropathy on Patients / Solomon Tesfaye<br/>Impact of Treatments for Painful Diabetic Polyneuropathies on Patients / Man-chun Wong, Joanne W. Y. Chung<br/>Patient Resources / Erin Lawson, Miroslav "Misha" Backonja.

::Contents##<br/>It's personal : pain as a human experience<br/>More than a survivor : the resiliency of hope<br/>Caught in a web : the complexity of pain<br/>Friendly fire : rejecting stigma<br/>The new scarlet letter : addiction and recovery<br/>Soul mates : love amid pain<br/>The God prescription : spirituality and pain<br/>Everyday saints and unsung heroes : caregiving and care receiving<br/>Coming of age : self-advocacy<br/>The chilling effect : opioids and law enforcement<br/>A human right : toward curing.

::Contents##<br/>Evaluation of articles on therapy<br/>Evaluation of articles on diagnosis<br/>Evaluation of articles on harm<br/>Evaluation of articles on prognosis<br/>Evaluation of systematic reviews<br/>Evaluation of clinical practice guidelines<br/>Evaluation of articles on screening<br/>Literature searches.

::Contents##<br/>1. Functional maturation of PAKs from unicellular to multicellular organisms / Masato Okada, Graham Cote, Ramesh K. Jha, and Hiroshi Maruta<br/>2. Oncogenicity of PAKs and their substrates / Hong He and Hiroshi Maruta<br/>3. Natural or synthetic therapeutics that block PAKs / Hiroshi Maruta, Shanta M. Messerli, and Ramesh K. Jha<br/>4. PAK1-3 in infectious diseases / Hiroshi Maruta<br/>5. PAK1 in brain diseases or disorders / Hiroshi Maruta and Shanta M. Messerli<br/>6. PAK1 in Alzheimer's and Huntington's diseases / Qui-Lan Ma, Fusheng Yang, Sally A. Frautschy, and Greg M. Cole<br/>7. PAK1 controls the lifespan / Sumino Yamase and Hiroshi Maruta<br/>8. 3D structure and physiological regulation of PAKs / Stefan Knapp.

::Summary## Advances in genome-scale DNA sequencing technologies have revolutionized genetic research on ancient organisms, extinct species, and past environments. When it is recoverable after hundreds or thousands of years of unintended preservation, "ancient DNA" (or aDNA) is often highly degraded, necessitating specialized handling and analytical approaches. Paleogenomics defines the field of reconstructing and analyzing the genomes of historic or long-dead organisms, most often through comparison with modern representatives of the same or similar species. The opportunity to isolate and study paleogenomes has radically transformed many fields, spanning biology, anthropology, agriculture, and medicine. Examples include understanding evolutionary relationships of extinct species known only from fossils, the domestication of plants and animals, and the evolution and geographical spread of certain pathogens. This pioneering book presents a snapshot view of the history, current status, and future prospects of paleogenomics, taking a broad viewpoint that covers a range of topics and organisms to provide an up-to-date status of the applications, challenges, and promise of the field. This book is intended for a variety of readerships, including upper-level undergraduate and graduate students, professionals and experts in the field, as well as anyone excited by the extraordinary insights that paleogenomics offers.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part1. Concepts, Technical Advances and Challenges<br/>Chapter1. Technical Advances and Challenges in Genome-Scale Analysis of Ancient DNA<br/>Chapter2. Paleoproteomics: An Introduction to the Analysis of Ancient Proteins by Soft Ionization Mass Spectrometry<br/>Chapter3. Ancient RNA<br/>Chapter4. Ancient Epigenomics<br/>Part2.<br/>Chapter5. Ancient Pathogens Through Human History: A Paleogenomic Perspective<br/>Chapter6. Paleovirology: Viral Sequences from Historical and Ancient DNA<br/>Chapter7. Reconstructing Past Vegetation Communities Using Ancient DNA from Lake Sediments<br/>Chapter8. Archaeogenomics and Crop Adaptation<br/>Chapter9. Herbarium Genomics: Plant Archival DNA Explored<br/>Chapter10. Paleogenomics of Animal Domestication<br/>Chapter11. Paleogenomic Inferences of Dog Domestication<br/>Chapter12. Of Cats and Men: Ancient DNA Reveals How the Cat Conquered the Ancient World<br/>Chapter13. An Ancient DNA Perspective on Horse Evolution<br/>Chapter14. Primate Paleogenomics<br/>Chapter15. Structural Variants in Ancient Genomes<br/>Chapter16. Genomics of Extinction.

::Summary## "Only recently was it determined that two of the world's most devastating plagues, the plague of Justinian and the medieval Black Death, were caused by distinct strains of the same pathogen. Use of paleomicrobiological techniques led to this discovery. This work is just one example of the historical mysteries that this emerging field has helped to clarify. Others, such as when tuberculosis began to afflict humans, the role of lice in plague pandemics, and the history of smallpox, are explored and further illuminated in Paleomicrobiology of Humans. Led by editors Michel Drancourt and Didier Raoult, the book's expert contributors address larger issues using paleomicrobiology. These include the recognition of human remains associated with epidemic outbreaks, identification of the graves associated with disasters, and the discovery of demographic structures that reveal the presence of an epidemic moment. In addition, this book reviews the technical approaches and controversies associated with recovering and sequencing very old DNA and surveys modern human diseases that have ancient roots."--Back cover.<br/>::Contents##<br/>1. Demographic Patterns Distinctive of Epidemic Cemeteries in Archaeological Samples / Sacha Kacki<br/>2. Characterization of the Funeral Groups Associated with Plague Epidemics / Michel Signoli<br/>3. Paleogenetics and Past Infections: the Two Faces of the Coin of Human Immune Evolution / Didier Raoult<br/>4. A Personal View of How Paleomicrobiology Aids Our Understanding of the Role of Lice in Plague Pandemics / Didier Raoult<br/>5. Sources of materials for Paleomicrobiology / Gerard Aboudharam<br/>6. Paleomicrobiology Data: Authentification and Interpretation / Michel Drancourt<br/>7. Human Coprolites as a Source for Paleomicrobiology / Matthieu Le Bailly<br/>8. Ancient Resistome / Jean-Marc Rolain<br/>9. The History Of Epidemic Typhus / Didier Raoult<br/>10. Paleopathology of Human Infections: Old Bones, Antique Books, Ancient and Modern Molecules / Olivier Dutour<br/>11. Past Bartonelloses / Pierre-Edouard Fournier<br/>12. Paleomicrobiology of Human Tuberculosis / Helen Donoghue<br/>13. Paleomicrobiology of Leprosy / Mark Spigelman and Mauro Rubini<br/>14. Past Intestinal Parasites / Matthieu Le Bailly and Adauto Araujo<br/>15. Paleopathology and Paleomicrobiology of Malaria / Andreas Nerlich<br/>16. History of Smallpox and Its Spread in Human Populations / Catherine Theves, Eric Crubezy, and Philippe Biagini<br/>17. Cholera / Donatella Lippi, Eduardo Gotuzzo, and Saverio Caini<br/>18. Human Lice in Paleoentomology and Paleomicrobiology / Rezak Drali, Kosta Y. Mumcuoglu, and Didier Raoult.

::Summary## This handbook is the definitive resource for understanding current mental health policy controversies, options, and implementation strategies. It offers a thorough review of major issues in mental health policy to inform the policy-making process, presenting the pros and cons of controversial, significant issues through close analyses of data. Some of the topics covered are the effectiveness of various biomedical and psychosocial interventions, the role of mental illness in violence, and the effectiveness of coercive strategies. The handbook presents cases for conditions in which specialized mental health services are needed and those in which it might be better to deliver mental health treatment in mainstream health and social services settings. It also examines the balance between federal, state, and local authority, and the financing models for delivery of efficient and effective mental health services. It is aimed for an audience of policy-makers, researchers, and informed citizens that can contribute to future policy deliberations.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Machine generated contents note: 1. Mental Health Policy: Fundamental Reform or Incremental Change?<br/>2. Division of Labor: Function Shifts and Realigned Responsibilities in the Evolving Mental Health Services System / Joseph P. Morrissey / Howard H. Goldman<br/>3. Economic Perspectives on the Organization and Governance of Mental Health Care / Joseph P. Morrissey / Howard H. Goldman<br/>4. What Is the Meaning of Recovery? / Richard G. Frank / Sherry A. Glied<br/>5. Balancing Access to Medications and Psychosocial Treatments / Larry Davidson / Timothy Schmutte<br/>6. Are There Enough Inpatient Psychiatric Beds? / Patricia A. Aredn / Anna Ratzliff<br/>7. Mandated Community Treatment in Services for Persons with Mental Illness / Marisa Elena Domino / Eric Slade<br/>8. Shared Decision-Making and Self-Directed Care / Marvin S. Swartz / Jeffrey W. Swanson<br/>9. Suicide Prevention: Rising Rates and New Evidence Shape Policy Options / Michelle P. Salyers / Yaara Zisman-Ilani<br/>10. How Should the United States Respond to the Opioid Addiction and Overdose Epidemic? / Michael F. Hogan<br/>11. Early Intervention in Psychosis: From Science to Services / Keith Humphreys / Harold A. Pollack<br/>12. Policy Effects on Mental Health Status and Mental Health Care Disparities / Thomas E. Smith / Lisa B. Dixon<br/>13. Mental Health Insurance Parity: How Full Is the Glass? / Rupinder K. Legha / Lonnie R. Snowden / Jeanne Miranda<br/>14. Housing for People with Serious Mental Illness / Haiden A. Huskamp<br/>15. What Is the Role of Schools in the Treatment of Children's Mental Illness? / Josh Leopold<br/>16. Policy Issues Regarding Employment for People with Serious Mental Illness / Jeff Q. Bostic / Libby K. Nealis / Sharon A. Hoover<br/>17. Adults with Serious Mental Illnesses Who Are Arrested and Incarcerated / Gary R. Bond / Ellen R. Meara / Robert E. Drake<br/>18. Gun Violence Prevention and Mental Health Policy / Fred Osher / Michael Thompson<br/>19. Stigma as a Mental Health Policy Controversy: Positions, Options, and Strategies for Change / Marvin S. Swartz / Colleen L. Barry / Jeffrey W. Swanson<br/>20. How Shall We Promote Citizenship and Social Participation? / Bernice A. Pescosolido<br/>21. Evidence-Based Practices or Practice-Based Evidence: What Is the Future? / Michael Rowe / Allison N. Ponce<br/>22. New Financing Models in Behavioral Health: A Recipe for Efficiency or Under-Provision? / Marcela Horvitz-Lennon<br/>23. Mental Health Disability, Employment, and Income Support in the Twenty-First Century / Thomas G. McGuire.

::Contents##<br/>Overview<br/>Trajectories and prognostication in emergency care<br/>Rapid palliative care assessment<br/>Cancer emergencies<br/>Malignant pain<br/>Non-malignant pain<br/>Symptom management<br/>Spiritual suffering and bereavement<br/>Communication<br/>Resuscitation, family presence, and last hours of living<br/>Hospice<br/>Legal and ethical issues of palliative care in the emergency.

::Summary## Palliative Care for Chronic Cancer Patients in the Community: Global Approaches and Future Applications offers a much-needed account of the current state of global palliative care in the community - the good, the bad and, especially, the hopeful. This extraordinary compendium, with chapters form 46 countries, edited by Professor Michael Silbermann, tells the remarkable stories of palliative care - from grass-root efforts by volunteers in resource-constrained countries such as India to the full integration of palliative care in high-resource countries such as the United States, the United Kingdom, New Zealand and Australia. What is so unique about this book is that it captures the enormous range and diversity of palliative care efforts: some led by nurses (Iran), some led by governments (Turkey) and many led by local charities and non-governmental agencies. Readers of this textbook can also learn about the challenges of a government-led palliative care initiative in the post-genocide era in Rwanda or the attempts to provide palliative care services in the conflict zones of Iraq, Palestine and Sudan. Contextual issues requiring cultural sensitivity in Afghanistan, Latin America and the Middle East present a real picture of both the exceptional leadership and environmental hardships that palliative care advocates face in their journeys forward. Each of the 53 chapters in the book tells a narrative of the country's own experience, thus creating a source of on the ground information outlining the barriers, challenges and successes as individual efforts progress. Many reports in the book point toward real change and hope as they relate to healthcare providers becoming empowered advocates for their patients. There are high expectations for the role of nurses to continue to grow. Educating and engaging patients, and the families in their care, has had a measurably positive impact on outcomes. The collaborative spirit of this book gives voice to the incredible vision, tenacity and resilience of the teams of professionals and their supporters who work in palliative care, particularly those who work in the community. In addition, it underscores that all future efforts can only be successful with the concerted and continuous commitments of governments, academics and NGOs across and within national boundaries. - HRH Princess Dina Mired President - Union for International Cancer Control (UICC).

::Summary## One of the most challenging roles of the psycho-oncologist is to help guide terminally-ill patients through the physical, psychological, and spiritual aspects of the dying process. Patients with cancer, AIDS, and other life-threatening illnesses are at increased risk for the development of major psychiatric complications, and have an enormous burden of both physical and psychological symptoms. Concepts of adequate palliative care must be expanded beyond the current focus on pain and physical symptom control to include the psychiatric, psychosocial, existential, and spiritual aspects of care. The psycho-oncologist, as a consultant to or member of a palliative care team, has a unique role and opportunity to fulfill this promise of competent and compassionate palliative care for those with life-threatening illnesses. Psychosocial Palliative Care guides the psycho-oncologist through the most salient aspects of effective psychiatric care of patients with advanced illnesses. This handbook reviews basic concepts and definitions of palliative care and the experience of dying, the assessment and management of major psychiatric complications of life-threatening illness, including psychopharmacologic and psychotherapeutic approaches, and covers issues such as bereavement, spirituality, cultural sensitivity, communication and psychiatric contributions to common physical symptom control. A global perspective on death and palliative care is taken throughout the text, and an Appendix provides a comprehensive list of international palliative care resources and training programs. -- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Palliative Care for Older People : An introduction<br/>A public health perspective to palliative care for older people: An introduction<br/>Organization of and policies for palliative care for older people<br/>Long-term Care Systems<br/>Development of palliative care in long-term care<br/>Development of integrated person-centred care in long-term care<br/>Policies on palliative care for older people in Africa<br/>Policies on palliative care for older people in Asia<br/>Policies on palliative care for older people in Australia<br/>Policies on palliative care for older people in Europe<br/>Policies on palliative care for older people in North America<br/>Policies on palliative care for older people in Latin America and the Caribbean<br/>Socio-cultural and clinical context of dying in old age<br/>Dying in place in old age: public health challenges<br/>Symptoms and trajectories experienced by older people approaching and at the end of life: Implications to care<br/>End-of-life decisions for older patients who are approaching death<br/>Ethical issues in palliative care for older people<br/>Cultural issues in palliative care for older people<br/>Spirituality and spiritual palliative care in older people<br/>Use and access of palliative care for older people<br/>Use of generalist and specialist palliative care for older people<br/> Compassionate communities: Caring for older people towards the end of life<br/>Palliative care for older people with dementia<br/>Collaboration between professionals as a necessary condition for palliative care<br/>Communication and advanced care planning (ACP) in older people<br/>Innovations in palliative care for older people<br/>EU civil society initiatives to protect the right to live and die in dignity<br/>Care pathways for older people in need of palliative care<br/>A program for advance care planning for older people: Respecting Patient Choices<br/>Conclusion: What does a public health approach to improving palliative care in older people look like? <br/>A public health approach to improving palliative care for older people

::Summary## This book analyzes the main topics of Palliative Care in Cardiac Intensive Care Units (CICU), from the changing epidemiology of patients admitted to the ICU, to the main clinical and ethical issues. The changing epidemiology of patients has led to new and emerging patient needs at the end of life. Care has shifted from acute coronary syndrome patients towards elderly patients, with a high prevalence of non-ischemic cardiovascular diseases and a high burden of non-cardiovascular comorbid conditions: both increase the susceptibility of patients to developing life-threatening critical conditions. These conditions are associated with a significant symptom burden, high mortality rate, and increased length of stay. The main new challenges involve shared decision-making, symptom control (pain, dyspnea, etc.), and ethical issues (withholding/withdrawing life sustaining treatments, deactivation of implanted cardiac devices, palliative sedation), all of which necessitate formal education on end-of-life care. Written by opinion leaders in their respective fields, who share their experience with improving the cultural and clinical competence of medical/nursing teams, this volume is chiefly intended for cardiologists, anesthesiologists, palliative care doctors and nursing staff.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Foreword<br/>Preface<br/>Acknowledgements<br/>Contents<br/>About the Author<br/>1: Epidemiology and Patterns of Care in Modern Cardiac Intensive Care Units<br/>1.1 Introduction<br/>1.2 Is There a Background for the Evolution of CICU? From the Blitz-3 to Modern International CICU Registries<br/>1.3 Aging, Comorbidity, and the Risk of Futility in CICU<br/>1.4 The COVID-19 Tsunami and Its Effect on CICU<br/>1.5 Conclusions<br/>References<br/>2: The Intensive and Advanced Treatments in the Cardiac Intensive Care Units<br/>2.1 Introduction<br/>2.2 Cardiac Arrest and Post-cardiac Arrest Syndrome 2.3 Advanced Heart Failure and End-Stage Heart Failure<br/>2.4 Cardiogenic Shock (CS) and Low-Output Syndrome<br/>2.5 Mechanical Circulatory Supports (MCSs)<br/>2.6 Heart Replacement Therapies<br/>2.7 Cardiac Implanted Electronic Devices (CIEDs)<br/>2.8 Palliative Care in CICU<br/>2.9 Palliative Inotrope Care<br/>References<br/>3: Symptom Assessment and Management<br/>3.1 The Cardiologist's Palliative Competencies<br/>3.2 Measuring a Symptom<br/>3.2.1 Dyspnea<br/>3.2.2 Pain<br/>3.2.3 Thirst<br/>3.3 Cognitive and Mood Disorders<br/>3.3.1 Fatigue<br/>3.3.2 Gastrointestinal Symptoms<br/>References 4: The Meanings of Prognosis: When and How to Discuss It?<br/>4.1 Introduction<br/>4.2 Deciding Between Prognosis and Uncertainty<br/>4.3 Criteria for Prognosis Definition<br/>4.4 Communicating Prognosis<br/>4.5 Barriers to Communication<br/>4.5.1 The Disease<br/>4.5.2 The Patient<br/>4.5.3 Treatment Approach<br/>4.5.4 The Doctor<br/>4.6 Conclusions<br/>References<br/>5: Informed Consent, Advance Directives, and Shared Care Planning<br/>5.1 Introduction<br/>5.2 Legal and Ethical Aspects<br/>5.3 Shared Care Planning and Advance Directives in Cardiology<br/>5.4 Conclusions<br/>References 6: Withholding or Withdrawing Life-Sustaining Treatments<br/>6.1 Introduction<br/>6.2 Forgoing Life-Sustaining Treatments: The Clinical Practice<br/>6.3 Physician Preferences<br/>6.4 Withdrawing Life-Sustaining Treatment: Arguments in Favor<br/>6.5 Withholding Life-Sustaining Treatment: Arguments in Favor<br/>6.6 Withdrawing or Withholding Life-Sustaining Treatments: Means or Goals?<br/>6.7 Forgoing Life-Sustaining Treatments: How to Do<br/>6.7.1 Ethical Principles<br/>6.7.2 Decision to Forgo Life-Sustaining Treatments: Theoretical Approach 6.7.3 Decision to Forgo Life-Sustaining Treatments: The Goals<br/>6.7.4 Withdrawing Life-Sustaining Treatments: Basics in Clinical Practice<br/>6.8 Conclusions<br/>References<br/>7: Deactivation of Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices (CIEDs) at the End of Life<br/>7.1 Introduction<br/>7.2 Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillators (ICDs)<br/>7.2.1 Ethical Problems<br/>7.2.2 Information and Patient Awareness<br/>7.2.3 The Opinion of Physicians and Nurses<br/>7.3 Cardiac Pacemaker (PM)-Cardiac Resynchronisation Therapy-Pacemaker (CRT-P)<br/>7.4 Conclusions<br/>References

::Summary## This book details the benefits of palliative care to improve the lives of patients with serious lung disease and their caregivers. Palliative care is specialized medical care for people living with a serious illness. This type of care is focused on providing relief from the symptoms and stress of a serious illness, and is often described as "an extra layer of support" for patients and their caregivers, as patients with malignant and nonmalignant lung disease experience great symptom burden and have advanced care planning needs. This book has three main objectives: Define the role of palliative care in advanced lung disease Incorporate a patient-centered perspective in describing symptom burden and interventions to improve quality of life Provide current initiatives to expand evidence-based practice and improve access to palliative care Written by leading experts in palliative care and respiratory medicine, the chapters seek to answer those objectives by first defining and describing palliative care, advanced lung disease, and inadequate palliative care in this patient population. Patient reported outcomes, quality of life, and interventions to help deal with the psychological toll of serious illness are then detailed, as well as pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions for symptom management. Detailed information is additionally provided on current research studies and management for several lung diseases, including COPD, ILD, Lung Cancer, Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension, Neuromuscular disease, and pediatric lung disease. The more administrative aspects of palliative care programs are then covered with an example of a specialty palliative care program for advanced lung disease and advice on how to address policy that promotes palliative care. Finally, palliative care's role during a pandemic is thoughtfully considered. This book is an ideal guide for clinicians, nurses, hospital administrators, teachers, students to help them understand and fill unmet care needs that many patients with serious lung disease experience.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Palliative Care in Lung Disease<br/>An Introduction to Advanced Lung Disease<br/>Inadequate Palliative Care in Lung Disease<br/>Patient-Centeredness & Patient Reported Measures (PRM) in Palliation of Lung Disease<br/>Quality of Life in Chronic Lung Disease<br/>Breathlessness<br/>Preparatory and anticipatory grief, anxiety and depression in life-limiting lung disease<br/>Symptom Management in Advanced Lung Disease<br/>Communication in Palliative Care<br/>Palliative Care in COPD<br/>Palliative care in interstitial lung disease<br/>The Role of Palliative Care in Lung Cancer<br/>Palliative care in patients with neuromuscular diseases<br/>Palliative Care in Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension<br/>Palliative Care for Children with Lung Diseases<br/>Specialty Palliative Care Program ILD<br/>Withdrawal of Mechanical Ventilation: Considerations to Guide Patient and Family Centered Care and the Development of Health Care Policy<br/>Palliative Care during a Pandemic.

::Summary## Palliative care provides comprehensive support for severely affected patients with any life-limiting or life-threatening diagnosis. To do this effectively, it requires a disease-specific approach as the patients? needs and clinical context will vary depending on the underlying diagnosis. Experts in the field of palliative care and oncology describe in detail the needs of patients with advanced cancer in comparison to those with non-cancer disease and also identify the requirements of patients with different cancer entities. Basic principles of symptom control are explained, with careful attention to therapy for pain associated with either the cancer or its treatment and to symptom-guided antineoplastic therapy. Complex therapeutic strategies for palliative cancer patients are highlighted that involve both cancer- and symptom-directed options and address a range of therapeutic aims. Issues relating to drug use in palliative cancer care are fully explored, and a separate section is devoted to care in the final phase. A range of organizational and policy issues are also discussed, and the book concludes by considering likely future developments in palliative care for cancer patients. Palliative Care in Oncology will be of particular interest to palliative care physicians who are interested in broadening the scope of their disease-specific knowledge, as well as to oncologists who wish to learn more about modern palliative care concepts relevant to their day-to-day work with cancer patients.<br/>::Contents##<br/>1. Disease-specific oncology - disease-specific palliative care<br/>2. Oncological and palliative care for patients with lung cancer and patients with breast cancer: two opposite ends of a spectrum<br/>3. Palliative care for patients with haematological malignancies<br/>4. Definition, pathophysiology, and assessment of pain<br/>5. Therapy of cancer-related pain and cancer therapy-related pain<br/>6. Radiation therapy in patients with non-curable cancer<br/>7. Symptom management: the nursing view<br/>8. The Liverpool Care pathway for the dying patient<br/>9. The final phase<br/>10. Options and problems of drug application in patients with advanced cancer<br/>11. Drug interactions in palliative cancer care and oncology<br/>12. Outpatient and inpatient structures: what does it need to integrate palliative care services?<br/>13. Early palliative care<br/>14. Psycho-oncology and palliative care: two concepts that fit into comprehensive cancer care<br/>15. Cancer therapy in developing countries: the role of palliative care<br/>16. Emergencies in oncology and crises in palliative care<br/>17. Palliative care for patients participating in experimental or clinical oncology studies<br/>18. The future of oncology palliative care.

::Summary## This textbook is the first to focus on comprehensive interdisciplinary care approaches aimed at enhancing the wellbeing of children with cancer and their families throughout the illness experience. Among the topics addressed are the epidemiology of pediatric cancer distress, including physical, emotional, social, and spiritual dimensions; the role of the interdisciplinary team; communication and advance care planning; symptom prevention and management; care at the end of life; family bereavement care; and approaches to ease clinician distress. The contributing authors are true experts and provide guidance based on the highest available level of evidence in the field. The book has not only an interdisciplinary but also an international perspective; it will appeal globally to all clinicians caring for children with cancer, including physicians, nurses, psychosocial clinicians, and chaplains, among others.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Epidemiology of suffering in childhood cancer<br/>Impact of cancer on the child, parents, siblings and community.- The interdisciplinary oncology team and the role palliative care consultation.- Communication in pediatric palliative oncology<br/>The relationship between cancer-directed therapy and the pediatric oncology experience<br/>Easing physical distress<br/>Easing psychological distress<br/>Easing existential distress<br/>Easing social distress<br/>Care at the end of life<br/>Family bereavement Care<br/>Easing clinician distress.

::Summary## Palliative Care Nursing, Fifth Edition, delivers advanced empirical, aesthetic, ethical and personal knowledge. This new edition brings an increased focus on outcomes, benchmarking progress, and goals of care. It expounds upon the importance of the cross-disciplinary collaboration introduced in the previous edition. Every chapter in Sections I, II, and III includes content written by a non-nursing member of the interprofessional team. Based on best-evidence and clinical practice guidelines, this text presents comprehensive, targeted interventions responsive to the needs of palliative and hospice patients and family. Each chapter contains compassionate, timely, appropriate, and cost-effective care for diverse populations across the illness trajectory.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Understanding Palliative Care<br/>Caring for the whole Person and His or Her Family<br/>Physical Health: Threatening Diseases<br/>Physical Health: Symptom management.

::Summary## Offering practical, comprehensive coverage of the many nuanced technical and clinical aspects of this growing field, Palliative Radiation Oncology provides up-to-date clinical guidance in a thorough yet concise manner. In an easy-access format, it integrates basic science, pathologies, and research with clinical applications, covering different ways to approach problems, tumor assessment, precise target definition, and dosing-specific guidelines to minimize side effects/toxicities while balancing with desired outcomes.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Foundations and principles of palliative care in oncology<br/>Techniques and modalities<br/>Foundations and principles of palliative radiation by body site or special population<br/>Management of symptoms and treatment-related toxicities.

::Summary## Rooted in everyday hospital medicine, Palliative Skills for Frontline Clinicians addresses the challenges of delivering complex care to patients living with serious illnesses. Spanning emergency medicine, internal medicine, surgery and various subspecialties, each chapter reads like a story, comparing usual care with a step-by-step palliative-based approach. This case-based book features a multidisciplinary, palliative-trained authorship, including neurologists, nephrologists, emergency physicians, surgeons, intensivists, and obstetricians. Divided into four parts, Palliative Skills for Frontline Clinicians outlines common clinical scenarios across settings and specialties to highlight unmet needs of patients with potentially terminal illnesses. Each case is broken down into the usual standard approach, and delves into detail regarding different palliative interventions that can be appropriate in those scenarios. These are meant to be practice changing; down to the actual words used to communicate with patients. In addition to the books focus on the principles of palliative care and the "art" of treating the patient, approaches to communication with the patients families for the best long-term outcomes are discussed. Concise and pragmatic, Palliative Skills for Frontline Clinicians is meant to be practice changing. It provides readers with both a new conceptual framework, as well as actual words to communicate with patients and medication doses for symptom management. It is an invaluable resource for non-palliative trained clinicians who wish to strengthen their palliative care skills.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I: Emergency Medicine<br/>High Yield Approach to the ED Goals of Care Conversation<br/>A Palliative Approach to End Stage COPD<br/>This POLST Makes No Sense<br/>Treating Pain and Prognosticating in Metastatic Cancer<br/>Complex Pain Management and Goals of Care in a Debilitated Cancer Patient<br/>To Intubate or Not to Intubate: Ask the Right Questions<br/>ED Approach to the Hospice patient<br/>Part II: Inpatient Internal Medicine<br/>"We cant let him starve": Artificial Nutrition in Patients with Advanced Dementia<br/>Shared Decision-Making in the Setting of a Large Ischemic Stroke<br/>Prognostication and Goals of Care in Advanced Parkinsons Disease<br/>Saying Yes to Aggressive Measures: The Role of Neuropalliative Care in Critically Ill Patients with Potential for Recovery<br/>"I am a Fighter": Recognizing and Responding to Cancer Metaphors<br/>"What does the awake ventilated patient really want?": Shared-decision making in the ICU<br/>A Mothers Love<br/>Support Despite Disagreeing with Goals of Care<br/>End-Stage Renal Disease and Shared Decision-Making Dilemmas<br/>Discontinuing Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy (CRRT) in the Intensive Care Unit<br/>Teaching Learners How to Approach Family Decisions as a Process<br/>Part III: Surgery<br/>Trach/PEG Consult in the ICU<br/>Rescinding DNR Orders in the Operating Room<br/>A Threshold Moment, Preserving Patient Dignity, and the Value of a Time Limited Trial<br/>Between a Rock and a Hard Place: Anticipating Poor Surgical Outcomes while Honoring Patient Autonomy<br/>Surgery for the Hospice Patient: When is it Appropriate?<br/>Non-Operative Approach To Caring For The Ischemic Limb<br/>Placing a Feeding Tube in a Patient with Dementia<br/>Malignant Bowel Obstruction In A Dying Patient: To Operate Or Not?<br/>Geriatric Trauma Decision-Making Based on Functional Outcomes<br/>Part IV: Specialty Medicine<br/>Decision by Surrogates for a Patient with a Psychiatric History<br/>Palliative Approach to Patients with Concurrent Seriou s Illness and Substance Use Disorder<br/>Responding To Spiritual Suffering And Hope During A Goals Of Care Conversation<br/>Trisomy 18: Early And Concurrent Palliative Care Enhances Delivery And Neonatal Planning<br/>Navigating Colleagues and Parents in the Pediatric ICU.

::Summary## Palliative surgery can greatly contribute to improving symptom control and quality of life for terminal cancer patients. Owing to the advanced stage of the disease, however, this type of surgery is also associated with significant morbidity and mortality. It is therefore important for surgeons to have a sound understanding of the medical and scientific background underlying treatment decisions in palliative surgery, a foundation that this book provides. The opening chapters examine the relationship between palliative medicine and palliative surgery and address general issues including pain management and anesthesiological considerations. The role of palliative surgery in a wide range of disease settings is then thoroughly explored, including detailed information on surgical techniques and their indications and outcomes. This book will be an invaluable resource for all who wish to learn more about the emerging role of palliative surgery.

::Contents##<br/>Basic principles<br/>Shoulder complex<br/>Elbow complex<br/>Hand<br/>Hip and groin region<br/>Knee joint<br/>Foot<br/>Soft tissues<br/>Posterior pelvis<br/>Lumbar spine<br/>Thoracic spine and thoracic cage<br/>Cervical spine<br/>Head and jaw.

::Contents##<br/>Basic principles<br/>Shoulder complex<br/>Elbow complex<br/>Hand<br/>Hip and groin region<br/>Knee joint<br/>Foot<br/>Soft tissues<br/>Posterior pelvis<br/>Lumbar spine<br/>Abdominal Regional<br/>Thoracic spine and thoracic cage<br/>Cervical spine<br/>Head and jaw.

::Contents##<br/>Introduction: Rationale for Precision Medicine Clinical Trials.- The Key Role of Pathology in the Context of Precision Medicine Trials<br/>Basis for Molecular Genetics in Cancer<br/>Microarrays Based Molecular Profiling to Identify Genomic Alterations<br/>High Throughput Technologies: DNA and RNA Sequencing Strategies and Potential<br/>Bioinformatics for Precision Medicine in Oncology<br/>Assessment of Biomarkers? Predictive Value of Efficacy<br/>Designs for Evaluating Precision Medicine Trials<br/>Conclusions and Perspectives: Challenges for the Clinical Implementation of Precision Medicine Trials.

::Summary## This open access book offers the first comprehensive account of the pan-genome concept and its manifold implications. The realization that the genetic repertoire of a biological species always encompasses more than the genome of each individual is one of the earliest examples of big data in biology that opened biology to the unbounded. The study of genetic variation observed within a species challenges existing views and has profound consequences for our understanding of the fundamental mechanisms underpinning bacterial biology and evolution. The underlying rationale extends well beyond the initial prokaryotic focus to all kingdoms of life and evolves into similar concepts for metagenomes, phenomes and epigenomes. The books respective chapters address a range of topics, from the serendipitous emergence of the pan-genome concept and its impacts on the fields of microbiology, vaccinology and antimicrobial resistance, to the study of microbial communities, bioinformatic applications and mathematical models that tie in with complex systems and economic theory. Given its scope, the book will appeal to a broad readership interested in population dynamics, evolutionary biology and genomics.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part 1: Genomic diversity and the pan-genome concept<br/>Chapter 1: The pan-genome: a data-drivendiscovery in biology<br/>Chapter 2: The prokaryotic species concept and challenges<br/>Chapter 3: Bacterial guide on how to design a diversified gene portfolio<br/>Chapter 4: A review of pan-genome tools and recent studies<br/>Part 2: Evolutionary biology of pan-genomes<br/>Chapter 5: Structure and dynamics of bacterial populations: pan-genome ecology<br/>Chapter 6: Bacterial microevolution and the pan-genome<br/>Chapter 7: Pan-genomes and selection: the public goods hypothesis<br/>Chapter 8: A pan-genomic perspective on the emergence, maintenance and predictability of antibiotic resistance<br/>Part 3: Pan-genomics: an open, evolving discipline<br/>Chapter 9: Metapangenome: at the crossroad of pangenomics and metagenomics<br/>Chapter 10: Pan-genome flux balance analysis towards pan-phenomes<br/>Chapter 11: Bacterial epigenomics: epigenetics in the age of population genomics<br/>Chapter 12: Eukaryotic pan-genomes<br/>Chapter 13: Computational strategies for eukaryotic pan-genome analyses.

::Summary## Easy to follow and redesigned algorithms and charts that help to organize medicine for maximum retention, especially for visual learners. Essential information for medical examinations, important correlations for clinical rotations and useful material for practicing clinicians. Not only will you quickly establish your strengths, but you will quickly improve on your areas of weakness. -- Publisher description<br/>::Contents##<br/>Cardiovascular<br/>Pulmonary Disorders<br/>Gastrointestinal/Nutritional<br/>Musculoskeletal/Rheumatology<br/>EENT (Eyes, Ears, Nose, Throat) Disorders<br/>Reproductive, obstetrics & gynecology<br/>Endrocrine<br/>Nephrology & urology<br/>Neurologic disorders<br/>Psychiatry & Behavioral science <br/>Dermatologic Disorders<br/>Infectious Diseases<br/>Hematologic Disorders<br/>Pharmacology<br/>Pediatric blueprint topics.

::Contents##<br/>Book A.<br/>1. Cardiovascular System<br/>2. Pulmonary system<br/>3. Gastrointestinal system/nutritional<br/>4. Musculoskeletal system<br/>5. EENT (eyes, ears, nose, & throat) disorders<br/>6. Reproductive system (male and female)<br/>Index<br/>Book B. 7. Endocrine<br/>8. Renal system<br/>9. Genitourinary system (male and female)<br/>10. Neurologic system<br/>11. Psychiatry and behavioral disorders<br/>12. Dermatologic system<br/>13. Infectious Diseases<br/>14. Hematologic system<br/>15. Pediatric pearls<br/>Index.

::Contents##<br/>Book A.<br/>1. Cardiovascular System<br/>2. Pulmonary system<br/>3. Gastrointestinal system/nutritional<br/>4. Musculoskeletal system<br/>5. EENT (eyes, ears, nose, & throat) disorders<br/>6. Reproductive system (male and female)<br/>Index<br/>Book B. 7. Endocrine<br/>8. Renal system<br/>9. Genitourinary system (male and female)<br/>10. Neurologic system<br/>11. Psychiatry and behavioral disorders<br/>12. Dermatologic system<br/>13. Infectious Diseases<br/>14. Hematologic system<br/>15. Pediatric pearls<br/>Index.

::Contents##<br/>Elevated Amylase and Lipase: Physiology Including Non-Pancreatitis Related Elevations<br/>Acute Pancreatitis<br/>Chronic Pancreatitis<br/>Recurrent Acute Pancreatitis<br/>Steroid-Responsive Chronic Pancreatitides: Autoimmune Pancreatitis and Idiopathic Duct Centric Chronic Pancreatitis<br/>Pancreas Adenocarcinoma and Ampullary Cancer<br/>Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Pancreas<br/>Cystic Lesions of the Pancreas<br/>Bile Duct: Brief Anatomy, Investigations Used<br/>Gallstone Disease<br/>Choledocholithiasis including Acute Cholangitis<br/>Benign Biliary Strictures<br/>Cholangiocarcinoma<br/>Autoimmune Liver Diseases: Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis<br/>Gallbladder Cancer<br/>Motility Disorders. .

::Summary## This book focuses on all aspects of pancreatic pathology, from key features of benign and malignant lesions to diagnostic pearls for differential diagnosis of encountered entities in pancreatobiliary fine needle aspirations and small biopsies. Chapters include a brief introduction and a practical approach to diagnose benign and malignant lesions. The key cytomorphologic features and main differential diagnoses are also summarized in concise tables. Richly colored images complement the text and represent key findings pertaining to the text discussion. An important and current chapter on molecular testing proves to be very useful for the readership for their daily practice in this era of targeted therapy. Written by experts in the fields, all authors contribute their collective experience of preeminent cytopathology service spanning a long time span. Pancreas and Biliary Tract Cytohistology serves as a practical resource for cytotechnologists, cytopathologists and pathologists who are practicing cytopathology and rendering diagnoses on small biopsy samples on pancreatic lesions.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Preface; Contents; Editors; Contributors;<br/> 1: Indications and Techniques of Fine-Needle Aspiration of the Pancreas; Introduction; Diagnostic EUS; EUS-FNA; EUS-FNA Techniques; Position and Number of Passes; Needle Choice; Histology and Fine-Needle Biopsy; Suction; Stylet; On-Site Cytopathology; Complementary Techniques; Summary; References;<br/> 2: Reporting of Pancreatico-biliary Cytopathology; Diagnostic Categories; Nondiagnostic; Negative; Atypical; Neoplastic; Neoplastic: Benign; Neoplastic: Other; Suspicious for Malignancy; Positive/Malignant; Risk of Malignancy Impact of Pap Society GuidelinesReferences;<br/> 3: Cytology of Normal Pancreas; Introduction and Approach to Pancreaticobiliary Fine-Needle Aspiration; Anatomy and Embryology of Pancreas; Cytology of Normal Pancreas; Benign Ductal Cells; Important Cytologic Features; Histologic Correlation; Differential Diagnosis and Pitfalls; Benign Acinar Cells; Important Cytologic Features; Histologic Correlation; Differential Diagnosis and Pitfalls; Islet Cells; Important Cytologic Features; Histologic Correlation; Differential Diagnosis and Pitfalls; Contamination; Important Cytologic Features Benign Duodenal EpitheliumBenign Gastric Epithelium; Benign Mesothelial Cells; Benign Hepatocytes; Differential Diagnosis and Pitfalls; Approach to Pancreatic EUS-FNA Cytology; References;<br/> 4: Nonneoplastic Solid Mass Lesions of the Pancreas; Introduction; Chronic Pancreatitis; Background; Imaging and Gross Findings; Key Cytomorphologic Features; Key Histologic Features; Differential Diagnosis; Autoimmune Pancreatitis; Background; Imaging and Gross Findings; Key Cytomorphologic Features; Key Histologic Features; Differential Diagnosis; Paraduodenal Groove Pancreatitis; Background Imaging and Gross FindingsKey Cytomorphologic Features; Key Histologic Features; Intrapancreatic Accessory Spleen; Background; Imaging and Gross Findings; Key Cytologic Features; Histologic Features; Differential Diagnosis; Intrapancreatic Reactive Lymph Node; Key Cytomorphologic Features; Sarcoidosis; Background; Key Cytologic Features; Histologic Features; References;<br/> 5: Pancreatic Ductal Adenocarcinoma and Its Variants; Introduction and Clinical Presentation; Radiographic Features and Fine Needle Aspiration; Pancreatic Cancer Precursors: Pancreatic Intraepithelial Neoplasia (PanIN) Important Cytologic FeaturesHistologic Correlation; Differential Diagnosis (Cytology and Histology); Ancillary Testing and Molecular Signature; Ductal Adenocarcinoma, Conventional Type; Important Cytologic Features; Well-Differentiated PDCA; High-Grade PDCA; Histologic Correlation; Differential Diagnosis; Ancillary Testing and Molecular Signature; Undifferentiated (Anaplastic) Carcinoma; Important Cytologic Features and Histologic Correlation; Differential Diagnosis; Ancillary Testing and Molecular Signature; Undifferentiated Carcinoma with Osteoclast-Like Giant Cells

::Summary## This book is the first to provide a thorough overview of the experience of pancreas transplantation in Asian countries, including in particular Korea, Taiwan, and Japan. Recent trends are identified and attention drawn to differences in comparison with the United States and Europe. Such differences relate, for example, to the history of pancreas transplantation, the operative procedure, and the organ-sharing system. In addition, the insulin-secreting ability of pancreatic islet cells is thought to vary depending on race. Beyond these aspects, the coverage also encompasses ABO-incompatible living donor pancreas transplantation, which is very rarely performed elsewhere in the world. By introducing the number, technique, and outcomes of pancreas transplantation in Asian countries, the book will hopefully further stimulate the pancreas transplantation program in this region and beyond. It will be of value for all medical professionals in the field and will be informative for diabetic patients receiving insulin treatment in Asia.<br/>::Contents##<br/>1. Introduction<br/>2. History of pancreas transplantation.-a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan<br/>3. Indication of pancreas transplantation(Donor and Recipient)<br/>a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan<br/>4. Pre operative evaluation<br/>a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan<br/>5. Surgical aspect of pancreas transplantation<br/>a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan<br/>6. Post operative management(general care,immunosuppressant, graft monitoring etc)<br/>a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan<br/>7. Outcomes<br/>a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan<br/>8. Complication<br/>a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan<br/>9. Conclusion.

::Summary## "New in the Differential Diagnosis in Surgical Pathology series, this abundantly illustrated title helps you systematically solve tough diagnostic challenges in pancreatic and biliary pathology. It uses select images of clinical and pathological findings, together with succinct, expert instructions and diagnostic pearls, to guide you through the decision-making process. By presenting material according to the way pathologists actually work, this user-friendly volume helps you quickly differentiate commonly confused entities that have overlapping morphologic features. Presents nearly 100 differential diagnoses in pancreatic and biliary pathology, including the most common entities as well as selected rare diseases. Provides concise, bulleted summaries of clinical and pathological findings and relevant pictorial examples on the corresponding pages. Features 1,000 high-quality, full-color images of similar-looking lesions side by side for easy comparison with respect to clinicopathologic features and ancillary tests. Includes more than 30 detailed chapters on the pancreas, as well as coverage of the ampulla, extrahepatic bile duct, and gallbladder. Ideal for practicing pathologists, pathologists in training, residents, and medical students"-- Provided by publisher.

::Summary## In organizing the second edition of this renowned Handbook, Dr. Neoptolemos and his co-editors have produced and updated a revised edition to the distinguished Major Reference Work devoted to pancreatic cancer. Like its preceding edition, the second edition continues to have a widespread appeal among clinicians, pathologists and basic scientists, who are now struggling to understand this complex and rapidly expanding field. Because of the recent and vast growth in both the clinical and scientific research being done in pancreatic cancer, (there is currently an unprecedented investment by academia and industry in this field), each research's knowledge of other specialty areas outside his or her own is often quite limited. The aim of the new edition is to place the tangible advances, including new developments in surgical approaches with regards to resection techniques, the state of laparoscopic approaches, the growing impact of surgical approaches in the management of recurrent pancreatic cancer, controversies in the management of IMPN as the precursor lesion for PDAC and others - readily at hand. The second edition focuses on advances that will not become dated, and the editors have chosen authors, who are the very best in each area.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Section: The Nature of Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Cell Cycle Machinery and Its Alterations in Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Animal modelling of Pancreatitis-to-Cancer Progression<br/>Stromal Inflammation in Pancreatic Cancer: Mechanisms and Translational Applications<br/>Familial Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Section: Clinical Management of Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Therapeutic Endoscopy in the Management of Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Controversies in Pathology Reporting and Staging<br/>Staging and Postoperative Outcomes Using the International Study Group of Pancreatic Surgery (ISGPS) Classifications<br/>Borderline Respectable Pancreatic Cancer<br/>New Japanese Classification of Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Arterial Resection in Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Treatment of Recurrent Pancreatic Cancer After Surgery<br/>Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy in Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Differential Therapy Based on Tumor Heterogeneity in Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Neoadjuvant Chemoradiation for Operable Pancreatic Cancer: the Importance of Local Disease Control<br/>Section: New Directions<br/>Development of Novel Therapeutic Response Biomarkers<br/>Clinical Applications of Genomics and Proteomics in Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Approaching Pancreatic Cancer Phenotypes via Metabolomics<br/>Circulating Tumour Cells<br/>Cancer Exosomes for Early Pancreatic Cancer Diagnosis and Role Metastasis<br/>Metabolism in Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Secondary Screening for Inherited Pancreatic Ductal Adenocarcinoma<br/>Role of Radiotherapy in Locally Advanced Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Evolution of Pancreatic Cancer Surgery<br/>Multiparameter Modalities for the Study of Patients in the Setting of Individualized Medicine<br/>Epigenetic Pharmacology<br/>Precision Medicine Based on Next Generation Sequencing and Master Controllers.

::Summary## This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of pancreatic cancer. The text presents new data about risk factors and genetic predisposition for pancreatic cancer, highlights current screening strategies and preliminary results, and reviews diagnosis and staging of pancreatic cancer, with a focus on imaging evaluations, laparoscopy, endoscopic ultrasound-guided biopsies, and biomarkers. The book also spotlights emerging paradigms in pancreatic cancer management, such as minimally invasive surgical approaches and emerging radiation approaches, and provides valuable insight into the role of nutrition and early integration of supportive/palliative care for pancreatic cancer patients. Written by experts in the field, Pancreatic Cancer: A Multidisciplinary Approach is an invaluable resource for physicians and researchers with an interest in pancreatic cancer.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Pancreatic Cancer at a Glance<br/>Risk Factors and Genetic Predisposition<br/>Pancreatic Cancer and Diabetes Mellitus<br/>Pancreatic Cancer Screening<br/>Diagnosis and Staging of Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Imaging Evaluations: Pancreatic Protocol CT and MRI, PET-CT<br/>Laparoscopy<br/>Role of Gastroenterologists: Endoscopic Ultrasound (EUS), EUS-guided Biopsy<br/>Role of Ca 19-9 in Diagnosis/Staging and Management<br/>Management of Locally Advanced/ Metastatic Disease<br/>Medical Oncology<br/>Radiation Oncology<br/>Management of Resectable and Borderline Resectable Disease<br/>Surgery<br/>Medical Oncology<br/>Radiation Oncology<br/>Endoscopic Management of Pancreatic Cancer Symptoms<br/>Jaundice/Biliary Obstruction: ERCP/EUS BD<br/>Gastric Outlet Obstruction: Antroduodenal Stenting, Venting PEG, EUS-guided Gastrojejunostomy<br/>Pain Control: Celiac Plexus Neurolysis<br/>Emerging Paradigms in Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Minimally Invasive Surgical Approaches<br/>EUS-Guided Local Therapies<br/>Imaging Based Biomarkers for Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Liquid Biopsies in Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Molecular Profiling and Precision Medicine for Pancreatic Cancer<br/>The Prospects of Immunotherapy in Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Microbiome in Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Early Drug Development in Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Mechanisms and Evidence on Pancreatic Cancer Prevention<br/>Nutrition in Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Prioritizing the Patient Experience: Early Integration of Supportive/Palliative Care in Pancreatic Cancer Management<br/>Patient Reported Outcomes and Quality of Life<br/>Alternative/Integrative Medicine in Pancreatic Cancer. .

::Contents##<br/>Identification and analysis of precursors to invasive pancreatic cancer / Hanno Matthaei, Marco Dal Molin, and Anirban Maitra<br/>Tissue microarrays : construction and use / Helen Remotti<br/>Immunohistochemistry of pancreatic neoplasia / Sukhwinder Kaur ... [et al.]<br/>Method for conducting highly sensitive MicroRNA in situ hybridization and immunohistochemical analysis in pancreatic cancer / Lorenzo F. Sempere and Murray Korc<br/>Optimal molecular profiling of tissue and tissue components : defining the best processing and microdissection methods for biomedical applications / Jaime Rodriguez-Canales<br/>Considerations for sequencing analyses of pancreatic cancer progression and metastasis / Alvin Makohon-Moore and Christine A. Iacobuzio-Donahue<br/>DNA methylation analysis in human cancer / Eileen O'Sullivan and Michael Goggins<br/>Quantitative real-time PCR expression analysis of peripheral blood mononuclear cells in pancreatic cancer patients / Michael J. Baine, Kavita Mallya, and Surinder K. Batra<br/>Development of a cytokine-modified allogeneic whole cell pancreatic cancer vaccine / Dan Laheru, Barbara Biedrzycki, and Elizabeth M. Jaffee<br/>Prevention and genetics of pancreatic cancer : a programmatic approach / Aimee L. Lucas ... [et al.]<br/>Development of orthotopic pancreatic tumor mouse models / Wanglong Qiu and Gloria H. Su<br/>Evaluating Dietary Compounds in Pancreatic Cancer Modeling Systems / Emman Mascarinas, Guido Eibl, and Paul J. Grippo<br/>Quantification of murine pancreatic tumors by high-resolution ultrasound / Stephen A. Sastra and Kenneth P. Olive<br/>Microdissection and culture of murine pancreatic ductal epithelial cells / Yuliya Pylayeva-Gupta, Kyoung Eun Lee, and Dafna Bar-Sagi<br/>Sphere-forming assays for assessment of benign and malignant pancreatic stem cells / Yue J. Wang ... [et al.]<br/>Analysis of transplanted bone marrow-derived cells in chronic pancreatitis / Christoph B. Westphalen, Frederic Marrache, and Timothy C. Wang<br/>Analysis of the potential for pancreatic cancer metastasis in vitro and in vivo / Chen Huang and Keping Xie<br/>Use of fluorescent probes in the study of reactive oxygen species in pancreatic cancer cells / Richard D. Dinnen, Yuehua Mao, and Robert L. Fine<br/>Analysis of tumor-associated mucin glycotopes by western transfer methods / Vinayaga S. Gnanapragassam, Maneesh Jain, and Surinder K. Batra<br/>Evaluating tumor angiogenesis / Minji K. Uh, Jessica Kandel, and Jan Kitajewski<br/>Pooled shRNA screenings : experimental approach / Ruth Rodriguez-Barrueco, Netonia Marshall, and Jose M. Silva<br/>Pooled ShRNA screenings : computational analysis / Jiyang Yu ... [et al.].

::Summary## This book provides state of the art knowledge on a broad range of clinical issues in pancreatic cancer, covering topics from screening and pathophysiology to surgical treatments. In particular, the focus is on current controversies and on evidence-based surgical techniques. Further aspects considered include the management of precancerous lesions, diagnostic methods, perioperative care and nonsurgical treatment. The description of surgical methods is supported by many helpful illustrations and important technical issues are carefully addressed. Determination of resectability and extent of surgery is also discussed. Based on recent developments in surgical techniques, some surgeons are performing more and more radical operations. It is essential, however, that surgical strategy is based on the best available evidence and surgeons will find that this book offers valuable help in achieving this aim. In addition, it will be a great asset in clinical practice for all who are involved or interested in the management of pancreatic cancer.

::Summary## This book provides a thorough overview of the detection of PCNs using modern imaging techniques and a clear guide to the recognition of the different subtypes of PCN based on their radiologic and histopathologic features. This volume will serve as an excellent aid to the selection of optimal therapeutic strategies based on preoperative diagnosis. A further important feature is the emphasis placed on radiologic, clinical, and surgical correlations. Pancreatic cystic neoplasms (PCNs) have been increasingly recognized during the past decade, mainly because of the widespread use of modern imaging modalities for the investigation of often unrelated abdominal symptoms. The three most common subtypes of PCN are serous cystic neoplasms, mucinous cystic neoplasms, and intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms. These subtypes have distinct radiologic and histopathological features, and their biological behavior differs greatly. Accurate preoperative diagnosis is of prime importance in selecting the optimal therapeutic strategy: while serous cystic neoplasms are almost always benign, and may be treated conservatively, mucinous cystic neoplasms and intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms have malignant potential, warranting an aggressive surgical approach, i.e., pancreatectomy. Pancreatic Cystic Neoplasms will be of great interest to surgeons, gastroenterologists, radiologists, oncologists, and pathologists, and also to internists and residents in these specialties.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Classification<br/>Serous cystic neoplasms<br/>Mucinous cystic neoplasms<br/>Intraductal Papillary Mucinous Neoplasms<br/>Rare cystic neoplasms<br/>Diagnostic evaluation<br/>Imaging<br/>Cross sectional Imaging<br/>US, CT, MRI<br/>Endoscopic ultrasonography<br/>ERCP / MRCP<br/>Intraductal ultrasonography / ductoscopy<br/>FNA and analysis of the cystic fluid<br/>Cytology<br/>Biochemical analysis<br/>Treatment<br/>Indications for surgery<br/>Surgical treatment<br/>Adjuvant therapy<br/>Follow-up<br/>Prognosis.

::Contents##<br/>Historical Background of Pancreatic Islet Isolation / Miriam Ramírez-Domínguez<br/>The Different Faces of the Pancreatic Islets / Midhat H.Abdulreda, Rayner Rodriguez-Diaz, Over Cabrera, Alejandro Caicedo, Per-Olof Berggren<br/>Isolation of Mouse Pancreatic Islets of Langerhans / Miriam Ramírez-Domínguez<br/>Pancreatic Islets: Methods for Isolation and Purification of Juvenile and Adult Pig Islets / Heide Brandhorst, Paul R.V. Johnson, Daniel Brandhorst<br/>Isolation of Pancreatic Islets from NonHuman Primates / Dora M. Berman<br/>Necessities for a Clinical Islet Program / Wayne John Hawthorne<br/>Clinical Islet Isolation / Wayne John Hawthorne, Lindy Jane Williams, Yi Vee Chew<br/>Index.

::Contents##<br/>Classification of Pancreatic Lesions<br/>Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma<br/>Less Common Solid Tumors of Pancreas<br/>Cystic Lesions of the Pancreas<br/>Autoimmune pancreatitis<br/>Pancreatitis-related pancreatic masses: Chronic Pancreatitis<br/>Radiographic imaging<br/>EUS Imaging in the Diagnosis of Pancreatic Masses<br/>Contrast-enhanced EUS<br/>Endoscopic Ultrasonography: Role of EUS Sampling in Solid Pancreas Lesions<br/>Endoscopic Ultrasonography: Role of EUS sampling in Cystic lesions<br/>Role of ERCP in Diagnosing Pancreatic Masses<br/>Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography (ERCP): Pancreatoscopy for the evaluation of pancreatic neoplasia<br/>Recent Advances in Cytologic and Histologic Specimen Evaluation, FISH and Molecular Markers<br/>Evaluation and Surveillance Strategies for Patients at Increased Risk of Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Differential Diagnosis and Diagnostic Evaluation Algorithm<br/>Surgery for Solid Pancreatic Neoplasms<br/>Radiation Therapy for Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Chemotherapy<br/>Endoscopic therapy: ERCP based therapy<br/>Endoscopic therapy: EUS-based therapy<br/>Endoscopic Therapy of Gastric Outlet Obstruction<br/>Management of Cystic Lesions of the Pancreas<br/>Recent Advances and Novel Treatments of Pancreatic Masses.

::Summary## "This book provides a comprehensive review of entities that may be encountered in pancreatic cytology. It is designed for cytotechnologists, pathology trainees, pathologists, and cytopathologists. It is also a useful guide for advanced endoscopists performing EUS-guided FNA, and surgeons and oncologists treating patients with pancreatic disease wanting to understand their pathology reports"-- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction to pancreatic pathology and fine-needle aspiration cytology / Dhillon, J.<br/>Processing of fine-needle aspiration specimens from pancreatic lesions / Dhillon, J.<br/>Imaging of pancreatic tumors / Morse, B., Klapman, J.<br/>Normal components and contaminants / Dhillon, J.<br/>Non-neoplastic masses of the pancreas / Centeno, B.A., Thomas, S.<br/>Non-neoplastic and neoplastic cysts of the pancreas / Centeno, B.A., Thomas, S.<br/>Pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma / Betancourt, M., Dhillon, J.<br/>Non-ductal tumors of the pancreas / Dhillon, J.<br/>Metastases, secondary tumors, and lymphomas of the pancreas / Centeno, B.A.<br/>Mesenchymal tumors of the pancreas / Dhillon, J.

::Summary## From embryology to epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, complications, treatment and prognosis, this book provides a comprehensive overview and the latest evidence-based data on pancreaticobiliary maljunction (PBM), a congenital malformation in which the pancreatic and bile ducts join anatomically outside the duodenal wall. Resulting in various pathologic conditions, such as biliary cancer and pancreatitis, immediate prophylactic surgery is recommended upon diagnosis. The standard operative procedure for congenital biliary dilatation (CBD) is extrahepatic bile duct resection with bilioenteric anastomosis, but the optimal treatment of adult patients with PBM without biliary dilatation remains highly debatable. This book, written by pioneering editors and authors provides latest data, sheds new light on the disease. With abundant figures to aid understanding, Pancreaticobiliary Maljunction and Congenital Biliary Dilatation appeals to a wide readership, especially adult and pediatric surgeons, physicians including gastroenterologists and endoscopists, as well as radiologists and pathologists.

::Contents##<br/>Epidemiology and genetics of pancreatitis / David C Whitcomb<br/>Pathobiology of the acinar cell in acute pancreatitis / Stephen J Pandol<br/>Locoregional pathophysiology in acute pancreatitis: pancreas and intestine / Alistair BJ Escott, Anthony J Phillips, John A Windsor<br/>Pathophysiology of systemic inflammatory response syndrome and multiorgan dysfunction syndrome in acute pancreatitis / Pramod Kumar Garg<br/>Diagnosis, prediction, and classification / Efstratios Koutroumpakis, Georgios I Papachristou<br/>Medical treatment / Andree H Koop, Timothy B Gardner<br/>Nutritional treatment in acute pancreatitis / Maxim S Petrov<br/>Gallstone pancreatitis: diagnosis and treatment / Marsela Sina, Gregory A Coté<br/>Treatment of local complications / Stefan AW Bouwense, Thomas L Bollen, Paul Fockens, Marc GH Besselink for the Dutch Pancreatitis Study Group<br/>Treatment of systemic complications and organ failure / Alexsander K Bressan, Chad G Ball<br/>Specific treatment for acute pancreatitis / Li Wen, Muhammad A Javed, Kiran Altaf, Peter Szatmary, Robert Sutton<br/>Sequelae of acute pancreatitis / Nicholas J Zyromski, Lucas McDuffie<br/>History of chronic pancreatitis / Peter A Banks<br/>Epidemiology and pathophysiology: epidemiology and risk factors / Dhiraj Yadav, Julia Greer<br/>Epidemiology and pathophysiology: genetic insights into pathogenesis / David C Whitcomb<br/>Pancreatic stellate cells: what do they tell us about chronic pancreatitis? / Minoti V Apte, Zhihong Xu, Ron C Pirola, Jeremy S Wilson<br/>Autoimmune pancreatitis: an update / Thiruvengadam Muniraj, Raghuwansh P Sah, Suresh T Chari<br/>Etiology and pathophysiology: tropical pancreatitis / Rajesh Gupta, Sunil D Shenvi, Ritambhra Nada, Surinder S Rana, Deepak Bhasin<br/>Mechanisms and pathways of pain in chronic pancreatitis / Dana A Dominguez, Kimberly S Kirkwood<br/>Imaging of chronic pancreatitis / Ferenc Czeyda-Pommersheim, Bobby Kalb, Diego Martin<br/>Endoscopic ultrasonography in chronic pancreatitis / Brenda Hoffman, Nathaniel Ranney<br/>Pancreatic enzyme replacement therapy (PERT) / Ravi K Prakash, Alexander Schlachterman, Chris E Forsmark<br/>Nutritional treatment: antioxidant treatment / Ajith K Siriwardena<br/>Pancreatogenic diabetes: etiology, implications, and management / Dana K Andersen<br/>Nutrition without a pancreas: how does the gut do it? / William Lancaster, Matthew Kappus, Robert Martindale<br/>Endoscopic management of chronic pancreatitis / Wiriyaporn Ridtitid, Stuart Sherman<br/>Shocking and fragmenting pancreatic ductal stones / Rupjyoti Talukdar, Duvvur Nageshwar Reddy<br/>Endoscopic management: celiac plexus blockade / Vikesh K Singh<br/>A brief history of modern surgery for chronic pancreatitis / Michael G Sarr, Charles F Frey, Thomas Schnelldorfer<br/>Surgery for chronic pancreatitis: indications and timing of surgery / Philippus C Bornman, Dirk J Gouma, Jake E J Krige<br/>Chronic pancreatitis: surgical strategy in complicated diseases / Philippus C Bornman, Jake E J Krige, Sandie R Thomson<br/>Surgery for chronic pancreatitis: pancreatic duct drainage procedures / Dirk J Gouma, Philippus C Bornman<br/>Surgical management: resection and drainage procedures / Tobias Keck, Ulrich Wellner, Ulrich Adam<br/>The role of pancreatoduodenectomy in the management of chronic pancreatitis / Kristopher P Croome, Michael B Farnell<br/>Total pancreatectomy and islet cell autotransplantation: patient selection / Sydne Muratore, Martin Freeman, Greg Beilman<br/>Total pancreatectomy and islet cell autotransplantation: the science of islet cell preservation, from pancreas to liver / Appakalai N Balamurugan, Melena D Bellin<br/>Total pancreatectomy and islet cell autotransplantation: long-term assessment of graft function / Giuseppe Garcea, Ashley Dennison.

::Summary## This clinical casebook provides a comprehensive yet concise state-of-the-art review of pancreatic disease. Presented in a case-based format, each case focuses on a different varient of pancreatic disease and pancreatic cancer, with sections on diagnosis and early detection, management of the disease, and treatment of complications from the disease. The role of neoadjuvant therapy for pancreatic cancer and emerging treatment algorithms for chronic pancreatitis are also highlighted in the text. Written by experts in the field, Pancreatology: A Clinical Casebook is a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons, and researchers interested in caring for patients with pancreatic disease.

::Summary## "The COVID-19 pandemic has led to a host of critical reflections about discourse practises dealing with public health issues. Situating crisis communication at the centre of societal and political debates about responses to the pandemic, this volume analyses the discursive strategies used in a variety of settings. Exploring how crisis discourse has become a part of managing the public health crisis itself, this book focuses on the communicative tasks and challenges for both speakers and their public audiences in seven areas: - establishment of discursive and political authority - official governmental and expert communication to the public - public understanding of government communication - legitimation of public health management as a 'war' - judging and blaming a collective other - cross-national comparison and rivalry - empathy and encouragement Covering global discourses from Asia, Europe, the Middle East, North and South America, and New Zealand, chapters use corpus-based data to cast light on these issues from a variety of languages. With crisis discourse already the object of fierce national and international debates about the appropriateness of specific communicative styles, information management and 'verbal hygiene', Pandemic and Crisis Discourse offers an authoritative intervention from language experts"-- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>List of Figures<br/>List of Tables<br/>List of Contributors<br/>Introduction, Andreas Musolff, Ruth Breeze, Kayo Kondo and Sara Vilar-Lluch<br/>Part I: The Discourse of Authority in a Global Crisis: Who Defines (If There Is) a Pandemic?<br/>1 COVID-19 Press Conferences Across Time: World Health Organization vs. Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Dennis Tay<br/>2 Exploring the Multimodal Representation of COVID-19 on the Official Homepage of World Health Organization (WHO): A Social-Semiotic Approach, Amir H. Y. Salama<br/>3 COVID-19 Representations in Political Statements: A Corpus-Driven Analysis, Alexandra Papamanoli and Themis P. Kaniklidou<br/>4 How Autocrats Cope with the Corona Challenge: Belarus vs. Russia, Daniel Weiss<br/>5 Counting Coronavirus: Mathematical Language in The UK Response to Covid-19, Lee Jarvis<br/>Part II: The Discourse of Crisis Management: How is the Public Meant to and How Does it Understand the Pandemic?<br/>6 "Coronavirus Explainers" for Public Communication of Science: Everything the Public Needs to Know, María José Luzón<br/>7 'COVID Warriors: An Analysis of the Use of Metaphors in Children's Books to Help them Understand Covid-19, María Muelas-Gil<br/>8 Corona in the Linguistic Landscape, Neele Mundt and Frank Polzenhagen<br/>9 Political Comedy and the Challenges of Public Communication during the Covid-19 Crisis: A Corpus-Based Study of Last Week Tonight's Coverage of the Pandemic, Virginia Zorzi<br/>10 Social Reaction to a New Health Threat: The Perception of the COVID-19 Health Crisis by British and Spanish Readerships, Sara Vilar-Lluch<br/>11 How to Pass this Exam? Dealing with COVID-19 through Metaphors in Turkish Online Public Discourse, Melike Bas and Esranur Efeoglu-Özcan<br/>Part III: The Discourse of 'War' against the Pandemic: How to 'Fight' COVID-19?<br/>12 When Wars are Good: Emotional Unpacking Anti-Coronavirus Measures, Molly Xie Pan and Joanna Zhuoan Chen<br/>13 Legitimising a Global Fight for a Shared Future: A Critical Metaphor Analysis of the Reportage of COVID-19 in China Daily, Yating Yu. 14 Metaphoric Framings of Fighting COVID-19, Mariana Neagu<br/>15 From an Invisible Enemy to a Football Match with the Virus: Adjusting the COVID-19 Pandemic Metaphors to Political Agendas in Serbian Public Discourse, Nadežda Silaški and Tatjana Đurovic<br/>16 Are Health Care Political Responses Gendered? A Case Study, Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou<br/>17 "War against COVID-19": Is the Pandemic as War Metaphor Helpful or Hurtful?, Andreas Musolff<br/>Part IV: The Discourse of Judgement and Rivalry: Blaming Other/s for the Pandemic and Comparing National Performances<br/>18 "Chinese Virus": A Multimodal Critical Discourse Analysis of U.S. Government Communication about COVID-19 and its Impact on Chinese and Asian Americans in the U.S., Peiwen Wang and Theresa Catalano<br/>19 'Those Lunatic Zombies': The Discursive Framing of Wuhan Lockdown Escapees in Digital Space, Janet Ho and Emily Chiang<br/>20 Identity as Crime: How Indian Media's Coverage Demonised Muslims as Coronavirus Spreader, Aaquib Khan<br/>21 Media Discourse in Slovenia and in the Slovenian-Italian Cross-Border Area during the COVID-19 Pandemic, Vesna Mikolic<br/>Part V: The Discourse of Empathy and Encouragement: How to Foster Solidarity among Doctors, Patients and Health Experts<br/>22 Agency in End-of-Life Conversations during the COVID-19 Pandemic, Dariusz Galasinski and Justyna Ziólkowska<br/>23 Doctors' Empathy and Compassion in Online Health Consultations during the COVID-19 Pandemic in Japan, Kayo Kondo<br/>24 "Masks aren't Comfortable or Sexy, but...": Exploring Identity Work on Dr Mike's Instagram during the First Phase of the COVID-19 Pandemic, Kim Schoofs, Dorien Van De Mieroop, Stephanie Schnurr, Haiyan Huang and Anastasia Stavridou<br/>25 Choosing to Stay Fit? Glocalized Ideologies of Health and Fitness during a Pandemic, Ulrike Vogl, Geert Jacobs, Karin Andersson and Jesper Andreasson<br/>26 Unite against COVID-19: Jacinda Ardern's Discursive Approach to the Pandemic, Marta Degani<br/>Index.

::Contents##<br/>Part I Introduction<br/>Why is statistics such a fascinating subject?<br/>How statistics differs from mathematics<br/>Statistical literacy- essential in the 21st century<br/>Statistical inquiry on the web<br/>Part II Statistical description<br/>Trustworthy statistics are accurate, meaningful and relevant<br/>Let's hear it for the standard deviation!<br/>Index numbers- time travel for averages<br/>The beguiling ways of bad statistics I<br/>The beguiling ways of bad statistics II<br/>Part III Preliminaries to inference<br/>Puzzles and paradoxes in probability<br/>Some paradoxes of randomness<br/>Hidden risks for gamblers<br/>Models in statistics<br/>The normal distribution: history, computation and curiosities<br/>Part IV Statistical inference<br/>The pillars of applied statistics- estimation<br/>The pillars of applied statistics- hypothesis testing<br/>'Data snooping' and the significance level in multiple testing<br/>Francis Galton and the birth of regression<br/>Experimental design- piercing the veil of random variation<br/>In praise of Bayes<br/>Part V Some statistical byways<br/>Quality in statistics<br/>History of ideas: statistical personalities and the personalities of statisticians<br/>Statistical eponymy<br/>Statistical 'laws'<br/>Statistical artefacts<br/>Part VI Answers<br/>Answers to the chapter questions.

::Summary## Vascular management and care has become a truly multidisciplinary enterprise. As a result of scientific progress, the number of specialists involved in the treatment of patients with vascular diseases is steadily increasing. While in the past, treatments were delivered by individual specialists, in the twenty-first century a team approach is without doubt the most effective strategy. Depending on the clinical manifestations, cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, vascular specialists, angiologists, radiologists, vascular surgeons, neurologists, neurointerventionalists, lipidologists, blood coagulation specialists, and diabetologists, to name but a few, may be involved. In order to promote professional excellence in this dynamic and rapidly evolving field, a shared knowledge base and interdisciplinary standards need to be established. PanVascular Medicine, 2nd edition℗ℓhas been designed to offer such an interdisciplinary platform, providing vascular specialists with state-of-the-art descriptive and procedural knowledge. Basic science, diagnostics, and therapy are all comprehensively covered. In a series of succinct, clearly written chapters, renowned specialists introduce and comment on the current international guidelines and present up-to-date reviews of all aspects of vascular care.℗ℓ℗ℓ℗ℓ℗ℓ℗ℓ<br/>::Contents##<br/>Knowledge and Skills<br/>PanVascular domain<br/>Vascular Biology, Molecular Biology and Genetics<br/>Clinical Vascular Physiology and Pathophysiology<br/>Prevention<br/>Vascular Diagnosis<br/>X-ray Angiography and Venography<br/>Epidemiology and Risk Factors<br/>Nosology<br/>Coronary Artery Disease<br/>Cerebrovascular Disease<br/>Peripheral Artery Disease<br/>Vascular Disease of the Lungs<br/>Vascular Disease of the Gastrointestinal Tract<br/>Renovascular Disease<br/>Urogenital Vascular Disease<br/>Peripheral Venous Disease<br/>Vascular Pharmacology<br/>Catheter-based and Surgery-related Management Instrumentation<br/>Access, Hemostasis<br/>Coronary ? Interventional<br/>Coronary: Surgery<br/>Cerebrovascular ? Interventional<br/>Cerebrovascular: Interventional<br/>Aortic: Interventional Surgery<br/>Aortic, Visceral: Interventional<br/>Aortic, Visceral: Surgery<br/>Peripheral, Arterial<br/>Interventional<br/>Peripheral, Arterial ? Surgery<br/>Peripheral, Venous . Interventional and Surgery.

::Contents##<br/>Overview of Diagnostic Terminology and Reporting<br/>Category I: Non-Diagnostic<br/>Category II: Negative (for Malignancy)<br/>Category III: Atypical<br/>Category IV: Neoplastic-Benign<br/>Category IV: Neoplastic-Other<br/>Category V: Suspicious (for Malignancy)<br/>Category VI: Positive or Malignant<br/>Appendix A: Template for Cyst Diagnosis<br/>Appendix B: Mucinous Etiology<br/>Appendix C: Useful Ancillary Tests.

::Summary## This volume provides an overview of the recent advances in the field of paper microfluidics, whose innumerable research domains have stimulated considerable efforts to the development of rapid, cost-effective and simplified point-of-care diagnostic systems. The book is divided into three parts viz. theoretical background of paper microfluidics, fabrication techniques for paper-based devices, and broad applications. Each chapter of the book is self-explanatory and focuses on a specific topic and its relation to paper microfluidics and starts with a brief description of the topics physical background, essential definitions, and a short story of the recent progress in the relevant field. The book also covers the future outlook, remaining challenges, and emerging opportunities. This book shall be a tremendous up-to-date resource for researchers working in the area globally.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors; 1 A Historical Perspective on Paper Microfluidic Based Point-of-Care Diagnostics; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Paper Microfluidics: Historical Perspective; 1.3 Outline; References; 2 Fluid Transport Mechanisms in Paper-Based Microfluidic Devices; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Fluid Transport; 2.2.1 Classical Lucas-Washburn Equation (Capillary Flow); 2.2.2 Darcy's Law for Fluid Flow; 2.2.3 Fluid Transport in the Porous Media of Varying Cross Section/Arbitrary Shape; 2.2.4 Radial Fluid Transport in Porous Media 2.2.5 Diffusion-Based Fluid Transport; 2.2.6 Lateral Flow Immunoassay (LFIA); 2.3 Summary; References; 3 Fabrication Techniques for Paper-Based Microfluidic Devices; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Fabrication Methods; 3.2.1 2D Fabrication Methods; 3.2.2 Flexographic Printing; 3.2.3 3D Fabrication Methods; 3.3 Comparison of Various Fabrication Methods; References; 4 Flow Control in Paper-Based Microfluidic Devices; Abstract; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Fluid Flow Through Porous Substrates; 4.2.1 Lucas-Washburn Equation; 4.2.2 Darcy's Equation for Fluid Flow 4.2.3 Richard's Equation for Partially Saturated Flows; 4.3 Controlling the Fluid Flow in Paperfluidic Devices; 4.3.1 Techniques to Achieve Flow Control Without Valves; 4.3.1.1 Changing the Channel Dimensions; 4.3.1.2 Creation of Alternate Flow Paths; 4.3.1.3 Changing the Surface Wettability; 4.3.1.4 Changing the Properties of the Porous Substrate; 4.3.1.5 Increasing the Resistance to Fluid Flow Using Physicochemical Barriers; 4.3.1.6 Electrostatic Interactions Between Device Components; 4.3.1.7 Varying the Channel Dimensions for Specific Introduction of Reagents 4.3.2 Techniques to Achieve Flow Control Utilizing Valve-Like Tools; 4.3.2.1 Dissolvable Species; 4.3.2.2 Mechanical Tools Which Connect or Disconnect Channels; 4.3.2.3 Wax-Based Valves; 4.3.2.4 Fluidic Diodes; 4.3.2.5 Automatically Actuated External Valves; 4.4 Challenges to Translation of Flow Control-Based Paperfluidic Devices; References; 5 Paper Microfluidic Based Device for Blood/Plasma Separation; Abstract; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Physiological Hemodynamics and Porous Media Hemodynamics; 5.3 Recent Advances in Paper Based Blood Plasma Separation Devices; 5.4 Summary and Future Perspectives

::Contents##<br/><br/>v. 1. The Polyomaviruses.

::Summary## The Paracellular Channel: Biology, Physiology and Disease serves as the first volume to offer a cohesive and unifying picture of the critical functions of paracellular channels (tight junctions) in different tissues. This new class of ion channel utilizes a completely different mechanism to create ion passage pathways across the cell junction. This volume outlines common principles that govern the organization and regulation of these diverse cellular structures, describes the methodology of study, and highlights the pathophysiologic consequence of abnormal structure and functions of the paracellular channels in human diseases. Coverage includes biochemical, biophysical, structural, physiologic analyses of the paracellular channel, and new technologies for recording and characterization.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Paracellular channel formation<br/>Paracellular channel recording<br/>Paracellular cation channel<br/>Paracellular anion channel<br/>Paracellular water channel<br/>Paracellular channel in organ system<br/>Paracellular channel in human disease<br/>Paracellular channel as drug target<br/>Paracellular channel evolution<br/>Perspective.

::Contents##<br/>Monotargeting versus multitargeting<br/>The Pleiotropic pharmacology of plant polyphenols<br/>Primary prevention of Alzheimer's disease<br/>Secondary prevention of Alzheimer's disease<br/>Treatment mechanisms in mild to moderate Alzheimer's disease<br/>Pleiotropic theory<br/>Dose-adherence and intent-to-treat.

::Summary## This book presents paraproteinemia and the highly complex scientific information behind it to clinicians in a way they can understand and, ultimately, apply to their diagnostic and treatment practices. Paraproteinemia or dysproteinemia is characterized by the overproduction of an immunoglobulin by clonal expansion of cells from the B cells lineage which includes the plasma cells. The resultant monoclonal protein can be composed of the entire immunoglobulin or of its components. The identification and categorization of the different representatives of this group of disorders have traveled a long distance, but despite its high prevalence there is surprisingly limited evidence, in some areas, to guide the best clinical practice both at the time of diagnosis and during follow up. This book seeks to fill that gap. The book is divided into three sections, introductory chapters, disease entities and experimental therapies. The text guides clinicians through these diseases and disorders. The group of renal diseases attributed to deposition of monoclonal immunoglobulins or their components are arranged as one disease category in order to simplify the understanding of these complicated diseases in plasma cell dysplasia. In emulation of this practical approach, at a larger scale, the volume editors and chapter authors attempt to encompass the whole spectrum of the paraproteinemias in this text. This will have the dual benefit of offering the audience a panoramic view of this group of disorders and simultaneously keeping them focused on its individual representatives. There have been many recent advances in diagnosis, risk stratifications, and management of many members of this group of diseases and they are explored in depth here. This is an ideal guide for rheumatologists, hematologists, nephrologists, immunologists, oncologists, and relevant trainees caring for patients with paraproteinemia and related disorders.<br/>::Contents##<br/>The phenomenon of Paraproteinemia<br/>B Cell in Health and Disease<br/>Immunoglobulins, structure and function<br/>The Bone marrow as a hotbed for Plasma Cell activation<br/>Animal Models in Monoclonal Immunoglobulin Related Diseases<br/>An Approach to The Diagnosis of Paraproteinemia<br/>Amyloidosis: Pathogenesis, types and diagnosis<br/>Amyloidosis: Clinical Manifestations and Treatment<br/>Primary Light Chain (AL) Amyloidosis<br/>Monoclonal Immunoglobulin Deposition Disease<br/>Multiple Myeloma<br/>Monoclonal Gammopathy of Undetermined Significance (MGUS) & Highlight on Monoclonal Gammopathy of Neurological Significance (MGNS)<br/>Monoclonal Gammopathy of Renal Significance: An Insight<br/>Waldenstrom Macroglobulinemia<br/>IgG4 Related Disease Overview: Pathology, Clinical picture and Treatment<br/>Type I cryoglobulinemia<br/>Paraproteinemias associated with Autoimmune Diseases<br/>Infections and Paraproteinemia<br/>Paraproteinemia In Autoinflammatory Diseases<br/>Paraproteins associated with malignancy<br/>Monoclonal Gammopathies with Miscellaneous Associations<br/>Novel and Experimental Clone-directed Therapies<br/>Non-Pharmacological Management of Paraproteinemia.

::Summary## Rivers are the "blood vessels" of all living organisms on earth - they live in the water, drink the water or use it to spread into new regions in order to avoid overcrowding in specific locations. Since the early beginnings of human life on earth, riverbanks have been used as settlement sites, to provide food and for transport. However, since the oldest human cultures many agents of diseases have also spread along these rivers. Written by leading international parasitologists and physicians, this book discusses the involvement of rivers in the spread of diseases, but also their contributions to the development and destruction of human cultures. Examining past and current data, it shows how important and vulnerable river regions are and how they are increasingly endangered by pollution.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1: Important rivers and their worldwide contributions to epidemics on earth<br/>Chapter 2: Conquering the God of Plague in China: a tale of over 60 years<br/>Chapter 3: Cholera (Blue skin disease) and its history<br/>Chapter 4: Spreading of cholera along rivers in early times of the USA before detection of the agents of disease<br/>Chapter 5: Human cercarial dermatitis (HCD) or swimmer's itch along rivers and lakes<br/>Chapter 6: Blood sucking leeches<br/>not only nasty but also dangerous and helpful<br/>Chapter 7: Important foodbornetrematodiases in Lower Mekong River Basin<br/>Chapter 8: Important protozoan diseases in Lower Mekong River Basin<br/>Chapter 9: Free-living amoebae and associated drug resistant bacteria in surface waters-A public health concern?<br/>Chapter 10. Nile River, Impact on Human Health in Egypt from Pharaohs until now<br/>Chapter 11: Epidemic status of schistosomiasis control in Guangdong province. Chapter 12: Konna<br/>a help for a self-help project at the Niger River in Mali<br/>Chapter 13: Leishmaniasis in Israel and Palestinian territories<br/>Chapter 14: Past and present of tropical diseases in the Amazon river<br/>Chapter 15: Brazil's big river projects and their impact on the occurrence of tropical diseases<br/>Chapter 16: The major rivers and the genesis of the recent area of ticks Ixodes persulcatus in Western Siberia<br/>Chapter 17: The Main River and Main-Danube Canal<br/>a hub for Ponto-Caspian parasite invasion<br/>Chapter 18: "Father Rhine"<br/>from the Alps to the North Sea<br/>Chapter 19: The River Rhine as hotspot of parasite invasions<br/>Chapter 20: Free-living amoebae in rivers and ponds and their multiple role in environmental health.

::Contents##<br/>The eukaryotic pathogen databases : a functional genomic resource integrating data from human and veterinary parasites<br/>From sequence mapping to genome assemblies<br/>Sequencing and annotation of mitochondrial genomes from individual parasitic helminths<br/>A beginners guide to estimating the non-synonymous to synonymous rate ratio of all protein-coding genes in a genome<br/>Exploiting genetic variation to discover genes involved in important disease phenotypes<br/>Identification and analysis of ingi-related retroposons in the trypanosomatid genomes<br/>Approaches for studying mRNA decay mediated by SIDER2 retroposons in Leishmania<br/>Gene suppression in schistosomes using RNAi<br/>Construction of Trypanosoma brucei illumina RNA-seq libraries enriched for transcript ends<br/>Techniques to study epigenetic control and the epigenome in parasites<br/>The genome-wide identification of promotor regions in Toxoplasma gondii<br/>RNA-seq approaches for determining mRNA abundance in Leishmania<br/>Protein microarrays for parasite antigen discovery<br/>A transposon-based tool for transformation and mutagenesis in Trypanosomatid protozoa<br/>Separation of basic proteins from Leishmania using a combination of free flow electrophoresis (FFE) and 2D electrophoresis (2-DE) under basic conditions<br/>Proteomic analysis of posttranslational modifications using iTRAQ in Leishmania<br/>Large-scale differential proteome analysis in Plamsmodium falciparum under drug treatment<br/>Use of ¹³C stable isotope labelling for pathway and metabolic flux analysis in Leishmania parasites<br/>Molecular genotyping of Trypanosoma cruzi for lineage assignment and population genetics<br/>Screening Leishmania donovani complex-specific genes required for visceral disease.

::Summary## This textbook provides a comprehensive, reliable and practical guide to the dissection and parasitological examination of marine fish and cephalopods. The first part provides a general introduction, presenting basic information on: parasitology, ecology of the marine environment, history and methods of fisheries and aquaculture, as well as the ecology of marine fish and cephalopods and the impact of parasites on hosts. In turn, the second part provides general information on the morphology and anatomy of marine fish and cephalopods using the example of abundant morphotypes (including e.g. habitus photos of the body cavity and internal organs). The third part covers the relevant parasitic groups, their ecology (e.g. lifecycles, transmission), related diseases, and detection. The fourth part, a comprehensive methods section, provides essential protocols and applications of common dissection methods (for roundfish, flatfish and cephalopods) and stomach content analyses, as well as parasite preservation, preparation and molecular identification. Basic calculations of the most common infection and ecological parameters are also introduced. The book's fifth and final part provides information on health risks associated with fish and cephalopod consumption, as well as the prevention of human infection through the correct handling and processing of fish samples. The appendix provides e.g. blank sheets for recording fish dissections and parasitological examinations.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Introduction<br/>Chapter 2. Anatomy and morphology of fish and cephalopods<br/>Chapter 3. Parasitic groups<br/>Chapter 4. Techniques<br/>Chapter 5. Food safety considerations<br/>Appendix<br/>Register.

::Summary## This book offers the first comprehensive review of parasitic Crustacea, which are among the most successful and diverse parasites. Starting with an introductory chapter, followed by an historic overview and topic-specific chapters, each presenting a different aspect of parasitic crustacean biology, it enables readers to gain a better understanding of how these parasites function and allows direct comparisons between the different parasitic crustacean groups. The authors also discuss, in depth, the adaptations and interactions that have made parasitic Crustacea as successful as they are today, covering topics ranging from the history of their discovery, their biodiversity, phylogeny, evolution and life strategies to their role as vectors, or hosts of other organisms, and their significance in ecological processes. Consisting of ten chapters from leading international experts in the field, this volume offers a one-stop resource for all researchers, lecturers, students and practitioners.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Introduction<br/>Chapter 2. History of Discovery of Parasitic Crustacea<br/>Chapter 3. Biodiversity and Taxonomy of the Parasitic Crustacea<br/>Chapter 4. Adaptations and Types of Crustacean Symbiotic Associations<br/>Chapter 5. Life Cycle and Life History Strategies of Parasitic Crustacea<br/>Chapter 6. Effects of Parasitic Crustacea on Hosts<br/>Chapter 7. Parasitic Crustacea as Vectors<br/>Chapter 8. Hypersymbionts and Hyperparasites of Parasitic Crustacea<br/>Chapter 9. Unravelling the Evolutions of the Rhizocephala: A Case study for Molecular Based Phylogeny in the Parasitic Crustacea<br/>Chapter 10. The Ecological Significance of Parasitic Crustaceans.

::Summary## Most parasitic diseases occur in tropical and subtropical regions, but some, such as toxoplasmosis and cryptosporidiosis, are endemic or rapidly emerging elsewhere, including the United States and Europe. Diagnosis is often difficult as the clinical manifestations of many parasitic lung diseases are similar to those of common respiratory illnesses and routine tests can fail to detect the infections. The relative rarity of these diseases increases the challenges faced by clinicians and pathologists. Parasitic Diseases of the Lungs is designed as a practical guide for pathologists who encounter parasitic diseases of the lung in their daily routine. The book comprises eight chapters. After discussion of the handling of lung biopsies from patients with suspected parasitic disease, individual chapters focus on Protozoa, Nematoda, Trematoda, and Cestoda. The morphologic patterns associated with various parasitic infections are then analyzed, and differentiation between artifacts and parasites is discussed. The final chapter is devoted to the immunocompromised patient and covers general principles of histologic evaluation, parasites associated with HIV and AIDS, and the features of diffuse alveolar damage.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Diagnosis of pulmonary parasitic diseases<br/>Molecular pathology of pulmonary parasitic diseases<br/>General mechanisms of tissue injury in parasitic infections<br/>Protozoal infections<br/>Nematoda<br/>The trematodes<br/>Cestoda<br/>Arthropods and bronchopulmonary pathology<br/>Interpretation of lung biopsies with parasitic versus pseudoparasitic structures: artifacts that resemble parasites and parasites that resemble artifacts.

::Summary## This book provides an in-depth yet concise overview of the most common and emerging protozoa that cause diseases in both farm animals and companion animals. As outlined in the concise introduction, pathogenic protozoans represent an evolutionary highly diverse and little understood group of disease-causing microorganisms. For each of the featured parasitic unicellular eukaryotes, it discusses the morphology, lifecycle, epidemiology and host-pathogen interactions. In addition, the book highlights the latest developments in diagnostic methods, as well as prevention and treatment strategies. Thorough information on genomes and genetic manipulation strategies for some of the protozoa covered in this book is also included. Infections involving parasitic protozoa can cause productivity losses and/or reduce the quality of life of infected animals. Some infections are zoonotic, posing an on-going public health threat. In most cases, prevention and treatment are either non-existent or need considerable improvement. On the other hand, a great deal of research has recently been conducted on these organisms, yielding valuable new information on their global distribution and revealing the mechanisms of host-pathogen interactions at the molecular level - and essential insights that can be used for the development of new control tools. This book includes extensive information on both basic aspects and recent scientific discoveries on these protozoa and thus constitutes a unique resource for students, veterinarians, and researchers alike.

::Summary## "User-friendly guide containing more than 70 full-color identifications of parasites commonly found in the clinical laboratory plus detailed descriptions of the most significant morphologic elements, ecology, and clinical significance."-- Provided by publisher.

::Contents##<br/>Part I. Overview<br/>Introduction<br/>Pathophysiology of parasomnias<br/>Classification of parasomnias<br/>Diagnosing parasomnias<br/>Part II. Clinical characteristics of arousal disorders<br/>Sleepwalking and its variants in adults<br/>Sleepwalking in children and adolescents<br/>Sleep terrors and confusional arousals in adults<br/>Sleep terrors and confusional arousals in children and adolescents<br/>Part III. Clinical characteristics of sleep-wake transition disorders<br/>Sleep starts and sleep talking<br/>Part IV. Clinical characteristics of parasomnias associated with REM sleep<br/>Physiology and content of dreams<br/>Nightmare disorders in adults<br/>Nightmare disorders in children<br/>Recurrent isolated sleep paralysis (RISP)<br/>Sleep-related hallucinations<br/>REM behavior disorder in adults<br/>REM behavior disorder in children<br/>Part V. Other parasomnias<br/>Nocturnal paroxysmal dystonia<br/>Sleep related dissociative disorders<br/>Sleep bruxism<br/>Nocturnal enuresis<br/>Sleep-related eating disorders: a separate entity or part of the NES clinical spectrum?<br/>Parasomnia overlap disorder<br/>Part VI. Neurological, psychiatric and medical disorders presenting as parasomnias<br/>Neurological conditions associated with parasomnias<br/>Psychiatric disorders presenting with parasomnias<br/>Medical disorders presenting with parasomnias<br/>Parasomnias caused by other conditions<br/>Part VIII. Interventions for parasomnias<br/>Treatment of parasomnias<br/>Use of alternative medicines in parasomnias for adults and children<br/>Part VIII. Medioclegal aspects<br/>Sexxomnia: a medicolegal case-based approach in analyzing potential sleep-related abnormal sexual behaviors<br/>Forensic aspects of the parasomnias.

::Contents##<br/>Primary hyperparathyroidism / Masi, L.<br/>Asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism / Clarke, B.L.<br/>Normocalcemic hyperparathyroidism / Corbetta, S.<br/>Familial and hereditary forms of primary hyperparathyroidism / Cetani, F., Saponaro, F., Borsari, S., Marcocci, C.<br/>Familial hypocalciuric hypercalcemia and neonatal severe hyperparathyroidism / Vannucci, L., Brandi, M.L.<br/>Parathyroid carcinoma / Cetani, F., Pardi, E., Marcocci, C.<br/>Nonparathyroid hypercalcemia / Goltzman, D.<br/>Secondary and tertiary hyperparathyroidism / Messa, P., Alfieri, C.M.<br/>Hypoparathyroidism / Hakami, Y., Khan, A.<br/>Classification of hypoparathyroid disorders / Cianferotti, L.<br/>Clinical presentation of hypoparathyroidism / Giusti, F., Brandi, M.L.<br/>Inactivating PTH/PTHrP signaling disorders / Mantovani, G., Elli, F.M.<br/>Conventional treatment of hypoparathyroidism / Marcucci, G., Brandi, M.L.<br/>A new era for chronic management of hypoparathyroidism : parathyroid hormone peptides / Marcucci, G., Brandi, M.L.

::Summary## The book offers a comprehensive overview of all parathyroid gland disorders both, benign and malignant. It emphases established concepts, presents the ongoing controversies, challenges and debates on diagnosis and treatment of different parathyroid gland disorders, with a view of clarifying some uncertainties, making suggestions to resolve others, and establishing strategies to reach therapeutic success.In addition to general information on parathyroid gland embryology, surgical anatomy, histology and physiology, the chapters explore hyperparathyroidism, osteitis fibrosa cystica, hypoparathyroidism, hungry bone syndrome, the importance of calcium in the human body and differential diagnosis of hypercalcemia. The last chapters investigate post-thyroidectomy hypocalcemia, thyroid cancer, recent intra-operative localizing tools, and illustrate new techniques of parathyroidectomy, as well as parathyroid transplantation. The book will be an invaluable and indispensable source of knowledge and reference for all specialists and trainees entrusted with the care of patients suffering from parathyroid disease.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Parathyroid Glands: Historical Review<br/>Embryology of the Parathyroid Gland<br/>Surgical Anatomy of the Parathyroid Gland<br/>Histology of the Parathyroid Gland<br/>Physiology of the Parathyroid Gland<br/>Calcium: Why is it Important? Hyperparathyroidism (HPT)<br/>Osteitis Fibrosa Cystica<br/>Hypoparathyroidism<br/>Metabolic Syndromes of Parathyroid Failure<br/>Hungry Bone Syndrome<br/>Post-thyroidectomy Hypocalcemia: Incidence and Risk Factors<br/>Post-thyroidectomy Hypocalcemia: Clinical Presentation<br/>Post-thyroidectomy Hypocalcemia: Prevention<br/>Parathyroid Transplantation<br/>Parathyroid Cancer<br/>Intra-operative tools in Parathyroidectomy<br/>Parathyroidectomy.

::Contents##<br/>Embryonic development and anatomic and histological structure of the parathyroid glands<br/>Preoperative imaging of the parathyroid glands<br/>Intraoperative imaging of the parathyroid glands<br/>Image-Guided minimally invasive modalities in surgical treatment of parathyroid diseases.

::Summary## This concise book provides practical strategies to help nephrologists and endocrinologists correctly diagnose and treat the various forms of parathyroid disease they may encounter in the management of chronic kidney disease. Each chapter deals with various topics related to parathyroid gland anatomy and physiology, as well as diagnostic tests and their particularities in regard to chronic disease. The book highlights the range of therapies used for the treatment of secondary hyperparathyroidism, and critically analyses the latest research in the field. Providing an up-to-date review of the current literature, including innovations in both medical and surgical treatment and current indications for parathyroidectomy, this practice-oriented book is an excellent resource for nephrologists, endocrinologists, endocrine surgeons and family medicine physicians.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Parathyroid glands in CKD: anatomy, histology, physiology and molecular biology in CKD<br/>PTH regulation by the Klotho/FGF23 axis in CKD<br/>Parathyroid Imaging in Patients with Renal Hyperparathyroidism<br/>PTH regulation by phosphate and miRNAs<br/>Relation between PTH and biochemical markers of MBD<br/>Effect of PTH on the Hematologic System<br/>Control of secondary hyperparathyroidism (SPHT) by older and newer vitamin D compounds<br/>Parathyroidectomy in Chronic Kidney disease<br/>Relation between PTH and the risk of mortality in CKD.

::Summary## The RUBI Autism Network has developed and tested a structured parent training manual for children with autism spectrum disorder and disruptive behaviours. The manual is based on principles of applied behaviour analysis and is designed for therapists to use with parents of children with autism spectrum disorder and co-occurring challenging behaviours, such as tantrums, noncompliance, difficulties with transitions, and aggression.

::Summary## "Parent training for disruptive behavior is an 11-session intervention for parents who wish to learn how to reduce disruptive behaviors and increase adaptive skills in their children with ASD. Each session introduces effective behavior change strategies and includes easy-to-use worksheets, checklists, and take-home activities to help parents apply what they have learned. By participating in this intervention with a trained therapist, parents can help their children overcome behavior problems, promoting happier kids and families."--Back cover

::Summary## "Puberty is tough on kids--and maybe even more so on parents! Parenting Through Puberty explains the physical and emotional changes you can expect to see in your child. Dr. Kowal-Connelly covers the nitty-gritty of adolescents' changing bodies, and, critically, addresses the emotional toll puberty can take, covering issues of moodiness, body image, and self-esteem. Dr. Kowal-Connelly's reassuring advice also includes ways to encourage your tween or teen to embrace a healthy, active lifestyle in these crucial years, with tips on exercise and nutrition"--Publisher's description.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Part I. The physical changes. The basics of physical growth during puberty<br/>Body image is everything<br/>Variations of puberty growth and growing pains<br/>Part II. The emotional changes. Understanding the emotional and intellectual stages of puberty<br/>Moodiness, depression, and anxiety: what parents need to know<br/>The value of your child's one-on-one time with the pediatrician<br/>Part III. A time to value health and wellness. Taking control of weight issues<br/>Living with a chronic condition<br/>The effects of puberty on exercise and sports performance<br/>Caring about health and wellness

::Contents##<br/>v<br/>.1. For parents of children under school age.

::Contents##<br/>Understanding the risk of the offspring of parents with eating disorders<br/>The broader context of the transition to parenthood in adults with eating disorders and their partners / Shiri Sadeh-Sharvit, Madeline R. Sacks, James D. Lock<br/>The development of typical and atypical feeding and eating processes in children and youth / Shiri Sadeh-Sharvit, Madeline R. Sacks, James D. Lock<br/>Two families seeking help<br/>Overview of parent-based prevention<br/>Adapting parent-based prevention to diverse family structures and backgrounds<br/>Treatment planning and real-time evaluation using assessment tools<br/>Phase one : setting up joint goals<br/>Session 1 : gearing up<br/>Session 2 : the family meal<br/>Session 3 : embracing change<br/>Phase two : distinguishing the parental eating disorder from parental functioning<br/>Session 4-5, 7-8 : individual sessions with the affected parent<br/>Session 6 : a conjoint meeting with both parents<br/>Phase three : enhancing parental efficacy and family resilience<br/>Parent-based prevention in action : Stacey and Rob<br/>Parent-based prevention in action : Dave and Gabby.

::Summary## "The Parietal Lobe, Volume 151, the latest release from the Handbook of Clinical Neurology series, provides a foundation on the neuroanatomy, neurophysiology and clinical neurology/neuropsychology of the parietal lobe that is not only applicable to both basic researchers and clinicians, but also to students and specialists who are interested in learning more about disorders brought on by damage or dysfunction. Topics encompass the evolution, anatomy, connections, and neurophysiology, the major neurological and neuropsychological deficits and syndromes caused by damage, the potential for improvement via transcranial stimulation, and the role of the parietal in the cerebral networks for perception and action"--Publisher's description.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Section 1: Neuro-anatomy and neurophysiology of the parietal lobe. The history of the neurophysiology and neurology of the parietal lobe<br/>The evolution of the parietal lobe: rats, monkeys, apes and humans<br/>Cortico-cortical and cortico-subcortical connections of the parietal lobe<br/>Somatosensory maps<br/>The parietal lobe and pain perception<br/>The parietal lobe and the vestibular system<br/>Multisensory and sensorimotor maps<br/>The parietal lobe "reach" region<br/>Section 2: Neurological and neuropsychological deficits after parietal lobe damage. Somatosensory deficits<br/>Pain syndromes and the parietal lobe<br/>Optic ataxia<br/>Simultanagnosia and balint's syndrome<br/>Perceptual deficits of object identification: the apperceptive agnosias<br/>Unilateral spatial neglect<br/>Disorders of body knowledge<br/>Constructional apraxia<br/>Limb apraxia<br/>Language deficits<br/>Memory deficits<br/>Gerstmann's syndrome<br/>Parietal lobe epilepsy<br/>Transcranial stimulations of the parietal lobe for improving neurological deficits<br/>Section 3: The parietal lobe and brain networks for action and perception<br/>The "dorsal" parietal stream<br/>Action systems in the human brain<br/>Parietal lobe and tool use<br/>Parieto-frontal networks for eye-hand coordination and movements<br/>The parietal lobe and memory<br/>The parietal lobe "mirror" neuron system.

::Contents##<br/>Pathogenesis of Urothelial Carcinoma<br/>Adequacy of Urine Specimens (Adequacy)<br/>Negative for High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (Negative)<br/>Atypical Urothelial Cells (AUC)<br/>Suspicious for High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (Suspicious)<br/>High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (HGUC)<br/>Low Grade Urothelial Neoplasia (LGUN)<br/>Other Malignancies Primary and Metastatic and Miscellaneous Lesions<br/>Ancillary Studies in Urinary Cytology<br/>Cytopreparatory Techniques<br/>Clinical Management, Including Microscopic Hematuria.

::Summary## The first edition of The Paris System for Reporting Urinary Cytology introduced a completely new paradigm for detecting bladder cancer by urine cytology. This system concentrated on defining morphological characteristics of the most clinically significant form of bladder cancer, High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma. This new approach has been widely accepted throughout the world, and has become part of the daily practice of cytology. Considering that the first edition of The Paris System (TPS) introduced a new model of urinary cytodiagnosis, verification and expansion of initial material and data were anticipated. Based on evolving knowledge and readership requests, the group of highly experienced authors have created a new edition of TPS. This second edition includes areas and issues not originally covered. A new chapter on urine cytology of the upper tract, a rarely addressed topic, has been introduced. Furthermore, the issue of cellular degeneration is discussed in the criteria of all diagnostic categories. Examples of standardized reports are included in each chapter. Most importantly, a separate chapter presents data defining the risk of malignancy (ROM) for each diagnostic category to inform clinical management. New high quality images augment those of the first edition to better illustrate diagnostic clues and potential pitfalls. In addition to chapters on diagnostic criteria, current concepts of pathogenesis of bladder cancer, specimen adequacy and preparation, and ancillary tests are covered in separate chapters. A bonus to the volume is a comprehensive history of urine as the earliest diagnostic sample of human disease, richly illustrated with artworks from major museums. Written by internationally recognized authorities, this comprehensive and evidence-based guide to urine cytology is supported by the newest data confirming the original concept and significance of diagnostic criteria defining High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma. TPS is an essential tool for anyone who is practicing urinary cytology, including cytotechnologists, pathologists-in-training and practicing pathologists. This book should find a place in every cytology laboratory throughout the world. The Concept has been endorsed by the American Society of Cytopathology, and the International Academy of Cytology.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Pathogenesis of Urothelial Carcinoma<br/>Adequacy of Urine Specimens (Adequacy)<br/>Negative for High-Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (Negative)<br/>Atypical Urothelial Cells (AUC)<br/>Suspicious for High-Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (Suspicious)<br/>High-Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (HGUC)<br/>Low-Grade Urothelial Neoplasia (LGUN)<br/>Cytology of the Upper Urinary Tract<br/>Other Malignancies Primary and Metastatic and Miscellaneous Lesions<br/>Ancillary Studies in Urinary Cytology<br/>Cytopreparatory Techniques<br/>Risk of Malignancy (ROM) and Clinical Management.

::Summary## Park's Pediatric Cardiology for Practitioners is the essential medical reference book for the ever-changing field of pediatric cardiology. Comprehensive in its content, it provides the practical guidance you need to diagnose and manage children with congenital and acquired heart disease. From history and physical examination through preventative treatment and the management of special problems, the fully revised 6th edition incorporates all of the latest concepts in cardiology, distilled in a way that is understandable to pediatricians, family practitioners, NPs, and PAs alike. Apply the latest knowledge and methods with coverage of surgical techniques in pediatric cardiology, the application of interventional non-surgical techniques, blood pressure standards, and cardiac arrhythmia treatments. Easily grasp the latest techniques with helpful line drawings throughout. Select the best approaches for your patients with extensive coverage of special problems, including congestive heart failure and syncope.

::Summary## "Providing authoritative, everyday guidance in the diagnosis and management of children with congenital and acquired heart disease, Park's Pediatric Cardiology for Practitioners is the go-to reference of choice for pediatricians, family practitioners, NPs, and PAs--as well as medical students, residents, and fellows. The 7th Edition of this core text comprehensively covers every aspect of pediatric cardiology in an easy-to-read, practical manner for the non-specialist"--Publisher's description.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part 1: Basic tools in routine evaluation of cardiac patients. History taking<br/>Physical examination<br/>Electrocardiography<br/>Chest radiography<br/>Part 2: Special tools in evaluation of cardiac patients. Noninvasive imaging tools<br/>Other noninvasive investigation tools<br/>Invasive procedures<br/>Pathophysiology. Fetal and perinatal circulation<br/>Pathophysiology of left-to-right shunt lesions<br/>Pathophysiology of obstructive and valvular regurgitation lesions<br/>Pathophysiology of cyanotic congenital heart defects<br/>Part 4: Specific congenital heart defects. Left-to-right shunt lesions<br/>Obstructive lesions<br/>Cyanotic congenital heart defects<br/>Miscellaneous congenital cardiac conditions<br/>Vascular ring<br/>Chamber localization and cardiac malposition<br/>Part 5: Acquired heart disease. Primary myocardial disease<br/>Cardiovascular infections<br/>Acute rheumatic fever<br/>Valvular heart disease<br/>Cardiac tumors<br/>Cardiovascular involvement in systemic diseases<br/>Part 6: Arrhythmias and atrioventricular conduction disturbances. Cardiac arrhythmias<br/>Disturbances of atrioventricular conduction<br/>Cardiac pacemakers and implantable cardioverter-defibrillators in children<br/>Part 7: Special problems. Congestive heart failure<br/>Systemic hypertension<br/>Pulmonary hypertension<br/>The child with chest pain<br/>Syncope<br/>Palpitation<br/>Dyslipidemia and other cardiovascular risk factors<br/>Athletes with cardiac problems<br/>Cardiac transplantation<br/>Appendices. Miscellaneous<br/>Blood pressure values<br/>Cardiovascular risk factors<br/>Normal echocardiographic values<br/>Drugs used in pediatric cardiology.

::Summary## "Description and discussion of the many aspects of Parkinson disease (PD) is dogged by the fact that PD is an ambiguous concept. What we call PD is an etiologically and clinically heterogeneous meta-syndrome overlapping a number of other disorders. Definitions, diagnostic criteria, and classification schema provide essential common vocabularies for communication among clinicians and researchers. Definitions, diagnostic criteria, and classification schemes for PD, however, are constructs imposed on variable and imperfectly understood disease biology. Difficulties with formulation of PD definitions, diagnostic criteria, and classification schemes include historical and contemporary use of competing definitions of PD, disease heterogeneity, the existence of disorders with overlapping clinical and pathological features, and ambiguous use of the terms disease and syndrome. For the purposes of exposition and discussion in this book, an inclusive, perhaps vague, definition of PD is employed:"-- Provided by publisher<br/>::Contents##<br/>Definition, History, Nosology, and Classification<br/>Epidemiology<br/>Pathology<br/>Pathophysiology I : Basal Ganglia Architecture and The Standard Model<br/>: Pathophysiology II : Neurotransmitter System Dysfunctions<br/>Genetics of Parkinson Disease<br/>Pathogenesis<br/>Prodromal Parkinson Disease<br/>Clinical Features I : Initial Evaluation<br/>Clinical Features II : Non-Motor Features<br/>Clinical Features III : Natural History<br/>Pharmacology I : L-Dopa Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics<br/>Pharmacology II : Treating Parkinson Disease<br/>Surgery

::Summary## What happens in the brain when we are ageing? How does neuronal cell death occur when we become forgetful? Which new therapies are available to combat the death of brain cells? This non-fiction book informs those interested in neuroscience and medicine about the latest findings on the therapy of neurodegeneration with a focus on Alzheimer's dementia and Parkinson's disease. Supported by illustrative drawings, Lars P. Klimaschewski presents the latest developments in neurobiological research on ageing in a comprehensible way and reports exciting news from the Alzheimer's and Parkinson's laboratories worldwide. From the contents Introduction to brain development: Why do we need billions of nerve cells? What distinguishes our cerebral cortex from that of other mammals? - Ageing and neurodegenerative diseases: Why are nerve cells lost? The normal ageing process; B-synuclein: A key protein in Parkinson's disease; Dementia and Alzheimer's disease: The amyloid and tau pathology; Viral infections in neurodegenerative diseases: Does Covid-19 lead to neurodegeneration? - Saving or replacing nerve cells: Stem cell, immune or antisense therapies? The author Prof. Dr. med. Lars P. Klimaschewski is a professor at the Medical University of Innsbruck, head of the Institute of Neuroanatomy there and the author of numerous papers on neuronal degeneration and regeneration.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Preface<br/>Contents<br/>1 Introduction to Brain Development: Why do We Need so Many Nerve Cells?<br/>1.1 Neurons and Glia in the Central Nervous System<br/>1.2 What Happens During Brain Development?<br/>1.3 Evolutionarily Old Brain Parts are Simpler in Structure than the Neocortex<br/>1.4 What Distinguishes the Left from the Right Brain?<br/>1.5 Brain Development in Childhood and Adolescence<br/>1.6 The Child's Brain is Enormously Plastic and can Still Heal<br/>1.7 Is a Large Brain "Smarter" than a Small One?<br/>1.8 Absolute and Relative Brain Weight 1.9 With the Second Evolutionary Leap, Our Brain Reaches its Maximum Size<br/>1.10 Neural Stem Cells Remain Capable of Dividing for a Long Time<br/>1.11 The Frontal Lobe is Especially Important for Higher Brain Functions<br/>1.12 The Prefrontal Cortex Encodes Human Specific Properties<br/>1.13 Brain Performance in Comparison<br/>Further Reading<br/>2 Aging and Neurodegenerative Diseases: Why do Nerve Cells Die?<br/>2.1 The Normal Aging Process<br/>2.1.1 Mechanisms of Cellular Aging<br/>DNA Telomeres Determine the Number of Cell Divisions<br/>Aging Cells Maintain a Chronic Inflammation The Importance of Protein Homeostasis for Cellular Aging<br/>Self-cleaning of Nerve Cells<br/>Two Sides of a Coin: Oxygen Radicals<br/>Endogenous Radical Scavengers Protect Our Nerve Cells<br/>Chronic Inflammatory Processes in the Brain<br/>2.1.2 Neuronal Cell Death<br/>How do neurons die?<br/>2.1.3 Blood Supply of the Aging Brain<br/>Barrier Disorders are Not Uncommon in the Elderly<br/>2.2 Parkinson's Disease<br/>2.2.1 General Pathomechanisms<br/>The Problem with Parkinson's Begins in the Lower Brainstem<br/>2.2.2 Special Morphology of Affected Neurons<br/>Special Requirements for Highly Branched Neurons Many Amine-releasing Neurons are Constantly Active and Therefore More Easily Stressed<br/>2.2.3 Specific Causes of Parkinson's Disease<br/>2.2.4 Alpha-synuclein: A Key Protein in Parkinson's Disease<br/>Fibrils Are More Dangerous Than Aggregates<br/>Aggregates Are Not Only Found in Nerve Cells<br/>2.2.5 The Prion Theory of Parkinson's Disease<br/>Cranial Nerves Transport Pathological Proteins into the Brain<br/>The Difficulties of a Clear Pathogenesis of Parkinson's Disease<br/>2.3 Dementia and Alzheimer's Disease<br/>2.3.1 How Does Alzheimer's Disease Manifest Itself?<br/>2.3.2 General Pathomechanisms

::Contents##<br/>Parkinson's disease : diagnosis, motor symptoms and non-motor features / Joseph Jankovic<br/>Redefining Parkinson's disease / Charles H. Adler & Matthew B. Stern<br/>Motor features of Parkinson's disease / Ainhi D. Ha, Samuel D. Kim & Victor S.C. Fung<br/>Olfaction, pain and other sensory abnormalities in Parkinson's disease / Antoniya Todorova & Kallol Ray Chaudhuri<br/>Cognitive and behavioral abnormalities in Parkinson's disease / Laura Marsh<br/>Autonomic dysfunction in Parkinson disease / Lucy Norcliffe-Kaufmann & Horacio Kaufmann<br/>Biomarkers for Parkinson's disease / Andrew Siderowf<br/>Animal models of Parkinson's disease / Weidong Le & Joseph Jankovic<br/>Differentiating Parkinson's disease from other Parkinsonian disorders / Joseph Jankovic<br/>Multiple choice questions : answers.

::Contents##<br/>Parkinson's disease : medical and surgical treatment / Joseph Jankovic<br/>Prevention of Parkinson's disease : preparing for the future / Connie Marras<br/>Initial and disease-modifying strategies in Parkinson's disease / Lawrence W. Elmer & Robert A. Hauser<br/>Prevention and management of levodopa-related motor complications / Cara A. Pecina & Alberto J. Espay<br/>Management of non-motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease / Mark Stacy<br/>Management of cognitive and behavioral aspects of Parkinson's disease / Joseph H. Friedman<br/>Surgical therapy for Parkinson's disease / Nawaz Hack & Michael S. Okun<br/>Experimental therapeutics for motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease / Susan H. Fox & Lorraine V. Kalia<br/>Parkinson's disease treatment pipelines / Joseph Jankovic<br/>Multiple choice questions : answers.

::Contents##<br/>The neurogenetics of Parkinson's Disease and putative links to other neurodegenerative disorders / C.M. Lill, C. Klein<br/>Electron transport train / L. Aerts, V.A. Morais<br/>Mitochondrial fission and fusion / V.L. Hewitt, A.J. Whitworth<br/>Axonal mitochondrial transport / E. Shlevkov, T.L. Schwarz<br/>Mitophagy / L. King, H. Plun-Favreau<br/>Autophagy / P.A. Lewis, M. Perez-Carrion, G. Piccoli<br/>Endocytosis and synaptic function / S.F. Soukup, P. Verstreken, S. Vilain<br/>Neuroinflammation as a potential mechanism underlying Parkinsons Disease / C. Cebrián, D. Sulzer<br/>Protien translation in Parkinson's Disease / J.W. Kim, L. Abalde-Atristain, H. Jia, I. Martin, T.M. Dawson, V.L. Dawson.

::Summary## Top experts from all over the world have been brought together by the editors, to give a world of expertise on this important subject, with a strong emphasis on therapy and management.

::Contents##<br/>Part I: Behavioral dysfunction in Parkinson's Disease<br/>Part II: Autonomic dysfunction in Parkinson's Disease<br/>Part III: Sleep-related dysfunction in Parkinson's Disease<br/>Part IV: Sensory dysfunction in Parkinson's Disease<br/>Part V: Other nonmotor dysfunction in Parkinson's Disease.

::Summary## This book addresses the challenges in the differential diagnosis and management of paroxysmal movement disorders. It provides the latest information on the genetics and pathophysiology, neurophysiology and neuroimaging of the core group of disorders in the field, namely the paroxysmal dyskinesias (PxD). Focused and concise, this guide features chapters that discuss other conditions that may be paroxysmal such as, episodic ataxia, startle syndromes and other more complicated groups of paroxysmal movement disorders such as ATP1A3 spectrum disorders. A chapter on secondary (acquired) paroxysmal dyskinesia highlights medical and other disorders that may result in paroxysmal dyskinesia. The book features a particularly nuanced chapter that discusses recent discoveries in the genetic aspects of PxD, relaying that paroxysmal dyskinesias are not channelpathies, but in fact are synaptophies and transportopathies. Additionally, expertly written chapters are supplemented by high quality images, tables, and videos. Paroxysmal Movement Disorders: A Practical Guide is primarily written to educate the reader on how to make a syndromic diagnosis of paroxysmal movement disorders and how to build the diagnostic work-up accordingly, as well as how to manage patients with paroxysmal movement disorders.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Contents<br/>Contributors<br/>Chapter 1: Paroxysmal Dyskinesia: Definitions and Clinical Approach<br/>Definitions<br/>Clinical Approach<br/>References<br/>Chapter 2: The Early History of Paroxysmal Dyskinesias<br/>Earliest Descriptions of Paroxysmal Dyskinesia Were Reported as Epilepsy<br/>Earliest Reports That These Types of Conditions Are a Paroxysmal Disorder of Involuntary Movements<br/>Early Reports of Paroxysmal Hypnogenic Dyskinesia<br/>Early Reports of Transient Paroxysmal Dystonia/Torticollis in Infancy<br/>Early Reports of Paroxysmal Ataxias and Tremor<br/>References Chapter 3: Paroxysmal Kinesigenic Dyskinesia<br/>PRRT2-Related PKD<br/>PKD Associated with Other Genetic Conditions<br/>Conclusions<br/>References<br/>Chapter 4: Paroxysmal Non-kinesigenic Dyskinesia<br/>Introduction<br/>Epidemiology<br/>History<br/>Genetics<br/>Clinical Features<br/>Investigations<br/>Treatment<br/>Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Chapter 5: Paroxysmal Exercise-Induced Dyskinesia<br/>Introduction<br/>SLC2A1 (GLUT1)-Related Paroxysmal Dyskinesia<br/>GCH1-Related Paroxysmal Dyskinesia<br/>ECHS1-Related Paroxysmal Dyskinesia<br/>Pyruvate Dehydrogenase Deficiency<br/>Early-Onset Parkinson's Disease Conclusions<br/>References<br/>Chapter 6: Acquired Paroxysmal Dyskinesia<br/>Introduction<br/>Clinical Features<br/>Etiology<br/>Autoimmune/Inflammatory<br/>Endocrine/Metabolic<br/>Hypoparathyroidism and Pseudohypoparathyroidism (HP and PHP)<br/>Hyperthyroidism<br/>Disorders of Glucose Metabolism<br/>Autoimmune Disorders<br/>Faciobrachial Dystonic Seizures (FBDS)<br/>Vascular<br/>Trauma<br/>Spinal Cord Lesions<br/>Functional (Psychogenic) Paroxysmal Dyskinesia<br/>Miscellaneous Causes<br/>Investigations<br/>Treatment<br/>References<br/>Chapter 7: Pathophysiology of Paroxysmal Dyskinesia<br/>Introduction<br/>PRRT2 PRRT2 Mice<br/>PNKD<br/>PNKD Mice<br/>GLUT1<br/>Glut1 Mice<br/>Other "Dyskinetic" Genes<br/>SCN8A<br/>KCNMA1<br/>Conclusions<br/>References<br/>Chapter 8: Neurophysiology of Paroxysmal Dyskinesia<br/>Introduction<br/>Neurophysiology in the Diagnosis of Paroxysmal Dyskinesia<br/>Electroencephalography<br/>Electromyography<br/>Other Clinical Neurophysiology Studies<br/>Neurophysiology in the Pathophysiological Study of Paroxysmal Dyskinesia<br/>Magnetoencephalography<br/>Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation<br/>Other Research Neurophysiology Studies<br/>Conclusion<br/>References Chapter 9: Other Paroxysmal Movement Disorders<br/>Introduction<br/>ADCY5 Mutations<br/>ATP1A3 Spectrum Disorders<br/>SCN8A Mutations<br/>CACNA1A Mutations<br/>SLC16A2 Mutations<br/>References<br/>Chapter 10: Functional Paroxysmal Movement Disorders<br/>Introduction<br/>Phenotypic Characteristics<br/>Associated Signs<br/>Diagnosis and Treatment Approach<br/>References<br/>Chapter 11: Episodic Ataxias<br/>Introduction<br/>EA1<br/>EA2<br/>EA3-EA8<br/>Other Paroxysmal or Episodic Disorders Presenting with Ataxia<br/>References<br/>Index

::Contents##<br/>History of the discovery of poly (ADP-ribose)<br/>Discovery of the PARP superfamily and focus on the lesser exhibited but not lesser talented members<br/>The role of PARPs in DNA Strand Break Repair<br/>TIPs: Tankyrase Interacting Proteins<br/>PARP and Carcinogenesis<br/>Multitasking roles for poly(ADP-ribosyl)ation in aging and longevity<br/>Overview of PARP Inhibitor Design and Optimization<br/>Structure Based Design of PARP Inhibitors<br/>Preclinical chemosensitization by PARP inhibitors<br/>Classification of PARP inhibitors based on PARP trapping and catalytic inhibition, and rationale for combinations with topoisomerase I inhibitors and alkylating agents<br/>Radiosensitisation by poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase inhibition<br/>The vasoactivity of PARP inhibitors<br/>Synthetic lethality with Homologous Recombination Repair defects<br/>Targeting tumour hypoxia with PARP Inhibitors: Contextual synthetic lethality<br/>Other determinants of sensitivity<br/>Synthetic sickness with molecularly targeted agents against the EGFR pathway<br/>Disruption of DNA repair by cell cycle and transcriptional CDK inhibition<br/>Resistance to PARP Inhibitors Mediated by Secondary BRCA1/2 Mutations<br/>PARP inhibitor resistance<br/>what is beyond BRCA1 or BRCA2 restoration<br/>Introduction to PARPi clinical trials and future directions<br/>Clinical trials investigating PARP inhibitors as single agents<br/>Clinical trials of PARP inhibitors with chemotherapy<br/>Combination of PARP inhibitors with clinical radiotherapy<br/>Biomarkers for PARP Inhibitors.

::Summary## "Preface: The current format of the Part 2 MRCOG examination is now well established with the change to written papers containing single best answer (SBA) and extended matching questions (EMQs) commencing in March 2015. The Part 2 MRCOG examination is primarily concerned with testing candidates' knowledge of the entire specialty of Obstetrics & Gynaecology as defined by the RCOG curriculum. The new Part 3 examination now provides the clinical assessment. It is always preferable to enter an examination having had ample opportunity to practice the type of questions with which one will be faced. To this end we have produced this book that contains 250 SBA and 250 EMQ questions"--Provided by publisher.

::Contents##<br/>Questions. IT, Governance and Research<br/>Core Surgical Skills<br/>Postoperative Care<br/>Surgical Procedures<br/>Antenatal Care<br/>Maternal Medicine<br/>Management of Labour<br/>Management of Delivery<br/>Postnatal Care<br/>Gynaecological Problems<br/>Subfertility<br/>Sexual and Reproductive Health<br/>Early Pregnancy Problems<br/>Gynaecological Oncology<br/>Urogynaecology and Pelvic Floor Problems<br/>Explanations. IT, Governance and Research<br/>Core Surgical Skills<br/>Postoperative Care<br/>Surgical Procedures<br/>Antenatal Care<br/>Maternal Medicine<br/>Management of Labour<br/>Management of Delivery<br/>Postnatal Care<br/>Gynaecological Problems<br/>Subfertility<br/>Sexual and Reproductive Health<br/>Early Pregnancy Problems<br/>Gynaecological Oncology<br/>Urogynaecology and Pelvic Floor Problems .

::Summary## The new edition includes increased video/DVD coverage, new chapters on BRAVA tissue expansion, flaps, and increased detail on mega-filling the breast with fat. The book is published with a bundled eBook, which includes an image library so all the images can be downloaded.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part One: Evolution of oncoplastic surgery<br/>Fundamentals of oncoplastic breast surgery<br/>Current approach to oncoplastic breast surgery<br/>How to incorporate oncoplastic surgery into your practice<br/>Part Two: Principles and considerations of oncoplastic breast conservation<br/>Applied anatomy and breast aesthetics: definition and assessment<br/>Breast-conserving therapy<br/>Breast-conserving therapy: decision-making and anticipating the unfavorable aesthetic and functional result<br/>Oncologic safety of the oncoplastic approach for breast conservation surgery<br/>Improving the partial mastectomy deformity<br/>Improving the quadrantectomy defect<br/>Breast radiotherapy in oncoplastic surgery<br/>Indications and benefits of oncoplastic breast surgery<br/>Designing the oncoplastic operation<br/>Timing of the oncoplastic reconstruction: immediate, delayed, and delayed-immediate<br/>Psychosocial aspects of oncoplastic breast conservation<br/>Part Three: Immediate partial breast reconstruction<br/>Reduction techniques to optimize results<br/>Reduction and mastopexy techniques with parenchymal autoaugmentation<br/>Central defect reconstruction<br/>The role of local flaps as volume replacement in oncoplastic reconstruction<br/>Latissimus dorsi miniflap reconstruction<br/>Endoscopic latissimus dorsi flap reconstruction<br/>Omental flap reconstruction<br/>Pedicled perforator flap reconstruction<br/>Partial breast reconstruction using distant flaps<br/>Part Four: Correction of the breast-conserving therapy deformity: delayed partial breast reconstruction<br/>Classification and analysis of the breast-conserving therapy deformity<br/>Rearrangement surgery<br/>Correction of the breast-conserving therapy deformity using local flaps<br/>Perforator flap reconstruction of breast-conserving therapy deformities<br/>Local perforator flaps in oncoplastic breast-conserving surgery: the nottingham experience<br/>Breast lumpectomy reconstruction with external vacuum expansion and autologous fat grafting<br/>Fat grafting in the breast-conserving therapy deformity<br/>Can implants correct a breast-conserving therapy deformity?<br/>Part Five: Outcomes and future directions<br/>Cancer surveillance after partial breast reconstruction<br/>Complications and outcomes after immediate partial breast reconstruction<br/>Outcomes and tumor recurrence after oncoplastic surgery of the breast: eighteen-year follow-up.

::Summary## It has long been claimed that addressing biodiversity loss and other environmental problems demands a better understanding of the social dimensions of conservation; nevertheless, the active participation of indigenous peoples and local communities (IPLCs) in conservation initiatives is still a challenging and somehow controversial issue. In this context, this book hopes to give voice to other perspectives related to biodiversity conservation beyond the "fortress conservation" model and emphasize one of the pillars of democracy - popular participation. It covers a wide range of environments and issues of special significance to the topic, such as the expansion of culturally constructed niches, protected areas and food security, community-based management, participatory agroforestry, productive restoration and biocultural conservation. The contents also explore the limitations and shortcomings of participatory practices in protected areas, the relationship between the global crisis of democracy and the decline of biocultural diversity, as well as present current discussions on policy frameworks and governance systems for effective participatory biodiversity conservation. In sum, this book provides a comprehensive and realistic perspective on the social dimensions of conservation based on a series of interrelated themes in participatory biodiversity conservation. The connections between biocultural conservation and the current political and economic environment are highlighted through the chapters and the book closes with a debate on ways to reconcile human welfare, environmental justice and biodiversity conservation.<br/>::Contents##<br/>1. Concepts and evolving perspectives on biodiversity conservation<br/>2. Domesticated Nature: The culturally constructed niche of humanity<br/>3. The right to food? Protected areas, conservation and access<br/>4. The role of local perceptions in environmental diagnosis<br/>5. People and nature conservation: Participatory praxis in natural protected areas planning and management<br/>6. Policy trends in the recognition of indigenous and local knowledge in Amazonia<br/>7. Community-based management of Amazonian biodiversity assets<br/>8. Mariculture of macroalgae as a social and environmental alternative in traditional communities located in the semi-arid coastal region of northeastern Brazil<br/>9. Challenges for rural livelihoods, participatory agroforestry and biodiversity conservation in a neotropical Mexican MAB reserve<br/>10. Participatory monitoring of natural commons in Brazil: Lessons from the literature and the field<br/>11. Productive restoration as a tool for socio-ecological landscape conservation: The case of "La Montaña" in Guerrero, Mexico<br/>12. ATBC's conservation activities around the world: How effective have our declarations and resolutions been in driving policy change and management responses?<br/>13. Avoiding deforestation policies: A socio-political approach<br/>14. Participatory biodiversity conservation: What prospects?.

::Summary## "This groundbreaking resource explores core issues in participatory health research (PHR) and traces its global emergence as a force for improving health and well-being, health care services and quality of life."--Publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Central ThemesIntroduction:Michael WrightBuilding Consensus, Celebrating Diversity: The Work of the International Collaboration for Participatory Health Research:Michael WrightWhat is Participatory Health Research?Michael Wright, Jane SpringettEthics in Participatory Health Research:Sarah BanksEvaluating Participatory Health Research:Nina Wallerstein, John Oetzel, Jane SpringettThe Challenges of Reviewing the Participatory Health Research Literature:Jon Salsberg, Janet HarrisChildren and Participatory Health Research:Lisa GibbsThe Role of Participatory Health Research in Training Health Professionals:Irma BritoDemonstrating Impact in Participatory Health Research:Tina Cook, Jane SpringettThe Role of Theory in Participatory Health Research:Sónia AcioliRegional PerspectivesParticipatory Health Research in Portuguese-Speaking Countries: A Review:Irma BritoPartKommPlus<br/>The German Research Consortium for Healthy Communities:Michael WrightParticipatory Health Research and Post-Colonial Scholarship in Latin America:Francisco MercadoParticipatory Research in Health Care Organizations in North America: A Review:Paula Bush, Jon SalsbergParticipatory Health Research for Planning Work in Sweden:Margareta RämgårdParticipatory Health Research for Improving Healthcare in the Netherlands:Tineke AbmaA History of Participatory Health Research in North America: A Look Back From Where We Are Today:Jon SalsbergParticipatory Health Research in the UK and Ireland:Jane Springett, Siobhán O'Higgins.

::Summary## Plant breeding has played a significant role in the development of human civilizations. Conventional plant breeding has significantly improved crop yield by genetically manipulating agronomically important traits. However, it has often been criticized for ignoring indigenous germplasm, failing to address the needs of the marginal and the poor farmers, and emphasizing selection for broad instead of local adaptation. Participatory plant breeding (PPB) is the process by which the producers and other stakeholders are actively involved in a plant-breeding programme, with opportunities to make decisions throughout. The Working Group on Participatory Plant Breeding (PPBwg) was established in 1996 under the framework of the Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR). Research in PPB can promote informed participation and trust in research among consumers and producers, and in recent years, PPB has had a significant impact on food production by quickly and cost-effectively producing improved crop varieties. At the same time, there has been significant research in the area. PPB offers significant advantages that are particularly relevant to developing countries where large investments in plant breeding have not led to increased production, especially in the marginal environments. In addition to the economic benefits, participatory research has a number of psychological, moral, and ethical benefits, which are the consequence of a progressive empowerment of the farming communities. PPB can empower groups such as women or less well-off farmers that are traditionally left out of the development process.This book explores the potential of PPB in the coming decades. The topic is more relevant since international breeding efforts for major crops are aimed at decentralizing local breeding methods to better incorporate the perspective of end users into the varietal development process. The first book incorporating the upcoming research on this novel breeding approach, it reviews the important tools and applications of PPB in an easy-to-read, succinct format, with illustrations to clarify these complex topics. It provides readers with a basic idea of participatory plant breeding as well as advances in the field and insights into the future to facilitate the successful integration of farmers into breeding programmes.This book is a valuable reference resource for agriculturists, agricultural advisers, policy makers, NGOs, post-doctoral students and scientists in agriculture, horticulture, forestry and botany.

::Contents##<br/>Particle Therapy in the Third Millennium Current Status and Future Outlook<br/>Development of Cyclotrons for Proton and Particle Therapy<br/>Development of C-ion Radiotherapy Technologies in Japan<br/>Physical rationale for protontherapy and elements to build a clinical center<br/>Radiation Dosimetry of Proton Beams<br/>Clinical pencil beam scanning: present and future practices<br/>Treatment planning for protons<br/>An essay.- Radiation Therapy with Protons and Heavy Ions<br/>Robustness Quantification and Worst-Case Robust Optimization in Intensity-Modulated Proton Therapy<br/>Modeling of Biological Effect of Charged Particles for C-Ion RT<br/>SFUD, IMPT and plan robustness.

::Summary## This edited volume brings together the expertise of numerous specialists on the topic of particles - their physical, chemical, pharmacological and toxicological characteristics - when they are a component of pharmaceutical products and formulations. The book discusses in detail properties such as the composition, size, shape, surface properties and porosity of particles with respect to how they impact the formulations and products in which they are used and the effective delivery of pharmaceutical active ingredients. It considers all dosage forms of pharmaceuticals involving particles, from powders to tablets, creams to ointments, and solutions to dry-powder inhalers, also including the latest nanomedicine products. Further, it discusses examples of particle toxicity, as well as the important subject of pharmaceutical industry regulations, guidelines and legislation. The book is of interest to researchers and practitioners who work on testing and developing pharmaceutical dosage and delivery systems.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Preface; Contents; Editors and Contributors; 1 Introduction; Abstract; 1.1 Objective of This Book; 1.2 Pharmaceutical Products; 1.3 Relevance of Particle and Powder Characteristics for Product Quality; 1.4 Particle, Powder and Liquid Dispersion Characteristics [54-56, 58]; 1.4.1 Composition; 1.4.2 Particle Size and Particle Size Distribution (PSD); 1.4.3 Particle Shape; 1.4.4 Particle Morphology; 1.4.5 Particle Density and Porosity; 1.4.6 Surface Area; 1.4.7 Wettability; 1.4.8 Zeta Potential; 1.4.9 Powder Packing, Density and Porosity; 1.4.10 Powder Flowability; 1.4.11 Segregation 1.4.12 Rheology of Emulsions and Suspensions [55, 60]1.4.13 Stability of Emulsions and Suspensions [55, 60]; 1.5 Measurement Methods and Techniques [52, 54, 55]; 1.5.1 Sampling [39, 57, 70]; 1.5.2 Dispersion/Dilution [40, 58]; 1.5.3 Measurement Techniques for API Concentration and Coating; 1.5.4 Measurement Techniques for Particle Characteristics; 1.5.4.1 True Skeleton Density; 1.5.4.2 Crystallinity and Crystal Structure; 1.5.4.3 Elemental Analysis; 1.5.4.4 Particle Size Distribution (PSD); 1.5.4.5 Particle Shape; 1.5.4.6 Surface Area, Porosity and Pore Size Distribution; 1.5.4.7 Wettability 1.5.4.8 Zeta Potential1.5.5 Measurement Methods for Powder Characteristics; 1.5.5.1 Bulk Density; 1.5.5.2 Flow Properties; 1.5.6 Characterization Techniques for Liquid Dispersions; 1.5.7 Characterization Techniques for Sprays; 1.6 Set up of the Book; 1.7 Definitions, Abbreviations and Symbols; References; 2 Guide to Pharmaceutical Product Quality; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Quality by Design and Process Analytical Technology; 2.3 Guidelines for Quality Control of Drug Substances; 2.4 Analysis of PSD and Particle Shape and Acceptance Criteria; 2.5 Quality Management 2.6 Definitions, Abbreviations and SymbolsReferences; 3 Bio-nano: Theranostic at Cellular Level; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Janus Particles, Superparticles and Core-Shell Particles; 3.2.1 Janus-Particles; 3.2.2 Superparticles; 3.2.3 Core-Shell Particles; 3.3 Overview Drug Delivery Systems (DDS); 3.4 Surface Modification; 3.4.1 Amphiphillic Micelle Structures; 3.4.2 Multidentate Polymeric Ligands; 3.4.3 Bi-functional Ligands; 3.5 Biomedical Application-Diagnostics and Therapy; 3.5.1 Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI); 3.5.2 Hyperthermia; 3.5.3 Computed Tomography (CT) 3.5.4 Photothermal and Photodynamic Therapy3.6 Tumor Microenvironment; 3.7 Biodistribution and Functionalization of the DDS; 3.8 Bio-nano Interface; 3.9 Electronic Properties of Nanomaterials; 3.9.1 Luminescence of Quantum Dots; 3.10 Nanoparticles as Enzyme Mimetics; 3.11 Protein Corona; 3.12 Passive and Active Targeting; 3.13 Endocytose; 3.14 Gatekeeper; 3.15 Biorelated Degradation of the DDS; 3.16 Cancer Immunotherapy; 3.17 Limitation of the DDS; 3.18 Abbreviations; References; 4 Moving Liposome Technology from the Bench to the Oncological Patient: Towards Performance-by-Design; Abstract

::Contents##<br/>PM : environmental monitoring and mitigation / María Cruz Minguillón, Mar Viana & Xavier Querol<br/>An introduction to atmospheric PM and air quality / Ana M. Sánchez de la Campa, Jesús D. de la Rosa & Andrés Alastuey<br/>Sources of PM in the environment / Philip K. Hopke<br/>Atmospheric PM across Europe : concentration levels and variability / Casimiro Pio & Célia Alves<br/>Monitoring techniques for PM and its composition / Gianluigi de Gennaro & Alessia Di Gilio<br/>Mitigation strategies : Berlin, Germany / Martin Lutz<br/>Mitigation strategies : London, UK / Martin Williams<br/>Mitigation strategies : Barcelona, Spain / Eladio de Miguel, María Cruz Minguillón, Mar Viana & Xavier Querol<br/>Mitigation strategies : Graz, Austria / Christian Nagl<br/>Mitigation strategies : Milan, Italy / Guido Lanzani<br/>Mitigation strategies : Castellón, Spain / Eliseo Monfort, Vicenta Sanfelix, María Cruz Minguillón, Irina Celades, Alberto Escrig & Xavier Querol<br/>Future perspective and research priorities / Xavier Querol, María Cruz Minguillón, Mar Viana & Andrés Alastuey<br/>Index.

::Contents##<br/>What is mental health recovery and how does it relate to person-centered care planning?<br/>Key principles and practices of person-centered care planning<br/>Preparing for the journey : understanding various types of recovery plans and orienting participants to the PCCP process<br/>Strength-based assessment, integrated understanding, and setting priorities<br/>Creating the plan through a team meeting<br/>Documentation of PCCP : writing the plan to honour the person and satisfy the chart<br/>So you have a person-centered care plan, now what?<br/>Plan implementation and quality monitoring<br/>PCCP implementation : common concerns & person-centered responses.

::Summary## The Certified Bariatric Nurse (CBN) designation was created by the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery to fill the rapidly growing need for nurses specialized in the care of patients undergoing weight loss surgery. This book approaches this subject area to assist nurses interested in passing the CBN exam. It can also be used as a general resource for those interested in a comprehensive but concise review of the rapidly growing field of Bariatric Surgery. This would include medical students, residents, dietitians, and other allied health professionals. Dr. Marc Neff is a recognized expert in the field of Bariatric Surgery. In his current position, his hospital is fortunate to have several CBNs caring for the Bariatric patients. With his guidance, along with several nurses who successfully completed the CBN designation, the authors have created a concise, "quick hit" review of the material required to successfully pass the exam. The format is short chapters followed by 5-10 review questions with in-depth explanations. Where appropriate, graphics are provided to highlight the essential anatomy and surgical procedures. Questions are in multiple choice format to simulate the actual CBN exam.

::Summary## Edited by Dr. Marc Neff, Passing the General Surgery Oral Board Exam, Second Edition helps candidates prepare for the General Surgery Oral Board Exam in a different way than other review books. In addition to covering concepts frequently addressed on the test, the review also alerts you to 'common curveballs' and 'strikeouts'- the unexpected problems or seemingly benign actions (or inactions) that could result in a missed diagnosis or misdiagnosis, and thus result in failure to pass the exam. Fully updated and expanded to reflect the many changes in standards of care, this unique study guide is the first to expose the potential traps and pitfalls of the exam by providing examples of how the questions may be asked and what not to say in response.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Organizational Theme / Marc A. Neff<br/>Breast / Linda Szczurek<br/>Colon and Small Bowel / Linda Szczurek, Devin C. Flaherty, and Marc A. Neff<br/>Abdominal Endocrine / Anna Goldenberg Sandau and Roy L. Sandau<br/>Head and Neck Endocrine / Anna Goldenberg Sandau and Roy L. Sandau<br/>Esophagus / Christina Sanders<br/>Genitourinary / Marc A. Neff<br/>Hepatobiliary / Linda Szczurek<br/>Pancreas / Linda Szczurek, Jonathan Nguyen, and Marc A. Neff<br/>Pediatric / Linda Szczurek<br/>Perioperative Care / Jonathan Nguyen and Marc A. Neff<br/>Skin and Soft Tissue / Marc A. Neff<br/>Stomach and Duodenum / Marc A. Neff and Devin C. Flaherty<br/>Thoracic / Nicole M. Harris<br/>Trauma and Critical Care / Leigh Ann Slater [and others]<br/>Vascular / Brandt D. Jones<br/>Conclusions: Last Curveballs Considerations / Marc A. Neff.

::Summary## This autobiography chronicles the life and career of Haralampos M. Moutsopoulos, an internationally renowned professor of medicine and prolific researcher on Sjogrens syndrome and autoimmune rheumatic diseases. In language that is simple and direct, he takes us on a fascinating journey from the days of his first scientific awakenings at a hospital in his native town of Ioannina, Greece, through his university years in Athens and training in the U.S., to his eventual return to his homeland. In Greece, he developed two centers of excellence in his field, first at the newly founded University of Ioannina Medical School Department of Internal Medicine and, second, at the Athens University Medical School, Department of Pathophysiology, where he taught until his retirement in 2011. Along the way, he introduces us to his teachers and mentors, and to the colleagues and students he mentored in turn, many of whom went on to assume high-ranking positions in Greece and abroad. A major theme throughout the book is his impassioned struggle for excellence, meritocracy, and transparency in universities and in the National Health System in Greece. Peppered with both amusing and unsettling incidents from this lifelong crusade to raise professional standards and against misconduct, the book is a must-read for anyone interested in learning about or entering the medical profession.<br/>::Contents##<br/>1. Coming of Age<br/>2. Student Years<br/>3. Young Physician<br/>4. In the Army<br/>5. Public Health Service.

::Contents##<br/>ABOUT THE FRCS<br/>ANATOMY<br/>Upper limb<br/>Lower limb<br/>Surgical approaches<br/>SPINE<br/>Spinal trauma<br/>Tumours<br/>Infections<br/>Stenosis<br/>Disc prolapse<br/>Scoliosis (Paediatric and adult)<br/>Back pain<br/>Ankylosing spondylitis<br/>Rheumatoid spine<br/>Spondylolisthesis<br/>Cervical spondylosis<br/>Kyphosis<br/>PAEDIATRICS<br/>DDH<br/>Perthes<br/>SCFE<br/>CP<br/>Neurofibromatosis<br/>Skeletal dysplasias<br/>Paediatric trauma<br/>Club feet<br/>Metatarsus adductus<br/>Congenital vertical talus<br/>BASIC SCIENCES<br/>Statistics<br/>Cartilage<br/>Bone<br/>Muscles<br/>Tendons/ligaments<br/>Meniscus<br/>Radiation<br/>Arthritides<br/>Metals<br/>Theatre design<br/>Traction<br/>Free body diagrams<br/>Gait cycle<br/>LOWER LIMB ARTHROPLASTY<br/>Hip replacement<br/>Knee replacement<br/>TRAUMATOLOGY<br/>Upper limb<br/>Lower limb<br/>Scores in trauma<br/>FOOT AND ANKLE<br/>Biomechanics<br/>Arthroscopy<br/>Arthritis<br/>Instability<br/>Hallux rigidus<br/>Hallux valgus<br/>Interdigital neuroma<br/>Neuropatic foot<br/>Rheumatoid foot<br/>Tarsal tunnel<br/>Lesser toe deformities<br/>Pes planus<br/>Charcot Marie Tooth<br/>ORTHOTICS/AMPUTATIONS/REHABILITATION<br/>Orthotics and braces<br/>Amputation<br/>Rehabilitation<br/>SPORTS<br/>HANDS<br/>Rheumatoid hand<br/>Tendon injuries (flexors/extensors)<br/>Distal radial fractures<br/>Scaphoid fractures<br/>Kienbocks disease<br/>Trigger fingers<br/>Dupuytrens disease<br/>DRUJ and TFCC injuries<br/>Concepts of tendon transfers<br/>Carpal instability<br/>CMCJ thumb arthritis<br/>Wrist arthritis<br/>Carpal tunnel syndrome<br/>De quervain tenosynovitis<br/>UPPER LIMB<br/>ACJ arthritis<br/>Sub acromial impingement<br/>Cuff tear<br/>Cuff arthropathy<br/>Shoulder arthritis<br/>Shoulder rheumatoid arthritis<br/>Shoulder ON<br/>Calcific tendinopathy<br/>Frozen shoulder<br/>SLAP<br/>Shoulder instability<br/>Elbow OA<br/>Rheumatoid arthritis<br/>Instability<br/>Tendinopathies<br/>Biceps rupture<br/>Elbow arthroscopy<br/>Elbow arthroplasty<br/>ONCOLOGY<br/>Basic concepts (classifications, biopsy...)<br/>Benign tumors (bone, cartilage, others)<br/>Malignant tumors (bone, cartilage, others)<br/>PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS<br/>Hip<br/>Knee<br/>Shoulder<br/>Spine<br/>Elbow<br/>Hand<br/>Foot and ankle<br/>Gait cycle<br/>GEMS<br/>What you will not find in the books but might be asked in the exam<br/>UP TO DATE REFERENCES<br/>Per topics.

::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Foreword<br/>Preface<br/>Acknowledgements<br/>Contents<br/>About the Editors<br/>Contributors<br/>1: The Person Before the Patient: The Importance of a Good History<br/>1.1 Introduction<br/>1.2 When to Attain a Patient History in the ICU<br/>1.3 How to Obtain an Effective Patient History in the ICU<br/>1.3.1 The Clinical Frailty Scale<br/>1.3.2 Patient Questionnaires: Key Relative Involvement<br/>1.4 What a Good History Should Include in the ICU<br/>1.5 Why an Early, Detailed History Is Important<br/>1.5.1 Family: Key Relationships<br/>1.5.2 Mobility 1.5.3 Functional Independence and Housing<br/>1.5.4 Hobbies, Interests and Work<br/>1.5.5 Medical History<br/>1.5.6 Lifestyle History<br/>1.5.7 Understanding and Expectations<br/>1.6 Conclusions<br/>References<br/>2: Respiratory and Mechanical Ventilation Management: Avoidance of Complications<br/>2.1 Introduction<br/>2.2 Respiratory Management During Invasive Mechanical Ventilation<br/>2.2.1 Endotracheal Suctioning<br/>2.2.2 Subglottic Suctioning<br/>2.2.3 Humidification of Respiratory Gases<br/>2.3 Chest Physiotherapy<br/>2.3.1 Manual or Ventilator Pulmonary Hyperinflation 2.3.2 Manual Chest Compressions/Vibrations (MCC)<br/>2.4 Mechanical In-Exsufflation (MI-E)<br/>2.5 Inspiratory Muscle Training<br/>References<br/>3: Patient Care: From Body to Mind<br/>3.1 Introduction: Patient Care in a Critical Environment<br/>3.2 "Interventional Patient Hygiene"<br/>3.3 Bathing and Skin Integrity<br/>3.4 Oral Care<br/>3.5 Eye Care<br/>3.6 Pain Assessment and Nursing Care<br/>3.6.1 Assessment<br/>3.6.2 Management<br/>3.7 Conclusion<br/>References<br/>4: Nutrition: Calories Count<br/>4.1 Introduction<br/>4.2 Presence of Pre-existing Conditions on Admission to ICU 4.2.1 Chronic Co-morbidities<br/>4.2.2 Sarcopenia<br/>4.2.3 Malnutrition<br/>4.3 Factors Which Affect Nutritional Status During ICU Stay<br/>4.3.1 Metabolic Response to Critical Illness<br/>4.3.2 Iatrogenic Undernutrition<br/>4.3.3 Immobilisation<br/>4.4 Assessing Malnutrition in the Critically Ill Patient<br/>4.4.1 Nutrition Screening Tools<br/>4.4.2 Muscle Mass<br/>4.5 Strategies to Improve Physical and Functional Outcomes<br/>4.5.1 Targeted Nutrition Delivery<br/>4.5.2 Volume-Based Feeding<br/>4.5.3 Energy Versus Protein<br/>4.5.4 Exercise and Protein<br/>4.5.5 Supplementation 4.6 Recovery Phase of Critical Illness<br/>4.7 Adequacy of Nutrient Delivery<br/>4.7.1 Factors Influencing Nutritional Recovery<br/>4.8 Potential Strategies to Facilitate Optimal Nutritional Delivery in the Recovery Phase of Critical Illness<br/>4.8.1 Coordinated Multidisciplinary Approach to Nutritional Care<br/>4.8.2 Systematic Handover to Ward-Based Staff<br/>4.8.3 Early Involvement of Family<br/>4.8.4 Conclusion<br/>References<br/>5: Promoting Independence<br/>5.1 Introduction: What Is Dysphagia?<br/>5.2 Dysphagia Assessment and Screening<br/>5.3 Bedside Assessment

::Contents##<br/>1. History of electrophysiology and the patch clamp / Alexei Verkhratsky and Vladimir Parpura<br/>2. Whole-cell patch-clamp analysis of recombinant NMDA receptor pharmacology using brief glutamate applications / Nathan G. Glasgow and Jon W. Johnson<br/>3. Patch clamp combined with voltage/concentration clamp to determine the kinetics and voltage dependency on N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor open channel blockers / Chris G. Parsons and Kate E. Gilling<br/>4. State-of-the-art automated patch clamp: heat activation, action potentials, and high throughput in ion channel screening / Sonja Stoelzle-Feix<br/>5. Industrializing electrophysiology: HT automated patch clamp on SyncroPatch96 using instant frozen cells / Liudmila Polonchuk<br/>6. Planar patch clamp for neuronal networks<br/>considerations and future perspectives / Alessandro Bosca, Marzia Martina, and Christophe Py<br/>7. Methods for the study of synaptic receptor functional properties / Enrica Maria Petrini and Andrea Barberis<br/>8. Single cell RT-PCR, a technique to decipher the electrical, anatomical, and genetic determinants of neuronal diversity / Maria Toledo-Rodriguez and Henry Markham<br/>9. Whole-cell voltage clamp on skeletal muscle fibers with the silicone-clamp technique / Romain Lefebvre, Sandrine Pouvreau, Claude Collet, Bruno Allard, and Vincent Jacquemond<br/>10. Multiphoton imaging approaches for studying striatal dendritic excitability / Joshua L. Plotkin and D. James Surmeier<br/>11. Investigation of synaptic microcircuits using patch-clamp paired recordings in acute brain slices / Giovanni Russo and Stefano taverna<br/>12. Outside-out "sniffer-patch" clamp technique for in situ measures of neurotransmitter release / Émilie Muller-Chrétien<br/>13. A cost-effective method for preparing, maintaining, and transfecting neurons in organotypic slices / Cary Soares, Kevin F.H. Lee, Denise Cook and Jean-Claude Béïque<br/>14. Acute brain slice methods for adult and aging animals: application of targeted patch clamp analysis and optogenetics / Jonathan T. Ting, Tanya L. Daigle, Qian Chen and Guoping Feng<br/>15. Synaptic connectivity in engineered neuronal networks / Peter Molnar, Jung-Fong Kang, Neelima Bhargava, Mainak Das and James J. Hickman<br/>16. Modeling of action potential generation in NG108-15 cells / Peter Molnar and James J. Hickman<br/>17. Whole-cell patch-clamp recordings in freely moving animals / Albert K. Lee, Jâerãome Epsztein and Michael Brecht<br/>18. Pressure-polished borosilicate pipettes are "universal sealer" yielding low access resistance and efficient intracellular perfusion / Marco Aquila, Mascia Benedusi, Anna Fasoli and Giorgio Rispoli<br/>19. Current recordings at the single channel level in adult mammalian isolated cardiomyocytes / Romain Guinamard, Thomas Hof, and Laurent Sallâe<br/>20. Dynamic clamp as a tool to study the functional effects of individual membrane currents / Géza Berecki, Arie O. Verkerk, Antoni C.G. van Ginneken and Ronald Wilders<br/>21. Dynamic clamp in cardiac and neuronal systems using RTXI / Francis A. Ortega, Robert J. Butera, David J. Christini, John A. White and Alan D. Dorval II<br/>22. Ion selectivity of pore-forming peptides and ion channels measured in xenopus oocytes / Thierry Cens and Pierre Charnet<br/>23. Principles of single-channel kinetic analysis / Feng Qin.

::Summary## This third edition of the essential guide has been extensively revised and updated and includes additional color illustrations. It reflects the rapid expansion in knowledge of the subject due to progress in the chemical, immunological, and clinical fields.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Preface to Fourth Edition<br/>Introductory Remarks<br/>Nomenclature: A Few Definitions<br/>Xenobiotics<br/>Haptens<br/>Modifications of Molecules [3]<br/>An Updated Overview of the Skin Barrier Structure and Function<br/>References<br/>Contents<br/>Contributors<br/>Abbreviations<br/>Part I: Patch Testing<br/>Chapter 1: Pathophysiology of Allergic and Irritant Contact Dermatitis<br/>1.1 Introduction<br/>1.2 Pathophysiology of Irritant and Allergic Skin Inflammation<br/>1.2.1 Irritant and/or Allergic Chemicals<br/>1.2.2 Skin Irritation: Activation of Innate Immunity<br/>1.2.2.1 Innate Immunity 1.2.2.2 Skin Irritation: Mechanisms of Action<br/>1.2.2.3 Direct Responsibility of the Chemical in ICD<br/>1.3 Skin Allergy: The Role of Specific Immunity<br/>1.3.1 Antigen-Specific Immunity<br/>1.3.2 Skin Allergy: Mechanisms of Action<br/>1.3.3 Indirect Responsibility of Chemicals in Skin Irritation<br/>1.4 Pathophysiology of Skin Inflammation: The Connection Between Innate and Acquired Immunity<br/>References<br/>Chapter 2: Diseases for Which Patch Testing Is Recommended: Patients Who Should Be Investigated<br/>2.1 Allergic Contact Dermatitis<br/>2.1.1 Clinical Signs and Symptoms 2.1.2 Histopathological Features<br/>2.1.2.1 Epidermal Lesions<br/>2.1.2.2 Dermal Changes<br/>2.2 Allergic Contact Dermatitis Syndrome<br/>2.2.1 Stage 1 of ACDS<br/>2.2.1.1 Morphological Aspects<br/>2.2.1.2 Topographical Variants<br/>2.2.2 Stage 2 of ACDS<br/>2.2.3 Stage 3 of ACDS<br/>2.2.3.1 Stage 3A of ACDS<br/>2.2.3.2 Stage 3B of ACDS<br/>2.3 Allergic Contact Dermatitis Versus Irritant Contact Dermatitis: Criteria for Differential Diagnosis<br/>2.4 Other Skin Diseases in Which Patch Testing Is of Major Interest<br/>2.5 Algorithmic Approach: Key Role of Patch Testing 2.6 Hand Dermatitis: Definition and Procedures Applied in Differential Diagnosis<br/>2.6.1 Hand Dermatitis: Exogenous and Endogenous Factors<br/>2.6.2 A Classification of Hand Dermatitis<br/>2.6.3 Tools of Investigation<br/>2.6.4 Hand Dermatitis: Some Examples of an Algorithmic Approach<br/>2.6.5 Hand Eczema: A Controversial Issue<br/>References<br/>Chapter 3: Patch Testing Methodology<br/>3.1 Historical Background<br/>3.2 Definition and Aims<br/>3.2.1 Requirements for an Ideal Patch Testing Procedure<br/>3.2.2 Is Patch Testing the "Gold Standard" to Investigate Patients with Allergic Contact Dermatitis? 3.3 Patch Test Units<br/>3.3.1 Nonchamber Patch Tests<br/>3.3.2 Chamber Patch Tests<br/>3.3.2.1 Finn Chambers<br/>3.3.3 Plastic Square Chambers<br/>3.3.3.1 IQ Square Chambers Chemotechnique<br/>3.3.3.2 allergEAZE Chambers SmartPractice<br/>3.3.3.3 allergEAZE Patch Test Chamber<br/>3.3.3.4 allergEAZE Clear Patch Test Chamber<br/>3.3.4 Reinforcement of Patch Test Units<br/>3.4 A General Overview of Allergens<br/>3.4.1 Allergens<br/>3.4.2 Bioavailability of Allergens<br/>3.4.3 Quality Control of Allergens<br/>3.4.4 Appropriate Amounts of Petrolatum to Be Applied at Patch Testing

::Summary## This book is a compendium of tips on many different aspects of patch testing based on the recommendations of the International Contact Dermatitis Research Group (ICDRG), which is the reference group for all dermato-allergologists. It is intended to complement the book Patch Testing and Prick Testing: A Practical Guide by J.-M. Lachapelle and H. Maibach, which is an official publication of the ICDRG now in its third edition. Among the wide variety of topics covered are pitfalls, legal aspects, patch testing with ultrasonic bath extracts, the role of patch testing in occupational contact dermatitis and atopic dermatitis, semi-open tests, the implications of a negative test, patch testing validity, selection of extra allergens and patch testing in the tropics. Many illustrations are included and all information is completely up-to-date. This book will be of value to all practicing dermatologists.

::Summary## Patellar Instability Surgery in Clinical Practice analyses in a step by step format, the different reconstruction techniques for the medial patellofemoral ligament (MPFL) reconstruction as well as other techniques less frequently used in the patient with lateral patellofemoral instability. also the treatment of medial patellofemoral instability is also explained. Patellar Instability surgery is a very practical book, aimed at junior and general orthopedic surgeon who require a useful easy reference for these common knee procedures but will also be of great interest to those surgeons who specialized in knee surgery.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Reconstruction of the Medial Patellofemoral Ligament: Complications After Medial Patellofemoral Ligament Reconstruction<br/>Reconstruction of the Medial Patellofemoral Ligament: How I Do It<br/>Reconstruction of the Medial Patellofemoral Ligament: How I Do It<br/>Combined Tibial Tubercle Realignment and MPFL Reconstruction<br/>Reconstruction of the Lateral Patellofemoral Ligament: How I Do It<br/>Reconstruction of the Lateral Patellofemoral Ligament: How I Do It<br/>Osteotomies Around the Patellofemoral Joint<br/>Sulcus Deepening Trochleoplasty.

::Summary## This practical case-based book assists clinicians in the evaluation and treatment of patellofemoral patients by reviewing critical elements for assessment and presenting clinical scenarios in which different experts provide their recommendations for treatment. Subdivided in 6 parts it explores the joints anatomy and mechanics, as well as case-based evaluation and treatment of patellofemoral instability, arthritis and chondrosis, traumatic injuries and degenerative tendinopathies. Moreover, the closing part offers an overview of the latest advances and future developments. Written in collaboration with ISAKOS, this book offers a valuable guide for orthopedists and sports medicine treating common and complex injuries of this joint.<br/>::Contents##<br/>I Patellofemoral anatomy, mechanics and evaluation<br/>1 Patellofemoral anatomy and mechanics<br/>2 Patient and family history in the evaluation of patellofemoral patients<br/>3 Examination of patients with patellofemoral symptoms<br/>4 Imaging evaluation of patients with patellofemoral symptoms<br/>5 Principles of prevention and rehabilitation for patellofemoral - Christopher Powers<br/>6 Newest surgical treatments for patellofemoral osteochondral lesions<br/>II Case based evaluation and treatment of patellofemoral patients<br/>7 The pediatric patient with open physes: case 11 year old girl with dysplasia<br/>8 Adolescent patient with closed physes, mild dysplasia and malalignment: case 15 year old girl case presentation, and commentary and treatment recommendations by international surgeons<br/>9 Young male soccer player with second dislocation, closed physes, normal trochlea 19 year old<br/>10 21 year old male with alta, recurrent instability<br/>11 19 year old girl with high tttg, trochlear dysplasia<br/>12 25 year old with large chondral lesion, patellofemoral instability, tttg 15mm<br/>13 35 year old with recurrent instability, chondrosis of patella and trochlea<br/>III Patellofemoral pain. Chondrosis, and arthritis<br/>14 19 year old with anterior knee pain, normal articular cartilage<br/>15 22 year old with anterior knee pain, normal cartilage, mild alignment abnormalities<br/>16 21 year old with patellofemoral pain and mal torsion of the lower limbs: place of derotation osteotomies<br/>22 27 year old male, basketball, with central trochlear lesion<br/>23 35 year old woman, lateral patella and trochlear chondrosis<br/>24 55 year old, marginal osteophytes, general patellofemoral chondrosis<br/>IV Traumatic injuries to the patellofemoral joint<br/>25 Patellofemoral fracture, stellate, in 54 year old woman<br/>26 Patella fracture of inferior pole, in 48 year old man<br/>27 Quadriceps tendon rupture in 54 year old man<br/>28 Patella tendon rupture in 37 year old man<br/>V Degenerative tendinopathies of the patellofemoral joint<br/>29 Osgood-Schlatters disease in a 12 year old<br/>30 Patella tendinitis in a 21 year old basketball player<br/>31 Patella tendinitis at Osgood-schlatters lesion of 32 year old<br/>32 Quadriceps tendinitis in a 35 year old<br/>VI Advances and the future treatment of patellofemoral disorders<br/>33 Evidence based medicine<br/>34 Biologic treatments.

::Summary## A comprehensive and thorough selection of contributions from across the world, this book aims to review the current state-of-the-art in assessment and management of the patellofemoral joint. While featuring a wide range of surgical techniques for different pathologies, detailed attention is also devoted to conservative treatment and approaches involving mesenchymal stem cells, autologous chondrocyte implantation, platelet-rich plasma, and pulsed electromagnetic fields. Anatomy, clinical examination, and methods of evaluation are discussed, and individual chapters address important miscellaneous topics, including rehabilitation, complications of surgery, injuries in specific patient populations, and scoring systems. Though patellofemoral joint pathology is a frequent clinical problem, its management remains challenging for the orthopaedic surgeon. Conceived at the ISAKOS Congress held in Toronto in June 2013 as a small booklet, this work quickly turned into a major project involving more than 35 authors worldwide. The editors believe that this book will be of great value to orthopaedic doctors to improve understanding, diagnosis, and treatment of future patients.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Morphogenesis of the patellofemoral joint<br/>Anatomy of the patellofemoral<br/>Anatomy and biomechanics of MPFL<br/>Clinical examination of patellofemoral joint<br/>Patellofemoral evaluation: an imagiological objective kinematic approach<br/>MRI of patellofemoral joint<br/>Gait analysis in patellofemoral disorder<br/>Prevention of patellofemoral injuries<br/>Patellofemoral syndrome<br/>Patellofemoral instability<br/>Patellar dislocation: pathomechanism and treatment<br/>First-time traumatic patellar dislocation: a systematic review<br/>Medial patellar instability<br/>a little known cause of anterior knee pain<br/>Non-operative treatment of patellofemoral joint<br/>Surgical treatment of the patellofemoral joint: lateral release<br/>MPFL repair for recurrent or traumatic patellar dislocation<br/>Medial patellofemoral ligament reconstruction<br/>Proximal realignment: medial plication<br/>MPFL reconstruction based on graft tension change and anatomy<br/>Elmslie-Trillat Procedure: a distal based procedure for patellar stabilization<br/>Open proximal trochleaplasty (grooveplasty)<br/>Sulcus-deepening trochleoplasty for the treatment of recurrent patellar dislocation with high-grade trochlear dysplasia<br/>Role of rotational osteotomy in the treatment of patelofemoral dysfunction<br/>New techniques for cartilage repair of the patella<br/>Cartilage lesions of the patellofemoral joint: long term results after ACI<br/>Role of mesenchymal stem cells in patellofemoral disorders<br/>Prosthetic indications in patellofemoral osteoarthritis<br/>Patellofemoral postoperative rehabilitation<br/>Treatment of patellofemoral disorders in skeletally immature athletes<br/>Treatment of patellofemoral dislocation in skeletally immature<br/>Platelet-rich plasma for the treatment of symptomatic patellofemoral cartilage lesions<br/>Pulsed electromagnetic fields for the treatment of symptomatic patellofemoral cartilage lesions of the knee<br/>Matrix autologous chondrocyte implantation of the patella: from ACI to MACI to ICC<br/>Patellofemoral joint pathology and sports<br/>Patellofemoral injuries in soccer players<br/>Complications of patellofemoral surgeries: prevention and management<br/>Scores to evaluate patellofemoral joint<br/>Conclusions.

::Summary## Patellofemoral disorders are extremely prevalent in athletes and can lead to chronic pain, instability, weakness, and inconsistent or poor athletic performance. These disorders can be difficult to diagnose.Treatment options can vary depending upon several factors, including the sport andthe time during the sports season when the symptoms occur. Treatment also varies depending on the age of the patient and their competition level. The Patellofemoral Joint in the Athlete provides an extensive review of the physical examination, radiographic evaluation, differential diagnoses, and treatment options of common patellofemoral disorders, including patellar chondrosis, pain and instability. The contributors are nationally recognized experts in the patellofemoral joint that treat athletes of all ages and abilities. Appropriate for orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine physicians, rehabilitation physicians and physical therapists, this book is a comprehensive guide to the unique and sport-specific concerns of athletesof all ages and abilitieswith regard to the patellofemoral joint.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Anatomy of the Patellofemoral Joint<br/>Lateral Patella Dislocations: History, Physical Exam and Imaging<br/>Rehabilitation Considerations for Non-Operative Management of Patellofemoral Conditions<br/>Surgical Treatment of Patellar Instability in Skeletally Immature Athletes<br/>Cartilage Restoration in the Patellofemoral Joint<br/>MPFL Repair and Reconstruction<br/>Tibial Tubercle Osteotomies<br/>Patellofemoral Resurfacing Arthroplasty in the Active Patient<br/>Overview of Surgical Decision Making.

::Summary## This excellently illustrated book adopts an evidence-based approach to evaluate the efficacy of different techniques for the imaging and treatment of patellofemoral pain, instability, and arthritis. The aim is to equip practitioners with an informative guide that will help them to manage disorders of the patellofemoral joint by casting light on the many issues on which a consensus has been lacking. The opening chapters supply essential background information and explain the role of various imaging modalities, including radiography, CT, MRI, and bone scan. The various conservative and surgical treatment approaches for each of the three presentations - pain, instability, and arthritis - are then described and assessed in depth, with precise guidance on indications and technique. Postoperative management and options in the event of failed surgery are also evaluated. Throughout, careful attention is paid to the literature in an attempt to establish the level of evidence for each imaging and treatment method. The new edition has been thoroughly updated, with inclusion of additional chapters, in order to present the latest knowledge on biomechanics, diagnosis, surgical techniques, and rehabilitation.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Classification and general considerations<br/>Syndromes genetics<br/>Detecting and addressing psychological factors<br/>Imaging Analysis of Patella Instability Factors<br/>MRI of the Patellofemoral Articular Cartilage<br/>Computed Tomography and Arthro-CT Scan in Patellofemoral Disorders move to imaging<br/>The Role of Tibial and Femoral Rotational Torsion abnormalities in the Treatment of Patellofemoral Dysfunction<br/>Pathophysiology of Anterior Knee Pain<br/>Patellofemoral Pain Syndrome<br/>Non operative Treatment of PF pain<br/>Is there a surgical Treatment of PF pain<br/>Instability Factors Principals and Secondary for Instability<br/>Influence of Risk Factors in the Natural History<br/>Clinical Symptoms and Examination of Acute and Chronic Patellar Dislocations<br/>First Time Dislocation: How to deal with it<br/>Medial Side Patellofemoral Anatomy: Surgical Implications in Patellofemoral Instability<br/>Is there any place for medial reefing in acture PF dislocation which technical procedure?<br/>Medial Patellofemoral Ligament Reconstruction Indications and Surgical Technique<br/>MPTL (Medial Patellotibial Ligament) Reconstruction<br/>Tibial Tubercle Osteotomies<br/>Indications and results<br/>Tibial Tubercle Osteotomies<br/>Techniques<br/>AMZ<br/>Tibial Tubercle Osteotomies<br/>Techniques<br/>Distalization<br/>Tibial Tubercle Osteotomies<br/>Techniques<br/>Medialization<br/>Tibial Tubercle Osteotomies Complications<br/>Trochleoplasty Indications and results<br/>Trochleoplasty Techniques: Arthroscopy<br/>Trochleoplasty Techniques: Deepening Bereiter<br/>Trochleoplasty Techniques: Deepening Lyon<br/>Trochleoplasty Techniques: Elevating/lateral<br/>Trochleoplasty Techniques: Recession Osteotomy<br/>Trochleoplasty Techniques: Complications<br/>Lateral Release of the Lateral Patellar Retunaculum<br/>Lateral Retinaculum Lengthening<br/>Lateral retinaculum reconstruction<br/>Surgical Rehabilitation for select individual procedures<br/>Designing a rehabilitation programme for PFJ rehabilitation<br/>Complex primary cases<br/>Obligatory dislocators in flexion<br/>Is there an indication for Patella osteotomies<br/>Is there an indication for correcting a valgus knee<br/>Isolated Patellofemoral Osteoarthritis: Natural History and clinical Presentation<br/>The Non-operative Treatment of Patellofemoral Arthritis<br/>Techniques for cartilage restoration in pf joint<br/>Isolated Patellofemoral unipolar pf cartilage lesions when to intervene<br/>Partial Lateral Facetectomy<br/>Isolated Patellofemoral Osteoarthritis: Prosthetic Indications<br/>Patellofemoral disorders in skeletally immature patients<br/>Specific procedures for pediatric dislocation<br/>Mpfl techniques and constraints: what does this mean?<br/>Patellar tendon shortening<br/>Tibial tubercule procedure / old Osgood Schlatter<br/>Femoral and tibial osteotomies<br/>Epiphsiodesis : we already have limb lengthening.

::Contents##<br/>SECTION I: BACKGROUND AND ANATOMY<br/>Historical perspective and importance of PFO<br/>Embryology, Neonatal Circulation and Anatomy of PFO<br/>Anatomical variations of Patent Foramen Ovale<br/>Aging and Patent Foramen Ovale<br/>SECTION II: METHODS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DETECTION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF PFO<br/>Echocardiographic detection and transcranial Doppler quantification of right-to-left shunting.<br/>ICE: intra-procedural evaluation and guidance during closure of PFO<br/>A Comparison of Methods to Detect and Quantitative PFO: TCD, TTE, ICE and TEE<br/>Angiographic evaluation for PFO and Pulmonary AVMs<br/>SECTION III: PFO AND CLINICAL SYNDROMES<br/>An Overview of Clinical Syndromes (Keeping The Heart In Mind)<br/>The Association of Patent Foramen Ovale and Migraine Headache<br/>Current Patient Management Issues, Clinical Trial Design Challenges, and the Pathway Forward<br/>Patent foramen ovale and divers<br/>Orthodeoxia and Platypnea<br/>Obstructive Sleep Apnea and Patent Foramen Ovale<br/>PFO and Various Types of Surgery<br/>When a PFO is Discovered Incidentally<br/>SECTION IV: CLOSURE METHODS<br/>The GORE Septal Occluder<br/>The novel PFO specific closure devices: Why did they fail?<br/>Optimal device for children and closure indications in pediatric population<br/>Occlutech, PFM, Lifetech, and other new devices. What?s on the horizon?<br/>Complications of PFO Closure<br/>SECTION V: STATISTICAL METHODS, TRIALS AND TRIBULATIONS<br/>Device Closure of Patent Foramen Ovale or Medical Therapy for Cryptogenic Stroke: The CLOSURE I Trial<br/>The Gore REDUCE Clinical Study<br/>The PC Trial: An Effective Treatment Not Demonstrating Effective Power<br/>From FDAs point of view: What is needed to move PFO closure for stroke prevention forward?<br/>The Medical Device Manufacturer?s Perspective ? W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc<br/>PFO-Patient?s Perspective<br/>Clinical Trials to Assess the Relationship between Patent Foramen Ovale and Migraine Headaches<br/>Do We Need More PFO Trials: Hypercoaguable Syndromes, Obstructive Sleep Apnea, and Arrhythmias<br/>SECTION VI: DIFFICULTIES/OBSTACLES IN STARTING PFO CLOSURE PRACTICE<br/>Obstacles in Starting a PFO Closure Program. How I Did It<br/>Developing a successful integrated PFO closure program.

::Summary## The Path from Biomarker Discovery to Regulatory Qualification is a unique guide that focuses on biomarker qualification, its history and current regulatory settings in both the US and abroad. This multi-contributed book provides a detailed look at the next step to developing biomarkers for clinical use and covers overall concepts, challenges, strategies and solutions based on the experiences of regulatory authorities and scientists. Members of the regulatory, pharmaceutical and biomarker development communities will benefit the most from using this book-it is a complete and practical guide to biomarker qualification, providing valuable insight to an ever-evolving and important area of regulatory science. Contains a collection of experiences of different groups taking different types of biomarkers to different levels of qualification and provides insightful case studies of an important area of regulatory science Focuses on practical advice, concepts, strategies and overall outcomes to support those working toward biomarker qualification for clinical use Offers a valuable resource for members of the regulatory, pharmaceutical and biomarker development communities.

::Summary## This textbook provides a one-stop reference resource and guide for nurses interested in advancing their careers. It addresses self-assessment, goal setting and self-discipline, as well as academic paths and non-academic career paths, and includes two chapters on strategic path development, covering internal motivation, risk taking, work--life balance, work environment, networking, professional membership and mentorship. Lastly, the book discusses professional growth topics such as civility, burnout, professional development and "keeping informed," and explores specific professionalism topics like professional behavior, ethics, social media and executive presence. Intended for nurses at any level, this textbook examines topics relevant to today's nursing professionals and offers guidance on building a successful nursing career. It also helps student nurses create a path for their career and professional growth, both during their training program and beyond.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Preface<br/>Introduction<br/>Section I. Chapter 1: Self-Assessment<br/>Chapter 2: Goal Setting and Self Discipline<br/>Section II. Chapter 3: Professional Nursing Career Paths: the non-academic path<br/>Chapter 4: Professional Nursing Career Paths: the academic path<br/>Section III. Chapter 5: Charting YOUR Career Path: internal strategies<br/>Chapter 6: Charting YOUR Career Path: external strategies<br/>Chapter 7: The basics of Professional Growth<br/>Chapter 8: Ensuring Continued Professional Growth<br/>Chapter 9: Professionalism.

::Contents##<br/>1. Epigenetic regulation<br/>2. HIV-induced epigenetic alterations in host cells<br/>3. Epigenetic alterations in Epstein-Barr virus-associated diseases<br/>4. Epigenetic dysregulation in virus-associated neoplasms<br/>5. Epigenetic alterations induced by bacterial lipopolysaccharides<br/>6. Patho-epigenetics of infectious diseases caused by intracellular bacteria<br/>Index.

::Contents##<br/>Part 1. General disease pathogenesis<br/>Part 2. Organ systems pathophysiology<br/>Part 3. Diagnostic pathology<br/>Part 4. Techniques in experimental pathology.

::Contents##<br/>Evaluation of genetic diversity of Candida spp. and Klebsiella spp. isolated from the denture plaque of COPD patients<br/>Particulate matter in the air of the underground chamber complex of the Wieliczka Salt Mine Health Resort<br/>Comparison of thymic stromal lymphopoietin concentration in various human biospecimens from asthma and COPD patients measured with two different ELISA kits<br/>Prevalence of Neisseria meningitidis carriage with identifcation of serogroups and genogroups in professional soldiers<br/>Bacteriological assessment of pneumonia caused by gram-negative bacteria in patients hospitalized in intensive care unit<br/>Bacteriological assessment of pneumonia caused by gram-negative bacteria in patients hospitalized in intensive care unit<br/>Whooping cough in adults: a series of severe cases<br/>Limited clinical significance of dimeric form of pyruvate kinase as a diagnostic and prognostic biomarker in non-small cell lung cancer<br/>Clostridium Difficile infection due to pneumonia treatment: mortality risk models<br/>Predictors of progression in IgA nephropathy in childhood.

::Contents##<br/>Evolution of immunity and pathogens<br/>A host-pathogen interaction reduced to first principles: Antigenic variation in T. brucei<br/>Antigenic variation in Plasmodium falciparum<br/>Polymorphic mucin-like proteins in Schistosoma mansoni, a variable antigen and a key component of the compatibility between the schistosome and its snail host<br/>Fibrinogen-related proteins (FREP) in mollusks<br/>Somatic and germline diversification of a putative immunoreceptor within one phylum: Dscam in arthropods<br/>An immune effector system in the Protochordate gut sheds light on fundamental aspects of vertebrate immunity<br/>Variable lymphocyte receptors: a current view<br/>Antibody repertoire in fish<br/>Unique features of fish immune repertoires: particularities of the adaptive immunity within the largest group of vertebrates<br/>The evolution and structure of atypical T cell receptors<br/>Diversification of the primary antibody repertoire by AID-mediated gene conversion<br/>Antibody isotype switching in vertebrates.

::Contents##<br/>Part I. Pathogenesis<br/>Chapter 1. Is IgA nephropathy the same disease/a homogenous disease?<br/>Chapter 2. Genetic variations of IgA nephropathy<br/>Chapter 3. Is IgA nephropathy a familial or sporadic disease?<br/>Chapter 4. Heterogeneity of GdIgA1<br/>Chapter 5. Differences of histological classification between the Japanese guideline and the Oxford classification<br/>Chapter 6. Podocyte injury and the role of megalin<br/>Chapter 7. Complement activation<br/>Part II. Treatment<br/>Chapter 8. How different are the current understandings of treatments for IgA nephropathy?<br/>Chapter 9. Differences in etiology and treatment in China<br/>Chapter 10. Differences in etiology and treatment in Korea<br/>Chapter 11. Differences in etiology and treatment in Japan<br/>Chapter 12. The VALIGA study: Differences in treatment approaches within the EU<br/>Chapter 13. Differences in etiology and treatment in Scandinavian countries<br/>Chapter14 The Implication of the KDIGO Clinical Practice Guidelines on management of IgA Nephropathy<br/>Chapter15 Japanese Clinical Practice Guidelines for IgA Nephropathy: Difference from KDIGO Guidelines<br/>Chapter16 Limitations of RAS blockade in IgA nephropathy<br/>Chapter17 What is the goal for proteinuria in IgA nephropathy?<br/>Chapter 18. Rationale of tonsillectomy and steroid pulse therapy (TSP): Is it race dependent?<br/>Chapter 19. Is tonsillectomy a possible treatment for IgA nephropathy from RCT?<br/>Chapter 20. Is tonsillectomy a possible treatment for IgA nephrology from a retrospective analysis?.

::Summary## This book, written by experts from across the world, provides comprehensive coverage of acne and rosacea, focusing in particular on pathogenesis and treatment but also considering clinical aspects, prognostic factors, and impacts on quality of life. Both standard knowledge and important, clinically relevant insights that have emerged over the past decade are presented with the goal of assisting the reader in understanding these diseases and improving treatment outcome. It is explained how high-level research has recently given rise to a variety of new concepts in etiology and treatment, and emerging trends are also discussed. The book is in a reader-friendly format that highlights core messages with a very practical and clinical focus. Pathogenesis and Treatment of Acne and Rosacea will be an indispensable reference for all physicians who care for patients with acne or rosacea and for scientists working in the field.<br/>::Contents##<br/>The Sebaceous Gland Through the Centuries: A Difficult Path to Independence<br/>Embryology of the Pilosebaceous Unit<br/>Molecular Aspects of Sebaceous Differentiation<br/>Anatomy of the Sebaceous Gland<br/>Sebum and Sebaceous Lipids<br/>Experimental Models of the Sebaceous Gland<br/>Acne Epidemiology and Socioeconomic Aspects<br/>Acne Pathogenesis: What We Have Learned Over the Years<br/>The Role of Hyperkeratinization<br/>The Role of the Sebaceous Gland<br/>The Role of Bacteria<br/>Inflammation in Acne<br/>A New Concept of Acne Pathogenesis<br/>Acne and Genetics<br/>Acne and Androgens<br/>Acne and Inflammation<br/>Acne and Neuropeptides<br/>Acne and Bacteria<br/>The Acne Biofilm<br/>The Evidence Supporting a Link Between Acne and Nutrition<br/>Acne and Smoking<br/>Antimicrobial Peptides in Acne<br/>Acne and Antimicrobial Lipids<br/>Natural and Artificial Suntanning<br/>Acne and Environmental Pollution (Chloracne)<br/>Myths and Beliefs of Acne Pathogenesis: Diet, Smoking, Hygiene<br/>Understanding Acne as a Chronic Disease<br/>Clinical Aspects of Acne Vulgaris<br/>Clinical Aspects of Acne Fulminans<br/>Childhood Acne <br/>Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia and Acne in the Male Patients<br/>Adult Acne<br/>Drug-Induced Acne<br/>Body-Builder Acne<br/>Acne Cosmetica<br/>Acne in Persons with Dark Skin<br/>Acne and Heredity<br/>Acne Neonatorum<br/>Serum Androgens<br/>Body Mass Index<br/>Sebum Secretion, Skin Type, and pH<br/>Lipids in Serum and Sebum<br/>The Leeds Acne Grading Technique<br/>Evaluation of Clinical Severity by Acne Grading and Lesion Counting<br/>Modern Technology for Imaging and Evaluation of Acne Lesions<br/>Acne and Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia<br/>The Acne Genes<br/>Vitamins and the Skin<br/>Urinary Hormone Analysis in Acne<br/>Laboratory Evaluations in Acne<br/>Evidenced-Based Treatment of Acne<br/>The Difficult Acne Patient<br/>Improving Compliance with Acne Therapy<br/>Keratolytic Treatment<br/>Topical Antibiotics<br/>Benzoyl Peroxide<br/>Topical Retinoids<br/>Azelaic Acid<br/>Emerging Acne Treatments<br/>Oral Antibiotics<br/>The Antibiotic Resistance in Acne<br/>Prescribing Oral Isotretinoin: The European Approach<br/>Oral Isotretinoin: The US Approach<br/>Hormonal Therapy for Acne<br/>Less Common Treatments<br/>Risk Factors of Acne Relapse<br/>Acne Maintenance Therapy<br/>Cosmetics and Cleansers in Acne<br/>Chemical Peeling in Acne<br/>Lasers and Phototherapy in Acne<br/>Treatment of Acne Scarring<br/>Concepts of Future Acne Treatment<br/>Acne and Quality of Life<br/>Instruments of Measurement of Quality of Life in Acne<br/>The SAHA Syndrome<br/>The Polycystic Ovary Syndrome and Acne<br/>The SAPHO Syndrome<br/>The PAPA Syndrome<br/>Acne in Transplantation Patients<br/>Rosacea: The State of the Art<br/>The Vascular Concept<br/>Rosacea and Neuropeptides<br/>Rosacea and Demodex folliculorum<br/>The Role of Adenosine Triphosphate in the Pathogenesis of Rosacea: An Explanation for the Mode of Action of Tetracyclines for the Treatment of Rosacea<br/>Standard Grading System for Rosacea<br/>Classical Clinical Presentations of Rosacea<br/>Rhinophyma: A Variation of Rosacea?<br/>Ocular Rosacea<br/>Childhood Rosacea<br/>Differential Diagnosis of Rosacea<br/>A Treatment Strategy for Rosacea<br/>Topical Treatment of Rosacea<br/>Systemic Treatment of Rosacea<br/>Laser and Light Therapy of Rosacea<br/>Nonclassical Treatments<br/>Cosmetics in Rosacea<br/>Treatment of Rhinophyma<br/>The Future of Rosacea Treatment<br/>Impact of Rosacea on Quality of Life.

::Summary## This book provides comprehensive coverage of current topics in idiopathic scoliosis (IS). A three-dimensional deformity of the spine, the condition is characterized by lateral curvature combined with vertebral rotation. The primary lesion, however, lies in the median sagittal plane, taking the form of a lordosis. Although the clinical manifestations of scoliosis have been well documented, its cause and pathogenesis have not yet been determined. Research into what causes IS has focused on the structural elements of the spine, spinal musculature, collagenous structures, the endocrine system, the central nervous system, and genetics. Results of these studies have brought about a new perception of IS epiphenomena, but the main cause of IS remains unknown. Recently, several investigators have produced new hypotheses regarding the cause of IS using the developing techniques of genetics, biochemistry, and neurology. This book is a review of the various causative factors thus far proposed for IS and an introduction to the directions in which research is heading to determine the primary cause of IS.

::Summary## Mycobacterium tuberculosis is one of the most notorious pathogens on earth, causing the death of approximately 1.5 million people annually. A major problem in the fight against tuberculosis is the emergence of strains that have acquired resistance to all available antibiotics. One key to the success of M. tuberculosis as a pathogen is its ability to circumvent host immune responses at different levels. This is not only a result of the special makeup of M. tuberculosis in terms of genetic diversity and DNA metabolism and its possession of specialized secretion systems, but also of its ability to hijack the host's innate immune defence mechanisms. In this volume, researchers from different disciplines provide a topical overview of the diverse mechanisms that contribute to the virulence of M. tuberculosis, ranging from their genetic, metabolic and molecular makeup, as well as the complex strategies these bacteria utilize to escape immune destruction within infected hosts.

::Summary## This comprehensive source on the pathogenic origins of neuropathic pain covers the detailed molecular bases of the currently known neuropathies as classified by their pathogenic origins. Filling a critical need, this book fills the need for a resource on a syndrome that demands improved understanding by clinicians and researchers alike so that treatment options for patients are not categorically limited to a pill or a needle. If the clinician understands the origins of a patients' neuropathic pain, they can work cooperatively toward improving it with tailored therapies that don't create societal diseconomies and that ultimately are effective in helping patients. The book presents in detail the molecular bases of some currently known neuropathies by their pathogenetic origins, allowing clinicians to tailor more specific and more effective treatment regimens for their patients. For basic researchers, this book is a general resource to better direct research on neuropathy-specific molecular mechanisms. The improved understanding of the pathogenesis of neuropathic pain can then be used to develop more specific and more effective manipulations of these pathways.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Transitional Neuropathy: Chronification of Acute Pain<br/>Diabetic Neuropathy<br/>Complex Regional Pain Syndrome (CRPS)<br/>Autoimmune Disease-Related Neuropathy<br/>Methylation Disorder Neuropathy<br/>Alcohol-Related Neuropathy<br/>Perfusion-Related Neuropathy<br/>Uremic Neuropathy<br/>Chemotherapy Induced Neuropathy<br/>Antibiotics and Antifungals<br/>Miscellaneous<br/>Treatment<br/>Conclusion.

::Summary## Pathological Myopia is a major cause of severe vision loss worldwide. The mechanisms for vision loss include cataract, glaucoma, retinal detachment, and above all, degeneration of the macula within the posterior staphyloma. Pathological Myopia is one of the only current books to specifically address this disease and discusses recent developments in imaging technologies and various approaches to treatments, such as laser photocoagulation, photodynamic therapy, pharmaco-therapeutic injections in the vitreous, and surgery. Complete with high-quality color images, this book is written and edited by leaders in the field and is geared towards ophthalmologists, including residents and fellows in training, glaucoma and cataract specialists, and vitreoretinal macula experts.<br/>::Contents##<br/>1. Myopia: A Historical Perspective<br/>2. Genes involved in the development of myopia<br/>3. Epidemiology of Myopia<br/>4. Animal Models of Experimental Myopia: Limitations and Synergies With Studies on Human Myopia<br/>5. The Sclera and its Role in Regulation of the Refractive State<br/>6. Public Health Impact of Pathologic Myopia<br/>7. Update on the Pathology of Pathologic Myopia<br/>8. The Sclera and Induced Abnormalities in Myopia<br/>9. The Choroid<br/>10. The Optic Nerve in High Myopia<br/>11. Vitreous Changes<br/>12. Staphyloma, Part 1<br/>13. Staphyloma, Part 2<br/>14. Myopic Chorioretinal Atrophy<br/>15. Choroidal Neovascularization<br/>16. Myopic Macular Retinoschisis<br/>17. Peripheral Retinal Abnormalities<br/>18. Retinal Detachment<br/>19. Glaucoma in Myopia<br/>20. Myopic Optic Neuropathy<br/>21. Special Considerations for Cataract Surgery in the Face of Pathologic Myopia<br/>22. Ocular Motility Abnormalities<br/>23. Myopia: Ocular and Systemic Disease<br/>24. Prevention of Myopia<br/>25. Sclera-targeted Therapies for Pathologic Myopia.

::Summary## Pathologic Myopia is a major cause of severe vision loss worldwide. The mechanisms for vision loss include cataract, glaucoma, retinal detachment, and above all, myopic maculopathy within the posterior staphyloma. The first edition of Pathologic Myopia is one of the only current books to specifically address this disease and discusses recent developments in imaging technologies and various approaches to treatments, such as laser photocoagulation, photodynamic therapy, pharmaco-therapeutic injections in the vitreous, and surgery. This new edition is a timely update to the standard reference in the field, with new chapters on advanced refractive error correction, genetics, developing a classification system, and special surgical approaches for pathologic myopia. Complete with even more high-quality color images and informative tables, this book is written and edited by leaders in the field and is geared towards ophthalmologists, including residents and fellows in training, glaucoma and cataract specialists, and vitreoretinal macula experts.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Section 1. Basic Science of Pathologic Myopia.<br/>Chapter 1. Myopia: A Historical Perspective<br/>Chapter 2. Definition of pathologic myopia (PM)<br/>Chapter 3. Epidemiology of Myopia, High Myopia and Pathological Myopia<br/>Chapter 4. Genetics of Pathologic Myopia<br/>Chapter 5. Public Health Impact of Pathologic Myopia<br/>Chapter 6. Animal Models of Experimental Myopia: Limitations and Synergies with Studies on Human Myopia<br/>Chapter 7. The Sclera and its Role in Regulation of the Refractive State<br/>Section 2 - Ocular Changes in the Development of Pathologic Myopia.<br/>Chapter 8. Update on the Pathology of Pathological Myopia<br/>Chapter 9. The Sclera and Induced Abnormalities in Myopia<br/>Chapter 10. The Choroid Fin<br/>Chapter 11. Theories of Myopization: Potential Role of a Posterioly Expanding Bruch's Membrane<br/>Chapter 12. The Optic Nerve Head in High Myopia / Abnormalities of the Intrapapillary and Parapapillary Region<br/>Chapter 13. Vitreous Changes in Myopia<br/>Chapter 14. Ultra-widefield imaging of vitreous in pathologic myopia<br/>Section 3- Sequella of Pathologic Myopia and Their Potential Treatments.<br/>Chapter 15. Staphyloma I<br/>Chapter 16. Staphyloma II<br/>Chapter 17. Overview of OCT-based classification of macular lesions due to pathologic myopia<br/>Chapter 18. Myopic Maculopathy<br/>Chapter 19. Choroidal Neovascularization<br/>Chapter 20. Myopic Macular Retinoschisis<br/>Chapter 21. surgical approaches for complications of PM<br/>Chapter 22. Peripheral Retinal Abnormalities<br/>Chapter 23. Retinal Detachment<br/>Chapter 24. Glaucoma in Myopia<br/>Chapter 25. Myopic Optic Neuropathy<br/>Chapter 26. Special Considerations for Cataract Surgery in the Face of Pathologic Myopia<br/>Chapter 27. Ocular Motility Abnormalities<br/>Chapter 28. Ocular and Systemic Disease<br/>Section 4 - Treatment of pathologic myopia.<br/>Chapter 29. Prevention of myopia progression in children and adolescents<br/>Chapter 30. OPTICAL METHODS TO SLOW THE PROGRESSION OF MYOPIA<br/>Chapter 31. Sclera-targeted therapies for pathologic myopia.

::Contents##<br/<br/>>1. T. Die Pathologie und Therapie der Sterilität beim Manne.

::Summary## Calcium ions represent Mother Nature's "ion-of-choice" for regulating fundamental physiological functions, as they initiate a new life at the time of fertilization and guide subsequent developmental and physiological functions of the human body. Calcium channels, which act as gated pathways for the movement of calcium ions across the membranes, play a central part in the initiation of calcium signals, and defects in calcium channel function have been found to result in a plethora of human diseases, referred to as the calcium channelopathies. Pathologies of Calcium Channels brings together leading international experts to discuss our current understanding of human diseases associated with the various calcium channels, from their molecular basis to potential future therapeutic targeting of calcium channels.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I. Pathologies of Voltage-Gated Calcium Channels<br/>Part II. Pathologies of Transient Receptor Potential Channels<br/>Part III. Pathologies of Ligand-Gated Calcium Channels.

::Contents##<br/<br/>>1. Die Funktionsstörungen des Herzens, der Gefässe und des Blutes.

::Summary## This is a classic description and classification of pelvic deformities.<br/>::Contents##<br/>1. Bd. Allgemeines, Missbildungs-, Assimilations- und Zwergbecken, riesen-Rachitisbecken und Dimensional-Anomalien ([1900]-1904. vii, [1], 707 p., incl. 216 ill., tables)<br/>2. Bd. Osteomalaciebecken, ostitische und synostotische Becken, Exostosen-, Neubildungs-, Fractur- und Lacerationsbecken ([1908]-1910. vi, [2], 583 p. incl. 175 ill., tables)<br/>3. Bd. Abnorme Beckenformen infolge von Anomalien der Wirbelsäule, der unteren Extremitäten und des Nervensystems (1900-1912. v, [1], 696 p. incl. 182 ill., tables).

::Contents##<br/>Disease and the genome : genetic, developmental and neoplastic disease<br/>Cell injury, death and aging and the body's response<br/>Environmental injury<br/>Clinical practice : anatomic pathology<br/>Clinical practice : molecular pathology<br/>Clinical practice : laboratory medicine and patient care<br/>The vascular system<br/>Pulmonary pathology<br/>Pathology of the gastrointestinal tract<br/>Pathology of the liver, gallbladder and extrahepatic biliary tract<br/>Pathology of the pancreas<br/>Pathology of medical renal disease<br/>Urologic pathology of the lower urinary tract and male gu system<br/>Hematopathology<br/>Basic principles of clinical endocrinology<br/>Breast pathology<br/>The female reproductive tract<br/>Soft tissue and bone pathology<br/>Neuromuscular pathology<br/>Pathology of the skin<br/>Pathology of the nervous system.

::Summary## "We have continued to center our presentations around case studies designed to emphasize the role of the pathologist in the team that provides patient care, examining the role of anatomic, clinical, and molecular pathologists in that multi-membered group both in dedicated chapters and in descriptions of the pathology of specific organ systems."--Preface<br/>::Contents##<br/>1. Cancer and the Genome<br/>2. Cell Injury, Cell Death, and Aging<br/>3. Hemostasis and Thrombosis --4. Environmental Injury<br/>5. Clinical Practice: Anatomic Pathology<br/>6. Clinical Practice: Molecular Pathology<br/>7. Clinical Practice: Laboratory Medicine and Patient Care<br/>8. The Cardiovascular System<br/>9. Pulmonary Pathology<br/>10. Pathology of the Gastrointestinal Tract<br/>11. Pathology of the Liver, Gallbladder, and Extrahepatic Biliary Tract<br/>12. Pathology of the Pancreas<br/>13. Pathology of Medical Renal Disease<br/>14. Urologic Pathology of the Lower Urinary Tract, Male GU System, and Kidney<br/>15. Hematopathology<br/>16. Pathology of the Endocrine System<br/>17. Breast Pathology<br/>18. The Female Reproductive Tract<br/>19. Soft Tissue and Bone Pathology<br/>20. Neuromuscular Pathology<br/>21. Pathology of the Skin<br/>22. Pathology of the Nervous System

::Contents##<br/>I, Introduction :<br/>1. Introduction to concepts of pathology<br/>2. Behavioral, social, and environmental factors contributing to disease and dysfunction<br/>3. The psychosocial-spiritual impact on health care<br/>4. Environmental and occupational medicine<br/>5. Problems affecting multiple systems<br/>6. Injury, inflammation, healing, and repair. II, Clinical medicine :<br/>7. The immune system<br/>8. Infectious disease<br/>9. Oncology<br/>10. The integumentary system<br/>11. The endocrine and metabolic systems<br/>12. The cardiovascular system<br/>13. The lymphatic system<br/>14. The hematologic system<br/>15. The respiratory system<br/>16. The gastrointestinal system<br/>17. The hepatic, pancreatic, and biliary systems<br/>18. The renal and urologic systems<br/>19. The male genital/reproductive system<br/>20. The female genital/reproductive system<br/>21. Transplantation. III, Pathology of the musculoskeletal system :<br/>22. Introduction to pathology of the musculoskeletal system<br/>23. Genetic and developmental disorders<br/>24. Metabolic disorders<br/>25. Infectious diseases of the musculoskeletal system<br/>26. Musculoskeletal neoplasms<br/>27. Soft tissue, joint, and bone disorders. IV, Pathology of the nervous system :<br/>28. Introduction to central nervous system disorders<br/>29. Infectious disorders of the central nervous system<br/>30. Central nervous system neoplasms<br/>31. Degenerative diseases of the central nervous system<br/>32. Stroke<br/>33. Traumatic brain injury<br/>34. Traumatic spinal cord injury<br/>35. Cerbral palsy<br/>36. Seizures and epilepsy<br/>37. Headache<br/>38. Vestibular disorders<br/>39. The peripheral nervous system<br/>40. Laboratory tests and values.

::Contents##<br/>Basic Principles of Patho-Epidemiology<br/>The Intersection of Epidemiology and Pathology<br/>Introduction to Histology<br/>Introduction to Pathology<br/>Basic Techniques in Molecular Pathology<br/>Introduction to Cancer Epidemiology<br/>Cancer Screening<br/>Molecular and Genetic Epidemiology of Cancer<br/>Bioinformatic Analysis of Epidemiological and Pathological Data<br/>Cancer Types<br/>Epidemiology of Prostate Cancer<br/>Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Prostate Cancer<br/>Epidemiology of Breast Cancer<br/>Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Breast Cancer<br/>Epidemiology of Ovarian and Endometrial Cancer<br/>Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Uterine and Ovarian Cancers<br/>Brain Tumors<br/>Epidemiology<br/>Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Brain Cancer<br/>Epidemiology of Renal Cell Carcinoma<br/>Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Renal Cancer<br/>Epidemiology of Lung Cancer<br/>Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Lung Cancer<br/>Epidemiology of Colorectal Cancer<br/>Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Colorectal Cancer<br/>Epidemiology of Hepatocellular Carcinoma<br/>The Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Hepatocellular Carcinoma<br/>Epidemiology of Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Pancreatic Cancer<br/>Epidemiology of Bladder Cancer<br/>Bladder Cancer<br/>Epidemiology of Hematologic Malignancies<br/>Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Hematologic Malignancies<br/>Epidemiology of Melanoma<br/>Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Melanoma.

::Contents##<br/>An Introduction to Pathology Techniques / Elizabeth McInnes<br/>Recording Pathology Data / Cheryl L Scudamore<br/>General Pathology and the Terminology of Basic Pathology / Elizabeth McInnes<br/>Common Spontaneous and Background Lesions in Laboratory Animals / Elizabeth McInnes<br/>Target Organ Pathology / Elizabeth McInnes<br/>Clinical Pathology / Barbara Beust<br/>Adversity: A Pathologist's Perspective / Bhanu Singh<br/>Limitations of Pathology and Animal Models / Natasha Neef.

::Summary## The third edition of Pathology of Asbestos-Associated Diseases builds on the success of the previous editions by fully updating knowledge on diagnostic and epidemiologic aspects and presenting important new insights derived from new epidemiologic studies and animal studies. Background information is first provided on the mineralogy of asbestos, occupational and environmental exposure, and asbestos bodies. The various diseases associated with asbestos exposure are then considered in turn, with detailed description and illustration of pathologic features as well as extensive discussion of etiology, epidemiology, differential diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis. Further chapters are devoted to cytopathology, experimental models of disease, and analysis of tissue mineral fiber content. In addition, the medicolegal issues relating to asbestos-associated diseases are analyzed from the point of view of both the plaintiff and the defendant. This book will be an essential reference for pathologists and an invaluable source of information for pulmonologists, radiologists, and occupational medical practitioners.

::Contents##<br/>Part I: Introductory Chapters<br/>Chapter 1. Gross Prosection of Melanocytic Lesions<br/>Chapter 2. Histopathologic Staging and Reporting of Melanocytic Lesions<br/>Chapter 3. Clinicopathologic Correlation in Melanocytic Lesions<br/>Chapter 4. Anathema or Useful? Application of Immunohistochemistry to the Diagnosis of Melanocytic Lesions<br/>Chapter 5. Applications of Additional Techniques to Melanocytic Pathology<br/>Part 2: Diagnostic Challenges<br/>Chapter 6. Spitz Nevus versus Spitzoid Melanoma<br/>Chapter 7. Halo Nevus versus Melanoma with Regression<br/>Chapter 8. Nevoid Malignant Melanoma versus Melanocytic Nevus<br/>Chapter 9. Dysplastic Nevi versus Melanoma<br/>Chapter 10. Blue Nevus versus Pigmented Epithelioid Melanocytoma<br/>Chapter 11. Recurrent Melanocytic Nevus versus Melanoma<br/>Chapter 12. Neurothekeoma versus Melanoma<br/>Chapter 13. Melanoma in situ versus Paget?s Disease<br/>Chapter 14. Desmoplastic Nevus versus Desmoplastic Melanoma<br/>Chapter 15. Cutaneous Metastatic Melanoma versus Primary Cutaneous Melanoma<br/>Chapter 16. Acral Nevus versus Acral Melanoma<br/>Chapter 17. Capsular (Nodal) Nevus versus Metastatic Melanoma<br/>Index.

::Summary## This book covers the full range of pathologic conditions encountered during childhood and youth, including tumors and tumor-like conditions of all organ systems, with direct links to developmental biology pathways and genetics. It provides a user-friendly road map to the main diagnostic criteria and combines an organ-related approach with an explanation of the diagnostic approaches to various specific diseases and syndromes, including sequential segmental analysis of congenital heart disease. More than 1000 new full-color macro- and microphotographs using more than 500 multi-photographic panels are included to provide a realistic basis for comparison macroscopically and under the lens, and summarizing tables highlight key information in the concise form required for at-a-glance review. Pathologists will find the book very helpful when signing out complex and challenging cases, and it will also prove invaluable for exam preparation and continuing medical education.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Cardiovascular System<br/>Lower Respiratory Tract<br/>Gastrointestinal Tract<br/>Liver<br/>Pancreas, Gallbladder, and Extrahepatric Biliary System<br/>Kidney, Pelvis, and Ureter<br/>Lower Urinary and Male Genital System<br/>Female Genital System<br/>Breast<br/>Hemato-Lymphoid System<br/>Endocrine System<br/>Soft Tissue<br/>Arthro-Skeletal System<br/>Head & Neck<br/>Central Nervous System<br/>Peripheral Nervous System<br/>Skin<br/>Placenta, Abnormal Conception, and Prematurity. .

::Summary## This book focuses on precursor lesions, borderline lesions, and early carcinomas of female-specific organs from the standpoint of pathology. In 2012, the latest WHO Classification of Tumours of the Breast, 4th ed., was published and subsequently, in 2014, the WHO Classification of Tumours of Female Reproductive Organs, 4th ed., was published. In these fourth editions, several new concepts are addressed that were not described in the previous editions, and many of them are related to the awareness of the specific pathogenesis of tumors in female patients. Although some of these issues are still controversial, several paradigm shifts should be understood by medical scientists. Thus researchers, diagnostic pathologists, and clinicians must share current information about what is taking place in the field and what the next issue to resolve is. This volume greatly broadens the reader's understanding of the new concepts and paradigm shifts, as it includes informationon how to diagnose and make differential diagnoses on a practical basis and also provides a thorough explanation of the molecular-clinicopathologic basis of the new concepts. The book thus benefits gynecologists, breast surgeons, gynecologic-medical oncologists, and cytotechnologists.<br/>::Contents##<br/>A new strategy for diagnosing of squamous intraepithelial neoplasia of the cervix / Yoshiki Mikami<br/>Adenocarcinoma and its precursor of the uterine cervix : current concept / Suzuko Moritani<br/>Heterogeneity of the precursor lesions of endometrial carcinoma, according to the histologic subtype / Hiroyuki Yanai<br/>Current concept of precancerous and early stage of serous ovarian carcinoma / Takako Kiyokawa, Masami Iwamoto<br/>Ovarian carcinoma associated with endometriosis / Masanori Yasuda, Mitsutake Yano<br/>Problems with the histological diagnosis of epithelial borderline tumors of the ovary / Miki Kushima<br/>Development of breast carcinoma in relation to the intrinsic subtype / Takuya Moriya<br/>Morphological and molecular approaches to breast cancer risk assessment / Shinobu Masuda.

::Summary## This book provides clear understanding of morphological appearances of various glomerular lesions encountered in a wide range of diseases involving renal glomeruli. Chapters cover various diseases with each chapter including a brief text and multiple colored microphotographs depicting the distinctive morphological features of glomeruli as may be encountered in these diseases. It presents complete clinical history with thorough lab workup and other related investigations as considered essential for proper evaluation of the patient. The book provides systemic approach for proper diagnosis of the underlying disease condition in view of the clinical workup and renal biopsy assessment. It provides visual understanding of the glomerular pathology that helps the consultant nephrologist to have a clear understanding of underlying renal disease thus helping in proper evaluation and appropriate therapeutic management of the patient. It may also guide to predict the likely prognostic outcome of the patient. This book is not only helpful to renal pathologists and nephrologists but also serves as a valuable resource for clear understanding of the glomerular lesions to the beginners and postgraduates in nephrology and renal pathology and other physicians managing the patients of renal diseases.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Evaluation of Renal Biopsy<br/>Minimal Change Disease<br/>Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis<br/>Membranous Glomerulonephritis<br/>Immune Complex Mediated Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis<br/>C3 Glomerulopathy<br/>Post-infectious Glomerulonephritis<br/>IgA Nephropathy and Henoch-Schonlein Purpura<br/>Alport Syndrome and Thin Basement Membrane Disease<br/>Congenital Nephrotic Syndrome and Diffuse Mesangial Sclerosis<br/>Lupus Nephritis and Lupus Podocytopathy<br/>Anti-glomerular Basement Membrane Disease<br/>Pauci-immune Crescentic Glomerulonephritis<br/>Post-partum Thrombotic Microangiopathy<br/>Haemolytic Uremic Syndrome (HUS)<br/>Diabetic Nephropathy<br/>Diabetic Nephropathy<br/>Renal Involvement in Plasma Cell Dyscrasia<br/>Glomerular Diseases with Organized Deposits (Cryoglobulinemia, Fibrillary, Collagenofibrotic)<br/>Renal Involvement in Storage Disorders (Fabry's Disease, LCAT Deficiency, Niemann Pick Disease)<br/>Hypertensive Nephrosclerosis<br/>Renal Sarcoidosis<br/>HIV Associated Nephropathy.

::Summary## GVHD is the major cause of non-relapse morbidity and mortality after hemopoietic cell transplantation. This text provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of the pathology of GVHD for clinicians, pathologists and researchers with an interest in GVHD. The book covers the histologic spectrum of GVHD, clinicopathologic features, pathobiology, grading, risk factors affecting outcome, and differential diagnosis. It profiles the new NIH consensus and international guidelines for diagnosing GVHD. The text chapters are based on actual patient cases covering the gamut of acute and chronic GVHD and associated complications. The discussion initiated teaching points and key histologic points make the reading and teaching more interactive while providing a stimulating discussion of difficult differentials. The chapters are richly illustrated with colored comparative gross and histologic images and include extensive references by experts in the fields including the most up-to-date scientific and clinical information.

::Summary## In recent years, there have been no books published on paediatric cardiac pathology despite enormous developments in genetics, a marked explosion of paediatric transplant programmes, surges in knowledge of fetal cardiac pathology and understanding of congenital heart disease, and the emergence of a flourishing cardiac imaging discipline. This book will be the first unified and comprehensive source of reference for childhood heart disease, covering the full field of paediatric cardiac pathology, in one volume. Comprising the twenty-five year experience of a single pathologist, the full spectrum of the pathology of heart disease, from the fetus to the adult, is uniquely presented here. Richly illustrated, with over 800 colour photographs, general and paediatric pathologists alike will be able to examine the microscopic features of the conditions described, with a specific focus on metabolic disease for practitioners worldwide.

::Summary## Pathology of Infectious Diseases, by Gary W. Procop, MD, packs all of today's most essential information on infectious disease pathology into a compact, high-yield format! Well-organized and segmented by type of infectious organism, the book's pragmatic approach complemented by abundant full-color, high-quality photomicrographs and clinical photos, and at-a-glance tables makes it easy to access the information you need to quickly and accurately detect and identify pathogenic organisms. Chapters on immunohistochemical and molecular techniques as well as artifacts and pitfalls guide you to accurate detection and identifications.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Principles of Infectious Disease Pathology: An Introduction<br/>Herpes Virus Infections<br/>Viral Hepatitis<br/>Human Papillomavirus, Polyomaviruses, and Parvovirus Infections<br/>Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection<br/>Influenza and Other Respiratory Virus Infections<br/>Arbovirus Encephalomyelitis<br/>Viral Encephalomyelitis: Rabies, Enterovirus, and LCM<br/>Orf Infections and Molluscum Contagiosum<br/>Skin and Soft Tissue Infections<br/>Endocarditis and Other Intravascular Infections<br/>Bacterial Pneumonia<br/>Nocardiosis and Infections by Related Species<br/>Mycetoma: Eumycetoma and Actinomycetoma<br/>Botryomycoses<br/>Bacterial Gastrointestinal Infections<br/>Anaerobic Bacterial Infections<br/>Bartonella, Coxiella, and Tropheryma Infections *<br/>Rickettsia, Ehrlichia, and Anaplasma Infections<br/>Tuberculosis and Infections by Nontuberculous Mycobacteria<br/>Leprosy<br/>Buruli Ulcer<br/>Hyalohyphomycoses<br/>Zygomycosis<br/>Dematiaceous Fungal Infections<br/>Infections with Yeasts and Yeastlike Fungi<br/>Helminth Infections *<br/>Protozoal Infections<br/>Artifacts and Pitfalls in Infectious Disease Pathology.

::Contents##<br/>Mouse<br/>Rat<br/>Hamster<br/>Gerbil<br/>Guinea pig<br/>Rabbit.

::Contents##<br/>Normal liver<br/>Viral hepatitis<br/>Fatty liver diseases<br/>Diseases of the biliary tract<br/>Non-viral infectious diseases<br/>Granulomatous hepatitis<br/>Autoimmune hepatitis<br/>Vascular disorders<br/>Genetic and metabolic hepatic diseases<br/>Developmental hepatobiliary disorders and cystic diseases<br/>Drug- and toxin-induced liver diseases<br/>Liver transplantation<br/>Hepatic tumors, benign<br/>Hepatic tumors, malignant<br/>Miscellaneous hepatic disorders.

::Summary## This well-illustrated book covers the full range of lung and pleural diseases from the pathologic standpoint. It has been updated from the first edition by including the most recent molecular data for the different lung diseases, tumor as well as non-tumor ones. New diagnostic tests are included, new aspects for the understanding of diseases have been added. Both diseases of adults and pediatric lung diseases are presented. The chapter on lung development has been expanded due to the many new findings being reported since the first edition. The book will serve as an excellent guide to the diagnosis of these diseases, but in addition it explains the disease mechanisms and etiology. Genetics and molecular biology are also discussed whenever necessary for a full understanding. The author is an internationally recognized expert who runs courses on lung and pleural pathology attended by participants from all over the world. In compiling this book, he has drawn on more than 30 years experience in the field.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1 Development of the Lung<br/>Chapter 2 Normal Lung<br/>Chapter 3 Pediatric Pulmonary Pathology<br/>Chapter 4 Edema<br/>Chapter 5 Air Filling Diseases<br/>Chapter 6 Airway Diseases<br/>Chapter 7 Smoking Related Lung Diseases<br/>Chapter 8 Pneumonia<br/>Chapter 9 Lung Diseases Based on Adverse Immune Reactions<br/>Chapter 10 Eosinophilic Lung Diseases<br/>Chapter 11 Vascular Lung Diseases<br/>Chapter 12 Metabolic Lung Diseases<br/>Chapter 13 Environmentally Induced Lung Diseases and Pneomuconiosis<br/>Chapter 14 Iatrogenic Lung Pathology<br/>Chapter 15 Bronchoalveolar Lavage as a Diagnostic and Research Tool<br/>Chapter 16 Lung Transplantation-Related Pathology<br/>Chapter 17 Lung Tumors<br/>Chapter 18 Metastasis<br/>Chapter 19 Molecular Pathology of Lung Tumors<br/>Chapter 20 Immunotherapy of Lung Tumors<br/>Chapter 21 Diseases of the Pleura<br/>Chapter 22 Lung Tumors in Experimental Models<br/>Chapter 23 Handling of Tissues and Cells.

::Summary## This well-illustrated textbook covers the full range of lung and pleural diseases from the pathologic standpoint. Both diseases of adults and pediatric lung diseases are presented. The book will serve as an excellent guide to the diagnosis of these diseases, but in addition it explains the disease mechanisms and etiology. Genetics and molecular biology are also discussed whenever necessary for a full understanding. The author is an internationally recognized expert who runs courses on lung and pleural pathology attended by participants from all over the world. In compiling this book, he has drawn on more than 30 years' experience in the field.

::Summary## Highly acclaimed and considered the leading reference in the field, Pathology of Melanocytic Nevi and Melanoma has once again been fully revised, updated, and expanded to reflect the most recent advances and techniques in the field of melanoma pathology. New chapters on mucosal melanoma, ocular melanoma, and pigmented lesions of the nail apparatus have been included in this new edition. The successful focus and format of the previous editions have been preserved. Each lesion and diagnosis is clearly illustrated withthe aid of a wealth of digitally enhanced full-color photomicrographs. A concise description of the clinical features, histopathology, differential diagnosis, and outstanding characteristics of each lesion provides readers with a quick yet comprehensive overview of each topic covered. Pathology of Melanocytic Nevi and Melanoma is the essential reference for every practicing dermatopathologist, pathologist, dermatologist, and cancer research scientist today.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Melanocytes<br/>Biopsies, Tissue Processing, Immunohistochemistry, and Ancillary Techniques<br/>Genetic and Molecular Pathology of Melanoma<br/>Circumscribed Pigmented Lesions Composed of Basilar Melanocytes<br/>Common Acquired and Atypical (Dysplastic) Melanocytic Nevi<br/>Congenital Melanocytic Nevi and Associated Neoplasms, Congenital and Childhood Melanoma<br/>Spitz Nevus and Variants<br/>Dermal Melanocytoses, Blue Nevi, and Related Conditions<br/>Melanocytic Nevi with Phenotypic Heterogeneity<br/>Cutaneous Malignant Melanoma<br/>Benign and Malignant Melanocytic Neoplasms of the Mucosa<br/>Benign and Malignant Melanocytic Neoplasms of the Ocular Apparatus<br/>Metastatic Malignant Melanoma<br/>Prognostic Factors in Cutaneous Malignant Melanoma.

::Contents##<br/>Introduction to Opportunistic Infections<br/>Opportunistic Bacterial Infections<br/>Opportunistic Viral Infections<br/>Opportunistic Fungal Infections<br/>Opportunistic Parasitic Infections<br/>Mixed Opportunistic Infections.

::Summary## Pediatric gastrointestinal and liver biopsies account for a significant portion of the specimens examined by a pathology laboratory. The increasingly widespread use of endoscopic procedures in children, the improved sophistication of medical imaging techniques, and the exciting expansion of knowledge in genetic medicine have all led to new advances and opportunities in pediatric hepatogastroenterology and pathology. Pathology of Pediatric Gastrointestinal and Liver Disease provides the pediatric pathologist, the GI or general pathologist, and the pediatric gastroenterologist with the most complete and current reference on the subject. With an emphasis on clinical-pathological correlation, the book includes in-depth discussions on disorders and issues that are frequently encountered but for which up-to-date information is often not readily available, as well as infrequent disorders unique or specific to children that are not covered in standard texts. Significant revision has been undertaken since the first edition, with the inclusion of many new illustrations and electron micrographs. Among the topics covered are malabsorption and motility disorders, immunodeficiencies, including HIV, developmental malformations, food allergies, cystic diseases of the liver, hepatic tumors, and esophageal and pancreatic disorders. The book is richly illustrated, with many figures in color, and the high-quality endoscopic and radiographic images permit ready correlation with the pathologic principles under discussion.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Developmental Anatomy and Anomalies of the Gastrointestinal Tract with Involvement in Major Malformative Syndromes<br/>Esophageal Disorders in Childhood<br/>Gastritis and Gastropathies of Childhood<br/>Enteropathies Associated with Chronic Diarrhea and Malabsorption in Childhood<br/>Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Involvement in Immunodeficiencies and Systemic Disease of Childhood<br/>Colitis in Infancy and Childhood<br/>Intestinal Motor Disorders<br/>Polyps and Tumors of the Gastrointestinal Tract in Childhood<br/>Normal and Abnormal Liver Development<br/>Diseases of the Biliary Tree<br/>Hepatocellular and Intrahepatic Cholestasis<br/>Hepatitis and Liver Failure in Infancy and Childhood<br/>The Liver in Metabolic Disease<br/>Hepatic Tumors in Childhood<br/>GI and Liver Transplantation Pathology in Childhood.

::Summary## This book covers some well-known and some unexplored pathological aspects of management of peritoneal metastases and should be read by both surgeons and pathologists involved in the management of peritoneal surface malignancies. The evaluation of cytoreductive surgery specimens is explored for the prognostic information it can provide and recommendations for evaluation of such specimens are provided. The pathways and patterns of peritoneal dissemination and their clinical implications on the extent of surgery performed and other aspects of management are discussed for some common peritoneal tumours. The exploratory studies presented here provide a new perspective on the surgical resection of peritoneal metastases. Other important aspects of pathological evaluation like pathological response to chemotherapy, diagnosis and classification of rare peritoneal tumors have also been covered in different chapters. Keeping in sync with the progress in molecular oncology, the role of molecular oncology in the current and future management of peritoneal metastases is addressed for different tumors. .<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Preface<br/>Contents<br/>About the Editors<br/>1: Mechanisms of Peritoneal Metastasis Formation<br/>1.1 Introduction<br/>1.2 Mechanisms of Trans-mesothelial Metastasis<br/>1.2.1 Mechanisms of Cancer Cell Spillage into the Peritoneal Cavity<br/>1.2.2 Adhesion of PFCCs and Mesothelial Cells (Fig. 1.1, Process 1)<br/>1.2.3 Morphological Changes of Mesothelial Cells (Fig. 1.1, Process 1), Submesothelial Invasion of PFCCs, Attachment of PFCCs to the Basement Membrane (Fig. 1.1, Process 2)<br/>1.2.4 Adhesion of PFCCS to the Submesothelial Basement Membrane (Fig. 1.1, Process 2 and Fig. 1.6) 1.2.5 Invasion into the Submesothelial Tissue (Fig. 1.1, Process 3)<br/>1.2.6 Destruction of Submesothelial Basement Membrane and Extracellular Matrix (ECM) and Invasion into Submesothelial Tissue (Fig. 1.1, Process 3)<br/>1.2.7 Proliferation in the Subperitoneal Tissue (Fig. 1.1, Process 4: Angiogenesis and Proliferation)<br/>1.3 Trans-lymphatic Metastasis<br/>1.4 Mechanisms of Superficial Growing Metastasis<br/>References<br/>2: Extent of Peritoneal Resection for Peritoneal Metastases: Inferences from Pathophysiology<br/>2.1 Background and Introduction 2.1.1 Evolution of Peritoneal Surface Oncology<br/>2.2 Pathophysiology of Peritoneal Metastases and Its Clinical Implications<br/>2.2.1 Peritoneal Metastatic Cascade<br/>2.2.2 Distribution of Disease in the Peritoneal Cavity<br/>2.2.2.1 Epithelial Ovarian Cancer<br/>2.2.3 Implications of Mechanism of Peritoneal Dissemination on Surgical Resection<br/>2.2.4 Morphology of Peritoneal Deposits and Morphological Evolution of Peritoneal Metastases<br/>2.2.4.1 Morphological Evolution of PM<br/>2.2.4.2 Alteration in Morphology After Systemic Chemotherapy<br/>2.2.4.3 Histological Subtype 2.2.5 Impact on the Extent of Surgical Resection<br/>2.2.6 Resection of Uninvolved Regions<br/>2.2.7 Primary Tumor Type<br/>2.2.8 Lymphadenectomy in Addition to Cytoreductive Surgery<br/>2.2.9 Prognostic Implications of Lymph Node Involvement<br/>2.3 Extent of Peritoneal Resection for PM Arising from Various Primary Tumors<br/>2.3.1 Studies Looking at the Extent of Peritoneal Resection<br/>2.3.2 Application in Clinical Practice and Question for Future Research<br/>2.4 Conclusions<br/>References<br/>3: Therapeutic Rationale and Data Set for Reporting Cytoreductive Surgery Specimens 3.1 Introduction<br/>3.2 Anatomical Considerations<br/>3.2.1 Peritoneal Regions<br/>3.2.2 Lymphatic Drainage<br/>3.2.3 Subperitoneal Nodes<br/>3.2.4 Omental Nodes<br/>3.2.5 Retroperitoneal Nodes<br/>3.2.6 Paracardiac and Mediastinal Nodes<br/>3.3 Pathological Evaluation of Cytoreductive Surgery Specimens<br/>3.3.1 The Surgeon's Role<br/>3.3.1.1 Labelling of Surgical Specimens by the Surgeon<br/>3.3.1.2 Morphological Description<br/>3.3.2 The Pathologist's Role<br/>3.3.2.1 Handling of Specimens by the Pathologist<br/>3.3.2.2 Gross Description and Sectioning<br/>Peritonectomy Specimen(s)

::Summary## This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date review of the field of diagnostic histopathology of sinonasal tumors and tumor-like lesions. It includes well-known and recently described structures, focusing on their epidemiological, clinical, radiological, and molecular features. It also discusses the latest surgical and medical treatment of these tumors. Primarily written for pathologists and pathology residents, the topics discussed make it a valuable resource for head and neck surgeons, radiologists, oncologists, and other clinical physicians. Written by experts in the field, this book further our understanding of the pathology of sinonasal tumors.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part 1 - General Features<br/>1. Epidemiology of sinonasal tumors<br/>2. Imaging of sinonasal tumors<br/>3. Molecular pathology of sinonasal tumors<br/>4. Clinical aspects and surgical treatment<br/>Part 2 - Histopathology Sinonasal Tumor-like Lesions<br/>5. Histopathology Sinonasal Tumor-like Lesions<br/>Part 3 - Sinonasal Tumors<br/>6. Epithelial Tumors<br/>7. Mesenchymal Tumors<br/>8. Neuroectodermal/melanocytic tumors<br/>9. Haematolymphoid tumors<br/>10. Germ cell tumors<br/>11. Metastatic tumors.

::Contents##<br/>Rabbits<br/>Mice<br/>Ferrets<br/>Guinea Pigs<br/>Chinchillas<br/>Rats<br/>Hamsters<br/>Gerbils<br/>Mice<br/>Hedgehogs.

::Contents##<br/>Part I: Testicular Tumors: Epidemiology<br/>Epidemiology of Testicular Cancer<br/>Part II: Tumors of the Testis and Paratesticular Structures<br/>Congenital Lesions<br/>Entities Contributing to Infertility and their Relationship to Oncogenic Risk<br/>Germ Cell Tumor of Infancy and Childhood<br/>The Stem Cell Origin and Pathogenetic Routes of Testicular Germ Cell Tumors<br/>Tumours of the Testis<br/>Prognostic and Predictive Factors in Pathology of the Testis<br/>Handling of the Surgical Specimen and Pathology Reporting of Malignant Germ Cell and Sex Cord-Stromal Tumors of the Testis<br/>Cysts and Epithelial Proliferations of the Testicular Collecting System<br/>Paratesticular Soft Tissue Neoplasms<br/>Frozen Section in Testicular Pathology<br/>Part III: Pathology of Precancerous Lesions and Tumors of the Penis<br/>Precancerous Lesions of the Penis<br/>Tumours of the Penis and Scrotum<br/>Handling of the Surgical Specimen and Pathology Reporting of Penile Neoplasms. .

::Summary## This is the third volume in the Essentials of Diagnostic Gynecological Pathology series sponsored by the British Association of Gynecological Pathologists. Focusing on cervical pathology, it provides an update on current diagnostic criteria, the use of biomarkers and specimen handling. It serves as a quick desktop reference facilitating accurate diagnosis, and also provides detailed descriptions and an exhaustive reference list for more in-depth study. Sections devoted to the changing landscape of cervical screening, current management and future directions are included. Standardized terminology, the biology of HPV-related pre-invasive disease, and the staging of early cervical cancers are discussed. As most histopathology departments receive many gynecological specimens, Pathology of the Cervix has been written to be useful diagnostically to general as well as specialist gynecological pathologists and pathologists in training. Gynecologists, oncologists, dermatologists, genitourinary physicians and cancer nurse specialists will find expert insights here that will help in treatment and counselling of their patients.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Preface; Preface to the Series; Contents; Contributors; 1: Development of the Uterine Cervix and Its Implications for the Pathogenesis of Cervical Cancer; Introduction; Development of the Lower Female Reproductive Tract; Immunophenotypic Characterization of the Developing Human Fetal Squamocolumnar Junction; Progenitor Cells in the Adult Squamocolumnar Junction; Definition of the Cervical Transformation Zone (TZ); Squamous Metaplasia; Potential Target Cells for HPV Infection; Premalignant Lesions; Low-Grade Squamous Intraepithelial Lesion (LSIL). High-Grade Squamous Intraepithelial Lesion (HSIL) Adenocarcinoma In Situ (AIS); References; 2: Human Papillomaviruses (HPVs); Introduction; Classification; HPV Genome Organization and Life Cycle; Epidemiology; Prevalence in the General Population; Clearance and Risk; Prevalence in Disease (Histological); Prevalence in Disease (Cytologically Defined); Host Defenses; HPV Immunization; Delivery and Immunogenicity; Therapeutic Vaccines; Impact (Prophylactic Vaccines); HPV Testing; Justification for HPV Testing; Targets and Types of HR-HPV Test. Tools and Biomarkers for the Risk Stratification of HR-HPV Infection HPV Testing in Various Biospecimens; HPV Testing in Immunized Populations; References; 3: Cervical Screening: History, Current Algorithms, and Future Directions; Principles of Screening; The Condition; The Test; The Treatment; The Screening Program; Epidemiology of Cervical Cancer; Papanicolaou and the Development of Cytology-Based Population Screening; Cervical Cancer Screening in the UK (1950-1985); UK Terminology of Cervical Cytology and Histology; The NHS Cervical Screening Program (1986-2004). NHSCSP 2004 to the Present Liquid-Based Cytology (LBC); HPV Testing; Triage of Low-Grade Abnormality; Test of Cure; Automation in Cervical Screening; NHSCSP Beyond 2016: Cervical Screening in the Era of HPV Vaccination; HPV Vaccination; Primary HPV Testing; References; 4: Surgical and Nonsurgical Management of Cervical Cancer: Current Practice and Future Directions; Introduction; Stage IA Carcinoma of the Cervix; Stage IA1: Invasive Lesion d" mm Wide and d" mm Deep; Stage IA1 Plus Lymphovascular Space Invasion; Stage IA2: Width d"7 mm and Depth> 3 mm But d" mm. Adenocarcinoma Versus Squamous Cell Carcinoma in Early Cervical Cancer Stage IB1 Carcinoma of the Cervix; Stage IB1: Depth>5 mm, Or Width>7 mm, But Tumour Less Than 4 cm Diameter; or a Clinically Visible Lesion Confined to the Cervix; Stage IB1: Diameter Less Than 1 cm; Stage IB1: 1-2 cm Diameter Tumor; Trachelectomy; Stage IB1: 2-4 cm in Diameter; Stage IB2<br/>IV Carcinoma of the Cervix; Reducing the Risks of Treatment; Strategy 1: Assess the Risk of Recurrence Prior to Undertaking Surgical Treatment; Strategy 2: Lymph Node Assessment; Strategy 3: Radical Surgical Techniques.

::Summary## Covering a comprehensive range of common, rare, benign and malignant lesions, Pathology of the Female Reproductive Tract, 3rd Edition, authored by an international panel of subspecialty experts, brings you the latest scientific and diagnostic information for diseases of the female reproductive tract. From basic concepts of pathophysiology and diagnostic criteria to clinical correlation, this updated medical reference book delivers an integrated and practical approach to diagnosis and management of women with reproductive tract disorders. Quickly and easily access key information with user-friendly bullet points, diagnostic flowcharts, decision-making algorithms, summary tables, and take-home messages, as well as a "Road Map" at the beginning of each chapter for effortless navigation.Avoid diagnostic errors with the help of practical, expert advice on common pitfalls in differential diagnosis. Browse the complete contents from any location with online access at Expert Consult.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Embryology<br/>Disorders of Sexual Development<br/>Vulvar Dermatoses and Infections<br/>Vulvar Squamous Lesions<br/>Vulvar Cysts, Adenocarcinoma, Melanocytic, and Miscellaneous Lesions<br/>Vulvar Mesenchymal Neoplasms and Tumor-Like Conditions<br/>Vagina<br/>Cervical Benign and Non-Neoplastic Conditions<br/>Biology of Cervical Squamous Neoplasia<br/> Cervical Squamous Intraepithelial Lesions<br/>Cervical Squamous Cell Carcinoma<br/>Cervical Squamous Cell Carcinoma<br/>Miscellaneous Cervical Neoplasms<br/>The Normal Endometrium<br/>Exogenous Hormones and their Effects on the Endometrium<br/>Endometritis, Metaplasias, Polyps, and Miscellaneous Changes<br/>Endometrial Hyperplasia without Atypia and EIN<br/>Endometrial Adenocarcinoma<br/>Uterine Smooth Muscle Tumors<br/>Endometrial Stromal Tumors, Mixed Mullerian Tumors, Adenomyosis, Adenomyomas and Rare Sarcomas<br/>Fallopian Tube<br/>Endometriosis<br/>Normal Ovaries, Inflammatory and Non-Neoplastic Conditions<br/>Non-Neoplastic and Tumor-Like Conditions of the Ovary<br/>Ovarian Epithelial-Stromal Tumors. Serous Tumors<br/>Ovarian Mucinous Tumors<br/>Ovarian Endometrioid, Clear Cell, Transitional, and Mixed Epithelial Stromal Tumors<br/>Ovarian Sex Cord Stromal and Steroid Cell Tumors<br/>Ovarian Germ Cell Tumors<br/>Metastatic Tumors of the Ovary<br/>The Peritoneum --Implantation and Placenta<br/>Non-Neoplastic Maternal Gestational Diseases<br/> Gestational Trophoblastic Disease<br/> Gross Description and Processing of Specimens<br/> Practical Biomarkers for Female Genital Tract Lesions<br/>Appendix A FIGO Staging of Cancers of the Female Genital Tract<br/>Appendix B Online Resources

::Summary## This book covers the complete field of the pahology of the Gastrointestinal tract - form Abetalipoproteinemia to Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome. The alphabetically arranged entries, each of which provides a detailed description of a specific pathological disease pattern, allow readers to quickly and easily find the information they need.

::Contents##<br/>Non-neoplastic Diseases of the Maxillofacial Bones<br/>Cysts<br/>Odontogenic Tumours<br/>Fibro-Osseous Lesions<br/>Giant Cell Lesions<br/>Bone forming Lesions of the Maxillofacial Bones<br/>Cartilaginous Lesions of the Maxillofacial Bones<br/>Other Diseases that involve Bone<br/>Diseases of the Temporomandibular Joint.

::Summary## As the second volume in the Essentials of Diagnostic Gynecological Pathology series sponsored by the British Association of Gynecological Pathologists, Pathology of the Ovary, Fallopian Tube and Peritoneum is one of the very few dealing wholly with this subject. Pathology of the Ovary, Fallopian Tube and Peritoneum introduces the topic with a discussion of the anatomy, development, histology and normal function of the ovary, followed by chapters on non-neoplastic disorders of the ovary; surgery and medical management of ovarian cancer; and the use of imaging, frozen sections and cytology in ovarian pathology. The book then goes on to describe specific disorders of the ovary, fallopian tube and peritoneum in detail, and finishes with a chapter on specimen cut-up. Pathology of the Ovary, Fallopian Tube and Peritoneum has been written to be useful diagnostically to general as well as specialist gynecological histopathologists and pathologists in training. Gynecologists, oncologists, genitourinary physicians and cancer nurse specialists will find expert insights here that will help in treatment and counselling of their patients.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Anatomy, Development, Histology and Normal Function of the Ovary<br/>Non-neoplastic Disorders of the Ovary<br/>The Surgery of Ovarian Cancer<br/>Advances in the Medical Management of Ovarian Cancer<br/>Integration of Imaging and Pathology in the Multidisciplinary Process<br/>Frozen Section Use in the Diagnosis of Ovarian Pathology<br/>The Role of Cytology in the Management of Ovarian Lesions<br/>Overview of Epithelial Ovarian Carcinoma (EOC): Pathogenesis and General Considerations<br/>Serous Neoplasms of the Ovary<br/>Mucinous Neoplasms of the Ovary<br/>Endometrioid Ovarian Carcinomas<br/>Clear Cell Carcinoma of the Ovary<br/>Undifferentiated, Transitional, Mixed and Other Epithelial Tumors of the Ovary<br/>Germ Cell Tumors of the Ovary and Dysgenetic Gonads<br/>Sex Cord Stromal Tumors<br/>Pathology of Malignancies Metastatic to the Ovary and of Synchronous Ovarian and Endometrial Carcinoma<br/>Pathology of the Fallopian Tube<br/>Pathology of the Peritoneum<br/>Mesenchymal Tumors of the Ovary<br/>Specimen Cut-up.

::Summary## This encyclopedia volume covers the complete field of pathology of the pancreas-- from Acinar cell neoplasms to Vascular resections. The alphabetically arranged entries, each of which provides a detailed description of a specific pathological disease pattern, allow readers to quickly and easily find the information they need.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Acinar cell carcinoma<br/>Acinar cell nodules<br/>Acinar cystic transformation of the pancreas<br/>Acinar-to-ductal metaplasia<br/>Acute pancreatitis<br/>Age-related changes<br/>Agenesis<br/>Alcohol-related chronic pancreatitis<br/>Anatomic variants, Surgical Pathology<br/>Anatomy and Organogenesis of the pancreas<br/>Anatomy, gross, Pathology of Pancreas<br/>Annular Pancreas<br/>Autoimmune pancreatitis<br/>Cystic fibrosis<br/>Ductal adenocarcinoma and Variants<br/>Ectopic tissue<br/>Familial and inherited pancreatic cancer<br/>Foregut cyst<br/>Glucagon-cell hyperplasia and neoplasia<br/>Groove pancreatitis<br/>Grossing of distal pancreatectomy specimens, Surgical Pathology<br/>Grossing of pancreatoduodenectomy specimens, Surgical Pathology<br/>Haemochromatosis<br/>Hereditary Chronic Pancreatitis<br/>Histology, Pathology of Pancreas.

::Summary## Pathology of the Pancreas: A Practical Approach covers all the diagnostic entities in adult pancreatic pathology, providing extensive illustrations and tables to assist the pathologist at the time of diagnostic reporting of histological and cytological specimens. Potential pitfalls and mimics in pancreatic pathology are highlighted and illustrated, and guidance is provided regarding how to recognize and avoid them. Pathology of the Pancreas: A Practical Approach enables the pathologist to recognize the various pathological entities and provide the key information in their pathology reports, which is necessary for the individual patient's further management. It is based on the most recent diagnostic algorithms, international consensus guidelines, and systems for disease classification, staging and grading. Clinical information is also included, where it is important for the multidisciplinary team management discussion. Pathology of the Pancreas: A Practical Approach is a bench book for everyday use beside the microscope and provides the diagnostic pathologist with a comprehensive, well-illustrated and extensively cross-referenced approach to pancreatic pathology.<br/>::Contents##<br/>General Principles. Embryology, Anatomy, and Histology<br/>Pancreatic Specimen Types<br/>Specimen Dissection and Sampling<br/>The Pancreatic Multidisciplinary Team<br/>Exocrine Pancreas: Non-cystic. Common Minor Changes<br/>Hereditary Exocrine Disorders<br/>Inflammatory Disorders<br/>Pancreatic Intraepithelial Neoplasia<br/>Ductal Adenocarcinoma<br/>Acinar Cell Carcinoma<br/>Non-epithelial Neoplasia<br/>Secondary Neoplasia<br/>Congenital and Developmental Abnormalities<br/>Exocrine Pancreas: Cystic. Cystic Lesions: Classification and Sampling<br/>Serous Cystic Neoplasia<br/>Mucinous Cystic Neoplasia<br/>Intraductal Papillary Neoplasia<br/>Solid-Pseudopapillary Neoplasia<br/>Other Cystic Lesions<br/>Endocrine Pancreas. Endocrine Neoplasia<br/>Endocrine Cell Hyperplasia<br/>Frozen Section<br/>The Role of Frozen Section<br/>Cytology. The Role of Cytology.

::Summary## This updated volume provides a practical guide to pancreatic pathology that covers recent changes in concepts and classifications. Potential pitfalls and mimics in pancreatic pathology are highlighted and illustrated, and guidance is provided regarding how to recognise and avoid them. There is a new chapter on transplant pathology, and more than 200 new macroscopic and microscopic images have been added. Pathology of the Pancreas: A Practical Approach aims to enable readers to recognise the various pathological entities and provide the key information in their pathology reports, which is necessary for the individual patient's further management. The book provides the diagnostic pathologist with a comprehensive, well-illustrated, and extensively cross-referenced approach to pancreatic pathology.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Embryology, Anatomy, and Histology<br/>Pancreatic Specimen Types<br/>Specimen Dissection and Sampling<br/>The Pancreatic Multidisciplinary Team<br/>Common Minor Changes<br/>Hereditary Exocrine Disorders<br/>Inflammatory Disorders<br/>Pancreatic Intraepithelial Neoplasia<br/>Ductal Adenocarcinoma<br/>Acinar Cell Carcinoma<br/>Non-epithelial Neoplasia<br/>Secondary Neoplasia<br/>Congenital and Developmental Abnormalities<br/>Cystic Lesions: Classification and Sampling<br/>Serous Cystic Neoplasia<br/>Mucinous Cystic Neoplasia<br/>Intraductal Papillary Neoplasia<br/>Solid-Pseudopapillary Neoplasia<br/>Other Cystic Lesions<br/>Endocrine Neoplasia<br/>Endocrine Cell Hyperplasia<br/>Pathology of the Transplanted Pancreas<br/>The Role of Frozen Section<br/>The Role of Cytology.

::Summary## This book covers the complete field of pleura and mediastinum pathology - from acquired multilocular thymic cyst to well-differentiated papillary mesothelioma. The alphabetically arranged entries, each of which provides a detailed description of a specific pathological disease pattern, allow readers to quickly and easily find the information they need.

::Summary## Prostate cancer is the most commonly diagnosed noncutaneous neoplasm in men in the United States and is the second leading cause of cancer mortality. It poses diagnostic challenges in day-to-day practice in misdiagnosis of tumor-like lesions and secondary tumors. This book is a concise, practical guide to prostate pathology and is structured to guide pathologists, both practicing and trainees, in the diagnostic process. Numerous color images and algorithms show, in a practical manner, how to integrate pathologic and immunohistochemical features to reach a correct diagnosis in prostate tumors and tumor-like lesions. The book incorporates recent developments in biomarkers applied to immunohistochemistry, representing the best immunohistochemistry practice applied to current diagnosis of prostate cancer in biopsies and surgical specimens. It takes a multidisciplinary approach to the clinical management of prostate cancer and will also appeal to all healthcare professionals treating patients, particularly urologists, oncologists, biomedical scientists, and researchers. This book provides access to an online version on Cambridge Core, accessed via the code printed on the inside of the cover.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Basic anatomy and histology of the prostate<br/>Inflammatory and tumor-like conditions of the prostate<br/>Preneoplastic lesions and conditions of the prostate<br/>Adenocarcinoma of the prostate<br/>Gleason grading of prostate cancer<br/>Histologic subtypes of prostatic carcinoma<br/>Neuroendocrine tumors of the prostate<br/>Pathologic prognostic factors of prostate cancer<br/>Pathology of the prostate after treatment<br/>Basic molecular pathology of prostate cancer<br/>Rare forms of prostatic carcinoma<br/>Tumors and tumor-like conditions of the prostate stroma<br/>Soft tissue and miscellaneous primary tumours of the prostate<br/>Metastatic and secondary tumors of the prostate<br/>The seminal vesicles and ejaculatory ducts<br/>Pathology of the prostatic urethra<br/>Practical immunohistochemistry of prostate cancer and related lesions.

::Summary## This concise, practical guide is structured to reflect the thought process of the practising pathologist. A key feature is the use of algorithms to aid in reaching the correct diagnosis, for both common and complex bladder tumors and tumor-like lesions. Its coverage of diagnostic criteria is in keeping with international standards and best practice, and the practical layout provides quick access to relevant information, integrating conventional histology, immunohistochemical markers and key clinical knowledge. Topics covered include the full spectrum of pathologic conditions that afflict the bladder and urothelium, as well as the pathology of the renal pelvis, ureter and the urethra. Accompanied by numerous images, this is an essential guide for trainee and practising surgical pathologists, urologists and oncologists.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Preface<br/>Urinary bladder<br/>Basic anatomy and histology<br/>Inflammatory and tumor-like conditions<br/>Flat intraepithelial lesions and carcinoma in situ<br/>Benign papillary neoplasms and inverted papilloma<br/>Pathology of urothelial carcinoma<br/>Glandular neoplasms<br/>Pathology of the urachus<br/>Squamous cell neoplasms<br/>Neuroendocrine tumors<br/>Myofibroblastic proliferations and tumors<br/>Soft tissue tumors<br/>Other rare malignancies<br/>Metastatic and secondary tumors<br/>Pathology of the renal pelvis and ureter<br/>Pathology of the urethra<br/>Immunohistochemistry in urothelial lesions.

::Contents##<br/>1. Introduction<br/>2. Immunobiology and Immunopharmacology of Transplantation<br/>3. Pathology of Cardiac Transplantation<br/>4. Pathology of Hepatic Transplantation<br/>5. Pathology of Pancreatic Transplantation<br/>6. Pathology of Renal Transplantation<br/>7. Pathology of Pulmonary Transplantation<br/>8. Pathology of Intestinal Transplantation<br/>9. Pathology of Bone Marrow/Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation<br/>10. Malignancies Post-Transplantation<br/>11. The Future of Transplantation Pathology.

::Contents##<br/>Section 1: Money and the Practice of Pathology<br/>Healthcare Finance and the Pathology Practice<br/>The Trend Outcomes, Accountable Care and Value-Based Purchasing<br/>Coding and Billing<br/>Revenue Cycle Management<br/>Applying the Knowledge<br/>Current Major Trends and Considerations for the Future<br/>Section 2: Financial Management of a Practice<br/>The Income Statement<br/>More Complex Arrangements<br/>Practice Sales and Mergers<br/>Section 3: Contracting<br/>Payor Contracts<br/>Hospital Contracts<br/>Pathologist Employment Contracts<br/>Section 4: Human Resources<br/>Human Resources (HR) Management<br/>Section 5: Pathology Group Issues<br/>Group Dynamics<br/>Section 6: Better Practice Management<br/>Skills and Tools for Better Practice Management<br/>Section 7: Managing Ricks and Opportunities<br/>Professional Liability Risk<br/>Corporate and General Liability<br/>Disaster Risks and Preparedness Planning<br/>Market and Valuation Risks<br/>Technologic and Regulatory Risks<br/>Opportunities and Entrepreneurism<br/>Identifying and Capitalizing on Opportunities<br/>Section 8: Looking Ahead<br/>The High Performing Practice into the Future<br/>Bringing It All Together<br/>Appendix A: Cases for Discussion<br/>Appendix B: You and Your Environment: Cases for Group Discussion.

::Contents##<br/>Cell injury, adaptations, and death<br/>Inflammation and repair<br/>Hemodynamics<br/>Diseases of the immune system<br/>Neoplasia<br/>Genetic and pediatric diseases<br/>Environmental and nutritional disease<br/>Diseases of the cardiovascular system<br/>Diseases of the hematopoietic and lymphoid systems<br/>Diseases of the respiratory system<br/>Diseases of the kidney and urinary tract<br/>Diseases of the mouth and gastrointestinal tract<br/>Diseases of the liver, gallbladder, and biliary tract<br/>Diseases of the pancreas<br/>Diseases of the male and female genital tract<br/>Diseases of the breast<br/>Diseases of the endocrine system<br/>Diseases of the musculoskeletal system<br/>Diseases of the peripheral and central nervous systems<br/>Diseases of the skin<br/>Mixed items<br/>Images.

::Summary## This new book consolidates the current knowledge of lower extremity biomechanics and pathomechanics and makes this information relevant to the study of common foot and ankle pathologies. The content is presented in a language and format that allows the clinician to review current evidence explaining the etiology of these disorders in order to formulate effective treatment interventions. In order to understand pathomechanics, the clinician must also become versed in the normal, healthy biomechanics of the lower extremity. A review of gait, muscle function and forces acting on the lower extremities during physical activity will be the focus of the first part of this book. The second part of the book will study the common, challenging pathologies treated on a daily basis by foot and ankle clinicians: hallux abducto valgus, hallux rigidus, metatarsalgia, digital deformities, adult acquired flatfoot, and plantar heel pain. These chapters discuss all the relevant factors contributing to these conditions, evaluating and exposing myths and misconceptions about the pathomechanics and treatments of these conditions. For each disorder, a comprehensive review of published research provides a foundation for an updated, valid description of etiology and risk factors. Providing a fresh approach to lower extremity pathomechanics and management strategies, Pathomechanics of Common Foot Disorders is a valuable resource for podiatrists and orthopedic foot and ankle surgeons at all levels. .<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Preface<br/>Pathomechanics<br/>References<br/>Acknowledgments<br/>Contents<br/>1: Comparative Anatomy and Introduction to the Twisted Plate Mechanism<br/>The Specialization of the Human Foot<br/>Ontogeny of the Human Foot<br/>Does Ontogeny Recapitulate Phylogeny of the Human Foot?<br/>Ankle and Hindfoot Development: Twisting the Plate of Bones<br/>Ontogeny of the Forefoot<br/>Rotation of Segments<br/>The Twisted Plate Provides the Specialized Function of the Human Foot<br/>Clinical Application of the Twisted Plate Mechanism<br/>Twisting the Plate and Locking for Optimal Foot Function High-Gear Push Off<br/>What Initiates High-Gear Push Off?<br/>Testing the Theory of High-Gear Push Off<br/>What Is the Ideal Alignment of the Human Foot?<br/>The Myth of Midfoot "Locking"<br/>What Stiffens the Human Foot?<br/>The Springlike Function of the Human Foot<br/>Summary<br/>References<br/>2: Human Walking: The Gait Cycle<br/>Introduction<br/>Kinetics<br/>Key Events in the Walking Gait Cycle<br/>Phase 1 Initial Contact 0- 2% of the Gait Cycle (Fig. 2.3)<br/>Phase 2 Loading Response 2-12% of the Gait Cycle (Fig. 2.4)<br/>Phase 3 Midstance 12- 31% of the Gait Cycle (Fig. 2.5) Phase 4 Terminal Stance 31-50% of the Gait Cycle (Fig. 2.6)<br/>Phase 5 Pre-swing 50-62% of the Gait Cycle<br/>Phase 6 Initial Swing 62-75% of the Gait Cycle Events (Fig. 2.8)<br/>Phase 7 Mid-swing 75-87% of the Gait Cycle (Fig. 2.9)<br/>Phase 8 Terminal Swing 87-100% of the Gait Cycle (Fig. 2.10)<br/>Common Compensatory Changes Observed in Gait<br/>References<br/>3: Motion of the Foot: Joints, Muscles, and Sensorimotor Control<br/>Introduction<br/>General Motion of the Foot Segments<br/>The Bone Pin Studies<br/>The Lateral Metatarsals Move More than the Medial The Navicular-Cuneiform Joints Move More than the Midtarsal Joint<br/>The Midfoot Joints Contribute More Sagittal Plane Motion than the Ankle<br/>The Medial Column Moves More than the Ankle<br/>Pure Ankle Joint Motion Can Now Be Measured<br/>The Ankle Moves in the Transverse and Frontal Planes<br/>There Is more Frontal Plane Motion in the Ankle than the Subtalar Joint<br/>The Talonavicular Joint and the Calcaneocuboid Joints Move More than the Subtalar Joint<br/>Majority of First Ray Motion Is as the Naviculocuneiform Joint<br/>The Lateral Metatarsals Move More than the Medial Metatarsals The Lateral and Medial Columns Have the Same Sagittal Plane Motion<br/>How Does the "Normal" Foot Function in Gait?<br/>Neuromuscular Control<br/>Do Joint Axes Determine Direction and Range of Motion?<br/>Muscle Function in the Lower Extremity<br/>Phasic Activity<br/>Muscle Strength<br/>Moment Arm<br/>Major Muscle Contributors in Six Planes of Motion (Summary of Table 3.2)<br/>Sagittal Plane<br/>Frontal Plane<br/>Transverse Plane<br/>Muscle Activity/Demand and Foot Type<br/>The Plantar Intrinsic Muscles<br/>Storage and Return of Energy<br/>Twisting the Plate Stores and Releases Energy<br/>References

::Summary## This book, now in its third edition, aims to promote a deeper understanding of the scientific and clinical basis of nuclear medicine and the new directions in medical imaging, which will lead to better utilization of nuclear medicine techniques in patient management and to further modifications and innovations in the field. The new edition has been revised and updated to reflect recent changes and to ensure that the contents are in line with likely future directions. The book starts by providing essential basic information on general pathophysiology, cell structure, and cell biology as well as the mechanisms of radiopharmaceutical localization in different tissues and cells. The clinical applications of nuclear medicine are then presented in a series of chapters covering every major organ system. These chapters relate the basic relevant knowledge of anatomy, physiology, and pathology to the clinical utilization of various scintigraphic modalities. The therapeutic applications of nuclear medicine, including recent advances, are discussed in a separate chapter. The final chapter is devoted to the biologic effects of ionizing radiations, including radiation from medical procedures. A glossary at the end of the book has been expanded with clear explanations of certain terms and uncommon disease conditions that will help students and trainees in understanding pertinent concepts. It is hoped that this book will continue to help nuclear medicine practitioners, trainees, students, and researchers, as well as professionals in various other medical fields.<br/>::Contents##<br/>The Cell: Structure, Function, and Molecular Biology<br/>Pathophysiology and Mechanisms of Radiopharmaceutical Localization<br/>Inflammation<br/>Musculoskeletal System<br/>Thyroid Gland<br/>Parathyroid Gland<br/>Adrenal Gland<br/>Genitourinary system<br/>Oncology 1: Basic Principles of Tumor Pathology and Biology<br/>Oncology 2: Tumor Imaging: Scintigraphic and Pathophysiologic Correlation<br/>Respiratory System<br/>Cardiology 1: Myocardial Contractility and Assessment of Cardiac Function<br/>Cardiology 2: Basis of Myocardial Perfusion, Metabolism, Infarction and Receptor imaging<br/>Digestive system 1: Gastrointestinal Tract<br/>Digestive system 2: Liver and Biliary Tract<br/>Central Nervous System<br/>Nuclear Hematology<br/>Lymphoscintigraphy<br/>Basis of Therapeutic Nuclear Medicine<br/>Biological Effects of Ionizing Radiation.

::Summary## This book, now in its fourth edition, aims to promote a deeper understanding of the scientific and clinical basis of nuclear medicine and the new directions in medical imaging. The new edition has been revised and updated significantly to reflect recent changes and to ensure that the contents are in line with likely future directions. In addition to that, chapters have been reorganized in order to simplify the contents and to increase the readability. The book starts by providing essential information on general pathophysiology, cell biology and biologic effects of ionizing radiation followed by the mechanisms of radiopharmaceutical localization in different tissues and cells. This is followed by a series of chapters that covers all relevant organ systems presenting the basic knowledge of anatomy, physiology, and pathology and relating them to the clinical utilization of various scintigraphic modalities. The final chapter is devoted to the basis of therapeutic applications of nuclear medicine. The book will prove invaluable to all with an interest in the pathophysiologic basis of Nuclear Medicine, including nuclear medicine professionals, radiologists, surgeons, pediatricians and internal medicine physicians.<br/>::Contents##<br/>General Concepts of Pathophysiology<br/>Cell Biology and Biologic Effects of Ionizing Radiation<br/>Basis of Radiopharmaceutical Uptake<br/>Basis of Inflammation Imaging<br/>Basis of Musculoskeletal Imaging<br/>Basis of Endocrine System Imaging<br/>Basis of Genitourinary System Imaging<br/>Basis of Respiratory System Imaging<br/>Basis of Cardiovascular System Imaging<br/>Basis of Digestive System Imaging<br/>Basis of CNS Imaging<br/>Basis of Oncologic Imaging<br/>Basis of Therapeutic Radionuclide Therapy. .

::Summary## "Story, Pathophysiology: A Practical Approach, is a solid undergraduate text for a course of the same name. It is a fourteen-chapter text attractive to the modern student: concise, well-written, focused on the essential, and applicable to practice"-- Provided by publisher<br/>::Contents##<br/>Cellular function<br/>Immunity<br/>Hematopoietic function<br/>Cardiovascular function<br/>Respiratory function<br/>Fluid, electrolyte, and acid-base homeostasis<br/>Urinary function<br/>Reproductive function<br/>Gastrointestinal function<br/>Endocrine function<br/>Neural function<br/>Musculoskeletal function<br/>Integumentary function<br/>Sensory function.

::Summary## "Introduction to the physiological principles underlying the regulation and function of blood cells and hemostasis, as well as the pathophysiologic mechanisms responsible for the development of blood disorders. Featuring a strong emphasis on key principles, the book covers diagnosis and management primarily within a framework of pathogenesis." -- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Contributors<br/>1 Introduction to blood and hematopoietic tissues<br/>2 Hematopoiesis<br/>PART I ANEMIA AND RED CELL DISORDERS<br/>3 Overview of the anemias<br/>4 Anemias due to bone marrow failure or infiltration<br/>5 Iron homeostasis: deficiency and overload<br/>6 Megaloblastic anemias<br/>7 Anemias associated with chronic illness<br/>8 Thalassemia<br/>9 Sickle cell disease<br/>10 Inherited hemolytic disorders of the red cell membrane and red cell metabolism<br/>11 Acquired hemolytic anemias<br/>12 Erythrocytosis<br/>PART II HEMOSTASIS AND THROMBOSIS<br/>1 Overview of hemostasis<br/>14 Platelet disorders<br/>15 Inherited coagulation disorders<br/>16 Acquired coagulation disorders<br/>17 Thrombotic disorders<br/>PART III WHITE BLOOD CELL DISORDERS<br/>18 Leukocyte function and nonmalignant leukocyte disorders<br/>19 Introduction to hematologic malignancies<br/>20 Myeloproliferative neoplasms and myelodysplastic syndromes<br/>21 Acute leukemias<br/>22 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas and chronic lymphocytic leukemias<br/>23 Hodgkin lymphoma<br/>23 Multiple myeloma and related disorders<br/>PART IV TRANSFUSION MEDICINE<br/>25 Blood transfusion<br/>26 Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation

::Contents##<br/>1 Anatomy of headache<br/>2 Animal models of migraine<br/>3 Animal models of other primary headaches<br/>4 Genetics of headache<br/>5 Human models of primary headaches<br/>6 Imaging of migraine<br/>7 Imaging of other primary headaches<br/>8 Neurophysiology of migraine<br/>9 Neurophysiology of other primary headaches<br/>10 Biochemistry of primary headaches<br/>11 Pathophysiology of migraine: current status and future directions<br/>12 Pathophysiology of TTH: current status and future directions<br/>13 Pathophysiology of cluster headache: current status and future directions<br/>14 Pathophysiology of MOH: current status and future directions.

::Contents##<br/>Normal cardiac structure and function / Jacob E. Lemieux, Elazer R. Edelman, Gary Strichartz, and Leonard S. Lilly<br/>The cardiac cycle: mechanisms of heart sounds and murmurs / David B. Fischer and Leonard S. Lilly<br/>Cardiac imaging and catheterization / Diana M. López and Patricia Challender Come<br/>The electrocardiogram / David B. Fischer and Leonard S. Lilly<br/>Atherosclerosis / SarrahShahawy and Peter Libby<br/>Ischemic heart disease / Jayme Wilder, Marc S. Sabatine, and Leonard S. Lilly<br/>Acute coronary syndromes / Jayme Wilder, Marc S. Sabatine, and Leonard S. Lilly<br/>Valvular heart disease / Elizabeth Ryznar, Patrick T. O'Gara, and Leonard S. Lilly<br/>Heart failure / David Miranda, Gregory Lewis and Michael A. Fifer<br/>The cardiomyopathies / P. Connor Johnson, G. William Dec, and Leonard S. Lilly<br/>Mechanisms of cardiac arrhythmias / Morgan J. Prust, William G. Stevenson, Gary R. Strichartz, and Leonard S. Lilly<br/>Clinical aspects of cardiac arrhythmias / Morgan J. Prust, William G. Stevenson, and Leonard S. Lilly<br/>Hypertension / Joshua Drago, Gordon H. Williams, and Leonard S. Lilly<br/>Diseases of the pericardium / Leonard S. Lilly<br/>Diseases of the peripheral vasculature / SruthiRenati and Mark A. Creager<br/>Congenital heart disease / Zena L. Knight and David W. Brown<br/>Cardiovascular drugs / Andrey V. Dolinko, Michael T. Kuntz, Elliott M. Antman, Gary R. Strichartz, and Leonard S. Lilly.

::Summary## Enthusiastically acclaimed by medical students and faculty worldwide, this text is specifically designed to prepare students for their first encounters with patients with cardiovascular disease. Thoroughly revised by internationally recognized Harvard Medical School faculty and a team of select cardiology fellows and internal medicine residents, this seventh edition equips students with a clear, complete, and clinically relevant understanding of cardiovascular pathophysiology, setting a strong foundation for patient diagnosis and management. Review questions and answers in each chapter prepare students for course and board exams. Updated content reflects the latest understanding of mechanisms of cardiac disease and technological advances. Medical imaging and color clinical photographs show real-world examples of many clinically relevant cardiovascular conditions. Introductory chapter outlines and end-of-chapter summaries provide organized, quick review of core information.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Normal Cardiac Structure and Function<br/>The Cardiac Cycle: Mechanisms of Heart Sounds and Murmurs<br/>Cardiac Imaging and Hemodynamic Assessment<br/>The Electrocardiogram<br/>Atherosclerosis<br/>Ischemic Heart Disease<br/>Acute Coronary Syndromes<br/>Valvular Heart Disease<br/>Heart Failure<br/>The Cardiomyopathies<br/>Mechanisms of Cardiac Arrhythmias<br/>Clinical Aspects of Cardiac Arrhythmias<br/>Hypertension<br/>Diseases of the Pericardium<br/>Diseases of the Peripheral Vasculature<br/>Congenital Heart Disease<br/>Cardiovascular Drugs

::Summary## According to the World Health Organization, the epidemic of global obesity has nearly tripled since 1975. In 2016, more than 1.9 billion adults were overweight, over 650 million of which were obese. Being overweight and obese has been linked to a number of non-communicable, chronic diseases. Pathophysiology of Obesity-Induced Health Complications is a compilation of review articles dedicated to describe co-morbidities associated with obesity. The wide range that is covered is of significant interest to basic research scientists, clinicians and graduate students who are engaged in studying obesity-induced health complications. Furthermore, this book highlights the potential of novel approaches for the prevention and treatment of obesity and its related illnesses. Nineteen articles in this book are organized in four sections that are designed to provide an overview of obesity-induced health complications. The first section serves as an introductory section on the prevalence, causes, consequences, treatments and preventive approaches for obesity. Section two covers the metabolic disturbances and inflammation due to obesity. The third section is focused on neurological and visceral complications as a consequence of obesity. The final section covers strategies for the prevention of obesity-induced complications. The book illustrates that obesity can result in a diverse range of pathophysiological conditions that adversely affect health.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Prevalence, consequences, causes and management of obesity<br/>Adipocytes Under Environmental Assault: Targets for Obesity?<br/>Obesity and its Complications Pathogenesis<br/>Extracellular Vesicles and Circulating miRNAs<br/>Exercise -Induced Mitigation of Obesity and Associated Metabolic Diseases<br/>Pathophysiology of Obesity Induced Hyperglycemia and Insulin Resistance<br/>Obesity and Osteoarthritis: Are Adipokines Bridging Metabolism, Inflammation, and Biomechanics<br/>Understanding the Initiation and Progression of Diet-Induced Obesity and Associated Pathophysiology: Lessons Learned from a Rat Model<br/>Immune Modulation and Macrophage Polarization in Pathogenesis of Pancreatic Dysfunction in Obesity<br/>Association Between Obesity and Poor Sleep: A Review of Epidemiological Evidence<br/>Exploration of the Bidirectionality of Obesity and Depression by means of the Neuropsychological Model of Obesity Genesis<br/>Obesity-Induced Non-Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD): role of hyperhomocystenemia<br/>Mechanisms of Obesity Related Kidney Disease<br/>Consequences of Maternal Obesity on Neonatal Outcomes and Cardio-Metabolic Health in Infancy<br/>The Developmental Mechanisms of Obesity by Maternal Obesity<br/>Diet Induced Maternal Hypercholesterolemia and In Utero Fetal Programming<br/>Modified Denouement in Bariatric Surgery due to Genetic Polymorphism<br/>Anti-Inflammatory Components from Functional Foods for Obesity<br/>Attenuation of Obesity-Associated Oxidative Stress by Cucurbita maxima Seed Oil in High Fat Diet Induced Obese Rats<br/>Pathophysiology of Obesity-Related Non-Communicable Chronic Diseases and Advancements in Preventive Strategies.

::Contents##<br/>Lund-Mackay system for computed tomography evaluation of paranasal sinuses in patients with granulomatosis and poliangitis<br/>Oxidative stress and nitric oxide in sedentary older adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities <br/>Foreign body in the airway a female patient with myasthenia gravis<br/>Relevance of immune-sympathetic nervous system interplay for the development of hypertension <br/>The influence of insulin therapy on the course of acute exacerbation of bronchial asthma <br/>Association of allergic rhinitis in female university students with socio-economic factors and markers of estrogens levels<br/>Psychosocial context of differences between asthma and diabetic patients in adaptation to the disease<br/>Exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and quality of life of patients<br/>Effects of glucocorticosteroids on myocardial ultrastructure in experimentally-induced acute myocardial ischemia<br/>Breathing in Parkinsonism.

::Summary## This book focuses on the interface between the patient and the healthcare system as the entryway to high-quality care and improved outcomes. Unlike other texts, this book puts the patient back in the center of care while integrating the various practices and challenges. Written by interdisciplinary experts, the book begins by evaluating the entire quality landscape before giving voice to all parties involved, including physicians, nurses, administrators, patients, and families. The text then focuses on how to develop a structure that meets needs of all of these groups, effectively addressing common threats to positive outcomes and patient satisfaction. The text tackles the most common challenges clinicians face in a hospital setting, including infection prevention, medication error and stewardship that may jeopardize recovery, complex care, and employee-patient engagement. The Patient and Healthcare System: Perspectives on High-Quality Care is an excellent resource for physicians across broad specialties, nurses, hospital administrators, social workers, patient caregivers and all healthcare professionals concerned with infection prevention, quality and safety of care delivery, and patient satisfaction.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Voice of the Patient<br/>Voice of the Physician<br/>Voice of the Nurse<br/>The Quality Landscape<br/>Access to Affordable Health Care Coverage<br/>Access to Affordable Healthcare: Healthcare Executive Perspective<br/>Health and Healthcare Disparities: The Next Frontier in Population Health?<br/>Preventing Mistakes in Health Care<br/>Timeliness of Care<br/>Effectiveness of Care<br/>Improving the Efficiency of Care<br/>Quality Assurance of Data<br/>Patient-Centeredness through Shared Decision Making<br/>Relationship-based Care<br/>When Technical Solutions are not Enough: Engaging Everyone in Improving Healthcare.

::Summary## This unique text explains how to integrate pathophysiology, medical history, physical findings, and laboratory test results to accurately assess and monitor patient problems.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Approach to differential diagnosis<br/>Obtaining a patient history<br/>Documentation<br/>Dealing with patients and health care providers<br/>Dealing with patient adherence issues<br/>Organizing patient visits<br/>Symptoms related to the ear, nose and throat<br/>Cough<br/>Chestpain<br/>Heartburn and abdominal pain<br/>Nausea and vomiting<br/>Diarrhea and constpation<br/>Headache<br/>Inflamed (red) eye<br/>Musculoskeletal symptoms<br/>Dysuria and vaginal discharge<br/>Common skin disorders<br/>Essential hypertension<br/>Hyperlipidemia<br/>Diabetes mellitus<br/>Asthma/COPD<br/>Heart failure<br/>Seizure disorders<br/>Liver and renal disease<br/>Anemia, bleeding and infection.

::Summary## This book provides a multidisciplinary approach to the maintenance of hemostasis and minimisation of blood loss in patients undergoing cardiac surgery. All aspects of patient blood management are covered that may contribute to a reduction in perioperative bleeding and transfusion requirements in cardiac surgery. This is achieved through practical cases and a theoretical background that gives a better understanding of patient hemostasis and the occurrence of bleeding complications. This book is relevant to cardiac surgeons, anesthesiologists, clinical perfusionists, hematologists and intensivists.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Team Approach<br/>Identification of patients at high risk for bleeding<br/>Definition and Risk Factors of Bleeding<br/>Relevance of Blood Loss and Economic Impact<br/>Preoperative measures to reduce anemia<br/>Risk of Anemia<br/>Therapy of Anemia<br/>Perioperative drug management to prevent bleeding and thrombosis<br/>Antiplatelet Drug Management<br/>Preoperative Management of Anticoagulants<br/>Bridging<br/>Monitoring of coagulation and hemostasis<br/>Platelet Function Monitoring<br/>Coagulation Monitoring<br/>Intraoperative measures to reduce bleeding and maintain hemostasis<br/>Anticoagulant Management<br/>Fibrinolysis<br/>Cardiopulmonary Bypass<br/>Blood Conservation Strategies<br/>Minimally Invasive Extracorporeal Circulation Systems<br/>Volume Replacement<br/>The Jehovah's Witness<br/>Postoperative treatment of coagulopathy and microvascular bleeding<br/>Treatment Algorithms for Bleeding<br/>Treatment with Procoagulants<br/>Transfusion Thresholds for Packed Red Blood Cells<br/>Bleeding Management in the Intensive Care Unit<br/>Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis.

::Contents##<br/>Medical professionalism from the patient's perspective: is there an advocate in the house? / Martha E. Gaines, Rachel Grob, Mark J. Schlesinger, and Sarah Davis<br/>The Hippocratic Oath as an example of professional conduct / Howard Markel<br/>Professionalism and politics in the United Kingdom / Carol Black, Cyril Chantler<br/>The role of specialty boards in promoting professionalism: the case of the American Board of Internal Medicine / Clarence H. Braddock III, Eric S. Holmboe, Christine K. Cassel<br/>Medical professionalism in the twenty-first century / Catherine D. DeAngelis<br/>Professionalism and nursing: a quest or an accomplishment? / Kathleen M. White<br/>Public health: the "population" as patient / Lawrence O. Gostin<br/>Exploring the role of law and legal systems in the therapeutic relationship / James G. Hodge, Jr.<br/>Professionalism and fiduciary responsibilities in health care leadership / Phil B. Fontanarosa<br/>Professionalism, medicine, and religion / Patricia M. Fosarelli<br/>Professionalism: the science of care and the art of medicine / James C. Harris.

::Summary## "Most chromosomal abnormalities are incompatible with life, but a small minority of them leads to normal development and lifespan (e.g., balanced Robertsonian translocations), while others, although life-compatible, have appreciable effects on the individual's phenotype (e.g., sexual chromosomes imbalances). Because of their compatibility with life, some aneuploidies may be present in the karyotype of individuals in reproductive age and therefore be transmitted to their offspring. The presence of a balanced or unbalanced translocation in the oocyte or spermatozoon that will form the embryo will determine embryo and fetus' karyotype (normal or abnormal) for that chromosome. The ability to evaluate the presence of structural rearrangements in individuals looking to conceive a baby would determine whether they require ART (and screening of the specific condition in embryos generated through IVF) or if they are not at risk for that determined condition. In this case, the use of ARTs will drastically reduce the chance of miscarriage, fetal death, abnormal conception, and birth defects. Age-related chromosomal conditions are not inheritable. They are caused by defects in the chromosomal set of germinal cells due to various reasons. The most common one is the accumulation of errors in the meiotic machinery, which results in a significantly inefficient process of germinal cell maturation during meiosis. This defective process is significantly more common in females than males due to the lengthy oocyte maturation progression[2]. According to standard scientific evidence, the number of female germinal cells is determined at birth and from this point in time they suspend their maturational process at an early stage of the first meiosis (dictyotene), which resumes during ovulation. There is solid evidence that the incidence of aneuploidy in embryos generated by women of advanced maternal age is significantly higher than in younger patients. This suggests that the longer the oocytes remain in this suspended maturational state, the higher the chance that the meiotic machinery accumulates defects and is unable to complete the process without resulting in the formation of chromosomal abnormalities. This defective process impacts the ability of females of advanced maternal age to naturally conceive a healthy baby. Since the occurrence of these chromosomal defects is not hereditary, ECS programs cannot precisely identify the risk of an individual to generate chromosomally abnormal gametes or embryos. The only effective strategies to assess the presence of nonhereditary chromosomal abnormalities in embryos and fetuses remain preimplantation and prenatal genetic testing"-- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Access to Infertility Care / Kevin Doody and Kaitlin Doody<br/>The Patient Evaluation of the Future : Genetics, New Diagnostics, and Prediction Modeling / Maurizio Poli, Monica Clemente, Carmen Rubio, Antonio Capalbo, and Carlos Simon<br/>Advances in ART Pharmacology : Drug Delivery Systems and the Pipeline / Colin M Howles<br/>ART Monitoring : An End to Frequent Clinic Visits and Needle<br/>Sticks / Jan Gerris<br/>The IVF Cycle to Come : Laboratory Innovations / Denny Sakkas and David K Gardner<br/>Integrative Care / Sarah R Holley and Lauri A Pasch<br/>Psychological Counseling : Ethical Challenges of the Future / Elizabeth Grill and Lindsay Childress-Beatty<br/>Using Technology to Enhance Communication in Medically Assisted Reproductive Care / Karin Hammarberg, Lone Schmidt, Gritt Malling, and Emily Koert<br/>The Economics of IVF : Evaluating the Necessity and Value of Public Funding / Evelyn Verbeke, Jeroen Luyten, and Thomas D'Hooghe<br/>Medical and Elective Fertility Preservation : Options and Suggestions for a Patient-Centered Approach / Pasquale Patrizio and Marcia Inhorn<br/>Patient Retention, Nursing Retention : The Importance of Empathic Communication and Nursing Support / Alice D Domar<br/>Patient-Centered IVF Care / Sofia Gameiro<br/>The IVF Patient Journey of the Future / Thomas Toth and Angela Leung.

::Summary## This title is an easy-to-read guide outlining specific differences in communication, clinical therapies, medications, protocols, and other critical approaches to the care of African Americans. The book discusses a wide range of disorders impacting African Americans and takes a comprehensive and evidence-based approach to the clinical support of providers that see African American patients. Recording the worst medical outcomes of any racial/ethnic group in America, African Americans have the highest mortality, longest hospital length of stay, worst compliance with medications and referrals, and the lowest trust of the healthcare system. Indeed, there are countless well-designed studies that validate verified differences in the clinical care of a number of pervasive diseases in African Americans, including hypertension, heart disease, kidney disease, obesity, cancer, and more. Despite the widespread acknowledgement of the existence of health disparities among racial/ethnic groups, the overall outcomes for African Americans are still the most shocking. From high infant mortality to death by almost any cause, African Americans have the worst data of any other racial or ethnic group. Patient-Centered Clinical Care for African Americans, a highly practical and first-of-its-kind title, illuminates these alarming issues and represents a major contribution to the clinical literature. It will be of significant interest to all physicians, clinicians, and allied health personnel.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1 Why is Patient-Centered Culturally Competent Care important?<br/>Chapter 2 Establishing Trust<br/>Chapter 3 Deliver Consistent and Equitable Care<br/>Chapter 4 Important Differences in Cardiovascular Care<br/>Chapter 5 Important Differences in the Care of Obesity and Diabetes<br/>Chapter 6 Important Differences in Cancer Care<br/>Chapter 7 Important Differences in Renal Disease<br/>Chapter 8 Important Differences in Rheumatological Diseases<br/>Chapter 9 Important Differences in Pulmonary Diseases<br/>Chapter 10 Other Important Differences in Clinical Care<br/>Chapter 11 Dietary Differences and Ways to Impact Choices<br/>Chapter 12 Connect with Stories: Improving Patient Adherence and Compliance<br/>Chapter 13 Our Hippocratic Oath<br/>Appendix: Instructors Notes.

::Contents##<br/>Medicine as a human experience<br/>Clinical application of the biopsychosocial model / George L. Engel<br/>The care of the patient : art or science / George L. Engel<br/>The doctor-patient relationship<br/>The patient-centered interview<br/>The experience of illness and hospitalization<br/>The nature of the healing process.

::Summary## The recent history of medicine is one of great biological and technological advances. Diagnoses are being made earlier, diseases caught sooner, patients living longer. And yet there is one area that lags behind the rest of the field: despite the efforts of graduate courses and training manuals, too many doctors still find communication a challenge. In Patient-Centered Medicine in Transition, the focus is not on skills or tools but on context to improve communication not only with patients, but between colleagues, with management, and within and across teams. Rigorous and readable, this timely manifesto presents new models of team process in patient-centered care, emphasizing their value in reducing harmful medical errors and improving patient care, safety, and outcomes. Further, the author provides significant research evidence supporting democratic approaches to communication in medicine while also addressing vital questions of ethics, empathy, gender dynamics, and physician self-care. Included in the coverage: The epidemic of communication hypocompetence. Patient-centeredness without a center. How doctors think can be judged from how they listen and speak. Working and learning in teams in the new era of health care. Blunting Occam's Razor: team process and complexity theory. Building a collaborative community in medical education research. Patient-Centered Medicine in Transition offers a bold new reconceptualization of an important topic and a roadmap to new frontiers in practice to be read and discussed by researchers and practitioners in medical education.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Communication hypocompetence--an iatrogenic epidemic<br/>Democracy in medicine<br/>Patient-centeredness without a center<br/>How doctors think can be judged from how they listen and speak<br/>A new wave of patient-centeredness<br/>Models of patient-centered care<br/>What is meant by empathy?<br/>Gender matters in medical education<br/>Working and learning in teams in a new era of health care.-Theorizing team process through cultural-historical activity theory (CHAT): networking and knotworking<br/>Theorizing team process through a Foucauldian perspective: gaining a voice in team activity at the clinical coalface<br/>Theorizing team process through actor-network-theory (ANT): communication practice as a theory in action<br/>Theorizing team process through Deleuzean rhizomatics: becoming a medical professional in nomadic teams<br/>Team process and complexity theory: blunting Occams Razor<br/>Building a collaborative community in medical education research<br/>Conclusion: professing medical identities in the liquid world of teams.

::Summary## "There have been great strides made in designing the administrative structures of patient-centered care, but it is still difficult to design truly patient-centered clinical routines that the entire healthcare team can enact. The kind of partnership, in which patients are fully part of the team that guides their own care, goes against so much of the training and socialization of health professionals and, for that matter, the expectations of many patients. This is particularly true for patients we sometimes call "complex." In other contexts, we call them "high utilizers," "disadvantaged," "heartsink patients," or "people with trauma histories." Blount calls them "multiply-disadvantaged" patients. To successfully serve these patients requires our best versions of team-based care, including behavioral health and care management team members, though every member of the team needs help in engaging these patients and mutual support in adapting to the rapid changes in roles that new team approaches are creating. This book offers a summary of the approaches that are currently in growing use, such as health literacy assessment, motivational interviewing, appreciative inquiry, shared decision making, minimally disruptive care, trauma informed care, enfranchisement coaching, relationship-centered care, and family-informed care. Finally, it offers a transformative method, based on familiar elements, that is Transparent, Empowering, Activating, and Mutual: the T.E.A.M. Way."--Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Foreword / Frank deGruy<br/>Getting to Patient-Centered Care<br/>From a Squad to a Team: Creating Team-Based Care<br/>Behavioral Health and Care Enhancement: Building a Team to Do the Whole Job<br/>Getting from "Delivering Care to Patients" to "Partnership with Patients"<br/>When the Doctor-Patient Divide is a Chasm<br/>Bridging the Chasm: The Current State of the Art<br/>"T" is for Transparent<br/>"E" is for Empowering<br/>"A" is for Activating<br/>"M" is for Mutual<br/>Growing and Retaining an Expert Team<br/>Quality Improvement, Data, and Partnership<br/>Articulating the Model.

::Summary## "If you're not involving patients, you're not doing HTA!"--Dr. Brian O'Rourke, President and CEO of CADTH, Chair of INAHTA This is the first book to offer a comprehensive guide to involving patients in health technology assessment (HTA). Defining patient involvement as patient participation in the HTA process and research into patient aspects, this book includes detailed explanations of approaches to participation and research, as well as case studies. Patient Involvement in HTA enables researchers, postgraduate students, HTA professionals and experts in the HTA community to study these complementary ways of taking account of patients' knowledge, experiences, needs and preferences. Part I includes chapters discussing the ethical rationale, terminology, patient-based evidence, participation and patient input. Part II sets out methodology including: Qualitative Evidence Synthesis, Discrete Choice Experiments, Analytical Hierarchy Processes, Ethnographic Fieldwork, Deliberative Methods, Social Media Analysis, Patient-Reported Outcome Measures, patients as collaborative research partners and evaluation. Part III contains 15 case studies setting out current activities by HTA bodies on five continents, health technology developers and patient organisations. Each part includes discussion chapters from leading experts in patient involvement. A final chapter reflects on the need to clearly define the goals for patient involvement within the context of the HTA to identify the optimal approach. With cohesive contributions from more than 80 authors from a variety of disciplines around the globe, it is hoped this book will serve as a catalyst for collaboration to further develop patient involvement to improve HTA.<br/>::Contents##<br/>1. Health Technology Assessment<br/>2. Exploring Ethical Rationales<br/>3. Reflections on Terms, Goals and Organisation<br/>4. Patient-Based Evidence in HTA<br/>5. Developing the Mosaic of Patient Participation in HTA<br/>6. Patient Input to HTA<br/>7. Discussion<br/>Attending to Values and Quality of Patient Involvement in HTA<br/>8. Patients as Collaborative Partners in Clinical Research to Inform HTA<br/>9. Developing Patient-Reported and Relevant Outcome Measures<br/>10. Discrete Choice Experiments<br/>11. Analytic Hierarchy Process<br/>12. Ethnographic Fieldwork<br/>14. Deliberative Methods to Involve Patients in HTA<br/>15. Qualitative Evidence Synthesis<br/>16. Evaluation of Patient Involvement in HTA<br/>17. Discussion<br/>Making Sense of Patients' Perspectives, Experiences and Preferences in HTA<br/>18. Discussion<br/>Research to promote patient-based HTA<br/>19. Australia<br/>20. Brazil<br/>21. Canada<br/>22. Denmark<br/>23. England<br/>24. EUnetHTA<br/>Patients' Perspectives in the HTA Core Model®<br/>25. Germany<br/>26. Italy<br/>27. Scotland<br/>28. Sweden<br/>29. Taiwan<br/>30. USA<br/>Comparative Effectiveness Research<br/>31. Discussion of Approaches in Different Countries<br/>32. Discussion<br/>Patient Participation in HTA; Evidence of Real Change?<br/>33. Patient Involvement in Medicine Development and Assessment<br/>34. Medical Technologies: Involving Patients in Development and Assessment<br/>35. Role of Patient Organisations<br/>36. Discussion<br/>Perspective of an HTA Appraisal Committee Chair<br/>37. Reflections for Future Development.

::Contents##<br/>10 real cases on acute coronary syndrome : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Nisha Ali, MD, Timothy. J. Vittorio, MD<br/>10 real cases on arrhythmias : diagnosis of tachyarrhythmia and bradyarrhythmia with management / contributed by Nisha Ali, MD, Manoj Bhandari, MD<br/>10 real cases on syncope and dizziness : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Nikhitha Mantri, MD, Muhammad Saad, MD, Timothy. J. Vittorio, MD<br/>10 real cases on valvular heart disease : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Nikhitha Mantri, MD, Ayyadurai Pavanalingam, MD, Marin Nicu, MD<br/>10 real cases on acute heart failure syndrome : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Swathi Roy, MD, Gayathri Kamalakkannan, MD<br/>10 real cases on hypertensive emergency and pericardial disease : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Niel Shah, MD, Fareeha S. Alavi, MD, Muhammad Saad, MD<br/>10 real cases on transient ischemic attack and stroke : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Miranda Jeirym, MD, Fareeha S. Alavi, MD, Muhammad Saad, MD<br/>10 real cases on peripheral artery disease and carotid artery disease : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Niel Shah, MD, Muhammad Ameen, MD, Muhammad Saad, MD<br/>10 real cases on electrolyte management and miscellaneous cases on telemetry / contributed by Niel Shah, MD, Nisha Ali, MD, Miranda Jeirym, MD, Muhammad Saad, MD<br/>10x10 abnormal electrocardiogram, echocardiogram and miscellaneous imaging / contributed by Vincent S. Prawoko, MD, Ayyadurai Pavanalingam, MD, Marin Nicu, MD.

::Summary## "Patient Preparation for Bariatric Surgery provides a comprehensive and state of the art review of all aspects of the patient preparation process, The text reviews current literature and controversies involving sources of referrals and the difficulties encountered by primary care physicians in managing patients with extreme obesity. Strategies for addressing this problem and integrating primary care physicians in comprehensive obesity programs are presented. The text also reviews current indications for surgery and the current patient access limitations that have resulted in the need for revised surgical indications based more on medical need than mere extent of obesity. Written by an authority in the field, Patient Preparation for Bariatric Surgery is a valuable resource for bariatric surgeons, bariatric physicians and all allied health personnel who manage patients with extreme obesity and will assist in the advancement of this area of surgery as well as stimulate new discovery."--Publisher's website.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Introduction<br/>Chapter 2. Indications and Patient Referrals for Bariatric Surgery<br/>Chapter 3. Patient Education and Informed Consent<br/>Chapter 4. Initial Medical Evaluation<br/>Chapter 5. Psychological and Behavioral Evaluation<br/>Chapter 6. Comprehensive Medical Evaluation<br/>Chapter 7. Nutrition I: Protein and Vitamins<br/>Chapter 8. Nutrition II: Minerals<br/>Chapter 9. Pregnancy<br/>Chapter 10. Diagnostic Endoscopy: Perioperative<br/>Chapter 11. Therapeutic Endoscopy<br/>Chapter 12. Risk Assessment in Bariatric Surgery<br/>Chapter 13. Management of the High-Risk Bariatric Surgery Candidate<br/>Chapter 14. Anesthesia Considerations in Bariatric Surgery.

::Contents##<br/>PROMs and Quality of Care<br/>A Guide to PROMs Methodology and Selection Criteria<br/>PROMs (MDHAQ/RAPID3) and Physician RheuMetric Measures<br/>PROMs in Rheumatoid Arthritis<br/>PROMs in Spondyloarthritis<br/>PROMs in Systemic Lupus Erythematosus<br/>PROMs in Fibromyalgia<br/>PROMs in Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis<br/>PROMs in Gouty Arthritis<br/>PROMs for Osteoarthritis<br/>PROMs in Systemic Sclerosis (Scleroderma)<br/>PROMs in Sjögren's Syndrome<br/>PROMs in Carpal Tunnel Syndrome<br/>PROMs in Polymyalgia Rheumatica<br/>Electronic Patient Reported Outcome Measures (ePROMs) in Rheumatology<br/>PROMs and Patient Education<br/>PROMs vs. PREMs (Patient Reported Experience Measures)<br/>PROMs and Musculoskeletal Ultrasonography. .

::Summary## This book shows how PROMs and PREMs can help improve patient experience and outcomes. Part 1 covers the core principles of PROMs and PREMs, including their strengths and weaknesses, reporting and analysis, data sharing and valuation. Part 2 covers measures of patient experience, health status, wellbeing, self-efficacy, individualized measures, social determinants of health and impact evaluation. It concludes with a discussion of staff-reported measures, proxies and caregivers. Patient-Reported Outcomes and Experience: Measuring What We Want with PROMs and PREMs concisely covers how to use these measures successfully to improve patient experience of healthcare services and associated outcomes. It is a critical resource for trainee and practicing clinicians, managers, analysts and policymakers seeking an up-to-date reference on the latest developments in this rapidly expanding field.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Why PROMs and PREMs matter?<br/>History<br/>Terminology<br/>Why PROMs are Hard: People<br/>Noise and complexity<br/>Analysis<br/>Interoperability<br/>Value of health and lives<br/>Patient-reported measures<br/>Patient experience<br/>Health status<br/>Wellbeing<br/>Patient-centred Care<br/>Individualised Measures<br/>Social factors<br/>Innovation Evaluation<br/>Staff-reported measures<br/>Proxies, caregivers and care home residents.

::Summary## This book provides a guide to the assessment of patient reported outcomes measures and quality of life in cardiovascular interventions, which have become a fundamental component of decision making in bedside medicine, health policy, health economics, and public health. Cardiac surgery, cardiovascular interventions, vascular interventions, and the core principles of quality of life are all covered. This book is the first book to demonstrate how clinicians and policy makers can easily get access to a single source of quality of life and patient reported outcomes measures evidence to help them make the best informed decisions in the field of cardiovascular interventions. This is a rapidly emerging field and the book would be relevant to doctors, healthcare scientists, allied-health professionals, healthcare managers, medical statisticians, healthcare economists, and consultants working in healthcare.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Unveiling the concept of minimal clinically important difference (MCID) in cardiac surgery<br/>Quality of life following the use of mechanical circulatory support devices<br/>What Factors Predict an Improved Quality of Life Outcome Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Surgery? A Systematic Review<br/>Thoracic Aortic Surgery<br/>Patient Reported Outcomes and Quality of Life following Heart Transplantation<br/>QOL and PROMS following Transcatheter Aortic Valve Implantation<br/>Patient-Reported Quality of Life after Stand-alone and Concomitant Arrhythmia Surgery: a systematic review and meta-analysis<br/>Transcatheter Mitral Valve Procedures<br/>Percutaneous Interventions in Adult Congenital Heart Disease<br/>The Impact of Valve Surgery on the Health-Related Quality of Life of Elderly Patients: Systematic Review<br/>Quality of life after mitral valve and tricuspid valve surgery<br/>Quality of Life and patient reported outcomes in Paediatric Cardiac Surgery patients<br/>Percutaneous Coronary Intervention<br/>Quality of Life and Patient Reported Outcome Measures Following Carotid Artery Intervention<br/>Quality of Life and Patient Reported Outcome Measures Following Percutaneous Aortic Intervention for Aortic Aneurysms and Dissection<br/>QOL and PROMS in Catheter Ablation of Cardiac Arrhythmia<br/>Patient Reported Outcomes and Quality of Life following Percutaneous and Surgical Intervention for Subclavian Artery Disease<br/>QoL and PROMS following Percutaneous and Surgical Intervention for Renal Artery Disease<br/>Health-Related Quality of Life Outcomes for Endovascular and Open Surgical Interventions in Aortoiliac and Femoropopliteal Steno-occlusive Arterial Disease<br/>Infrapopliteal arteries (classical and percutaneous)<br/>Quality-of-life (QOL) and Patient-Reported Outcome Measures (PROMs) following intervention for Chronic Venous Disease.

::Summary## "The future of the health care industry rests on advanced analytics Health Data's Destiny provides a visionary overview of how advanced analytics is set to transform the health care industry. Beginning with the plethora of opportunities already in place, this book addresses the ways in which each stakeholder--payers, providers, governments, consumers, entrepreneurs, employers, and others--can benefit from the next generation of health data. The future of the industry is laid out in terms of technology, data sources, and integrated systems, giving you an expansive, holistic, yet reality-based preview of what's to come. Claims and clinical data are only the beginning; upcoming sources like mobile applications, wearable technology, and more are beginning to provide the kind of patient data that will lead to an integrated, connected health care system in which advanced analytics is key in establishing premier patient care. The health care industry's size, scope, and sheer complexity make developing an integrated system all the more difficult. This book shows how big data and advanced analytics can streamline the process and make the vision a reality. Improve outcomes, reduce cost, and establish the best patient care Learn how data is being used, and how it will continue to evolve Discover how up-and-coming data sources will revolutionize health care Stay on the front lines of innovation with mobile and "wearable" data Data is the future of health care, and smart organizations are putting systems and strategies in place now to continue providing top-of-the-line care as technology evolves and the environment changes. Health Data's Destiny gives you a preview of the future, so you can stay out in front and not get left behind"-- Provided by publisher.

::Summary## Wish to die statements are becoming a frequent phenomenon in terminally ill patients. Those confronted by these statments need to understand the complexity of such wishes, so they can respond competently and compassionately to the requests. If misunderstood, the statements can be taken at face-value and the practitioner may not recognise that a patient is in fact experiencing ambivalent feelings at the end of life, or they may misinterpret the expressed wish to die as a sign of clinical depression. Public debate about the morality and ethics of various end-of-life care options has exploded in recent years. However, it has never been sensitive to the finer aspects of clinical reality or the experiences of patients. The Patient's Wish to Die: Research, Ethics, and Palliative Care brings together that reality and the patient's voice, combining them with different research approaches. It presents the best available knowledge and research methodologies about patients' wishes at the end-of-life, together with a series of ethical views and a discussion about the clinical implications for palliative care. The book presents material in an open and unbiased manner whilst remaining sensitive to the spiritual and existential dimensions of dying, and to the different cultural views that provide meaning to the individual. Written by the best specialists and ethics scholars from around the world, including palliative care practitioners and end-of-life scholars from countries where assisted dying practices are legalized and from those where it isn't, The The Patient's Wish to Die: Research, Ethics, and Palliative Care will prove essential reading for all those working or studying in the field of palliative care.--Description from back cover.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Research<br/>Ethics<br/>Practice<br/>Conclusion.

::Summary## Despite the evolution and growing awareness of patient safety, many medical professionals are not a part of this important conversation. Clinicians often believe they are too busy taking care of patients to adopt and implement patient safety initiatives and that acknowledging medical errors is an affront to their skills. Patient Safety provides clinicians with a better understanding of the prevalence, causes and solutions for medical errors; bringing best practice principles to the bedside. Written by experts from a variety of backgrounds, each chapter features an analysis of clinical cases based on the Root Cause Analysis (RCA) methodology, along with case-based discussions on various patient safety topics. The systems and processes outlined in the book are general and broadly applicable to institutions of all sizes and structures. The core ethic of medical professionals is to do no harm. Patient Safety is a comprehensive resource for physicians, nurses and students, as well as healthcare leaders and administrators for identifying, solving and preventing medical error.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Concepts<br/>Examples<br/>Special considerations<br/>Organizational issues<br/>Appendix.

::Summary## Patient Safety in Anatomic & Clinical Pathology Laboratories describes patient safety culture in the laboratory and how it fits in with the larger mission and purposes of the health care enterprise. The text addresses common types of errors seen in pathology and the role of cognitive bias in contributing to these errors, reducing errors through communication and technology, and tools and methods to improve patient safety. Also addressed are building high-reliability teams and the role of the patient navigator in addressing patient safety issues through continuity, coordination, and care. The book also describes developing and implementing a patient safety curriculum in order to fulfill ACGME training requirements to meet standards for resident and fellow education for anatomic pathology and laboratory medicine -- Back cover<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction / Tina Ipe, Lee Hilborne<br/>The Culture of Patient Safety in the Laboratory / Frederick L. Kiechle<br/>Human Factors and Patient Safety in the Laboratory / Scott R. Owens<br/>Communication, Handoffs, and Transitions / Virginia Elizabeth Duncan, Suzanne Renee Thibodeaux, Gene P Siegal<br/>Utilizing Technology to Improve Laboratory Patient Safety / Anand S. Dighe<br/>Tools and Methods to Improve and Evaluate Patient Safety in the Laboratory / Tina Ipe, Lee Hilborne<br/>Diagnostic Errors and Cognitive Bias / Stephen S. Raab<br/>Building High-Reliability Teams in the Laboratory / Nicole D. Riddle<br/>Developing a Patient Safety Curriculum for Resident and Fellow Education / Deborah Sesok-Pizzini<br/>Patient Safety and the Patient Navigator / Elizabeth A. Wagar

::Summary## This text uses a case-based approach to share knowledge and techniques on how to operationalize much of the theoretical underpinnings of hospital quality and safety. Written and edited by leaders in healthcare, education, and engineering, these 22 chapters provide insights as to where the field of improvement and safety science is with regards to the views and aspirations of healthcare advocates and patients. Each chapter also includes vignettes to further solidify the theoretical underpinnings and drive home learning. End of chapter commentary by the editors highlight important concepts and connections between various chapters in the text. Patient Safety and Quality Improvement in Healthcare: A Case-Based Approach presents a novel approach towards hospital safety and quality with the goal to help healthcare providers reach zero harm within their organizations.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction: A Case-Based Approach to Quality Improvement<br/>Organizational Safety Culture: The Foundation for Safety and Quality Improvement<br/>Creation of Quality Management Systems: Frameworks for Performance Excellence<br/>Reliability, Resilience, and Developing a Problem-Solving Culture<br/>Building an Engaging Toyota Production System Culture to Drive Winning Performance for our Patients, Caregivers, Hospitals, and Communities<br/>What to Do When an Event Happens: Building Trust in Every Step<br/>Communication with Disclosure and Its Importance in Safety<br/>Using Data to Drive Change<br/>Quality Methodology<br/>Designing Improvement Teams for Success<br/>Handoffs: Reducing Harm Through High Reliability and Inter-Professional Communication<br/>Safety II: A Novel Approach to Reducing Harm<br/>Bundles and Checklists<br/>Pathways and Guidelines: An Approach to Operationalizing Patient Safety and Quality Improvement<br/>Accountable Justifications and Peer Comparisons as Behavioral Economic Nudges to Improve Clinical Practice<br/>Diagnostic Errors and Their Associated Cognitive Biases<br/>An Improvement Operating System: A Case for a Digital Infrastructure for Continuous Improvement<br/>Patient Flow in Healthcare: A Key to Quality<br/>It Takes Teamwork: Consideration of Difficult Hospital-Acquired Conditions<br/>Human Factors in Healthcare<br/>Workforce Safety<br/>Changing the Improvement Paradigm for Our Kids.

::Contents##<br/>Patient safety: what is it all about? / Schwappach, D.<br/>Patients with chronic kidney disease : safety aspects in the preoperative management / Malovrh, M.<br/>What every doctor should know about drug safety in patients with chronic kidney disease / Paparella, M., Martina, V., Rizzo, M.A., Gallieni, M.<br/>Patient safety in vascular access patients on hemodialysis : contrast agents and renal function / Vogt, B.<br/>Contrast agents and ionization with respect to safety for patients and doctors / von Tengg-Kobligkl, H., Karal, L., Klinkl, T., Khanichehl, E., Heverhagenl, J.T., Böhml, I.B.<br/>Cardiac safety in vascular access surgery and maintenance / Malik, J., Kudlicka, J., Tesar, V., Linhart, A.<br/>Simulation in vascular access surgery / Widmer, M.K., Widmer, L.W., Schmidli, J., Wyss, T.R., Davidson, I.<br/>Team training to establish a safety culture in dialysis access surgery / Davidson, I., Slakey, D., Widmer, M.K., Nolen, B., Ross, J.<br/>How to perform safe anesthesia in patients with end-stage renal disease / Seidl C., Eberle B.<br/>Careful and safe vascular access creation / Wyss, T.R., Widmer, M.K.<br/>Improving patient safety in vascular access : a role for individualization and patient preferences / Roy-Chaudhury, P., Verma, A.<br/>How to prolong the patency of vascular access / Glazer S., Saint, L., Shenoy, S.<br/>Safety issues in surgical and endovascular techniques to rescue failing or failed arteriovenous fistulas and arteriovenous grafts / Lazarides, M., Georgiadis, G., Argyriou, C.<br/>Vascular access-induced hand ischemia : risks and safe management / Sessa, C., De Lambert, A., Pirvu, A., Palacin, P., Pichot, O.<br/>Patient safety in peritoneal dialysis / Slakey, D.P., Davidson I.<br/>Safety aspects in patients on hemodialysis with catheters / Polakovi, V., Lopot, F.<br/>Nosocomial infections in dialysis access / Schweiger, A., Marschall, J., Trevino, S.<br/>How to improve vascular access care? / van Loon, M.<br/>The patient's role in patient safety and the importance of a dedicated vascular access team / Shemesh, D., Olsha, O., Goldin, I., Danin, S.<br/>Patient safety in dialysis access : education and research / Tordoir, Jan H.M., Widmer M.K.

::Contents##<br/>Part 1. General Aspects<br/>1: Quality Assessment in Surgery: Mission Impossible?<br/>2. Incidence of 'Never Events' and Common Complications<br/>3. Cognitive Errors<br/>4. Diagnostic Errors<br/>5. Technical Errors<br/>6. The Missed Injury: A 'Preoperative Complication'<br/>7. Non-Technical Aspects of Safe Surgical Performance<br/>8. Postoperative Monitoring for Clinical Deterioration<br/>9. Effective Communication- Tips and Tricks<br/>10. Professionalism in Health Care<br/>11. Accountability in the Medical Profession<br/>12. The Role of the Surgical Second Opinion<br/>13. Compliance to Patient Safety Culture<br/>14. The Universal Protocol: Pitfalls and Pearls<br/>15. Patient Safety in Graduate and Continuing Medical Education<br/>16. Translation of Aviation Safety Principals to Patient Safety in Surgery<br/>17. Handovers: The 'Hidden Threat' to Patient Safety<br/>18. Public Safety-Net Hospitals- The Denver Health Model<br/>19. Electronic Health Records and Patient Safety<br/>20. Research and Patient Safety<br/>Part 2. The Surgeon's Perspective<br/>21. The Surgery Morbidity and Mortality Conference<br/>22. Reporting of Complications<br/>23. Disclosure of Complications<br/>24. Surgical Quality Improvement<br/>25. Surgical Safety Checklists<br/>Part 3. Other Perspectives<br/>26. The Anesthesia Perspective<br/>27. The Nursing Perspective<br/>28. The Patient's and Patient Family's Perspective<br/>29. The Ethical Perspective<br/>30. Patient Safety- A Perspective from the Developing World<br/>Part 4. Case Scenarios<br/>31. Improving Operating Room Safety: A Success Story<br/>32. Management of Unanticipated Outcomes: A Case Scenario<br/>33. The Preventable Death of Michael Skolnik: An Imperative for Shared Decision-Making<br/>Epilogue<br/>Appendices.

::Contents##<br/>Generation of patient-specific induced pluripotent stem cell from peripheral blood mononuclear cells by Sendai reprogramming vectors / Oscar Quintana-Bustamante and Jose C. Segovia<br/>Doxycycline-inducible system for genetic correction of iPSC disease models / Xiuli Sim ... [et al.]<br/>Generation and characterization of patient-specific induced pluripotent stem cell for disease modeling / Renuka Sivapatham and Xianmin Zeng<br/>Modeling genomic imprinting disorders using induced pluripotent stem cells / Stormy J. Chamberlain ... [et al.]<br/>Generation and characterization of induced pluripotent stem cells from patients with mtDNA mutations / Riikka H. Hssamssalssainen and Anu Suomalainen<br/>Skin biopsy and patient-specific stem cell lines / Yao Li, Huy V. Nguyen, and Stephen H. Tsang<br/>Directed myogenic differentiation of human induced pluripotent stem cells / Emi Shoji, Knut Woltjen, and Hidetoshi Sakurai<br/>Using human induced pluripotent stem cells to model skeletal diseases / Emilie Barruet and Edward C. Hsiao<br/>Modeling cardiovascular diseases with patient-specific human pluripotent stem cell-derived cardiomyocytes / Paul W. Burridge ... [et al.]<br/>Calcium imaging in pluripotent stem cell-derived cardiac myocytes / Anna Walter ... [et al.]<br/>Patient-specific induced pluripotent stem cell models : generation and characterization of cardiac cells / Fabian Zanella and Farah Sheikh<br/>Differentiation of human pluripotent stem cells to cardiomyocytes under defined conditions / Cathelijne W. van den Berg ... [et al.]<br/>Generation of cardiomyocytes from pluripotent stem cells / Hiroko Nakahama and Elisa Di Pasquale<br/>Generation and characterization of patient-specific iPSC model for cardiovascular disease / Yee Ki Lee ... [et al.]<br/>Transgene-free disease-specific iPSC generation from fibroblasts and peripheral blood mononuclear cells / Kerem Fidan ... [et al.]<br/>Generation and neuronal Differentiation of patient-specific induced pluripotent stem cells derived from Niemann-Pick type C1 fibroblasts / Michaela Trilck, Rayk Hubner, and Moritz J. Frech<br/>Multisystemic disease modeling of liver-derived protein folding disorders using induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) / Amy Leung and George J. Murphy<br/>In vitro modeling of alcohol-induced liver injury using human-induced pluripotent stem cells / Lipeng Tian, Neha Prasad, and Yoon-Young Jang<br/>Generation of human induced pluripotent stem cells using RNA-based sendai virus system and pluripotency validation of the resulting cell population / Valeria Chichagova ... [et al.]<br/>Modeling axonal phenotypes with human pluripotent stem cells / Kyle R. Denton, Chong-Chong Xu, and Xue-Jun Li<br/>Mitochondrial disease-specific induced pluripotent stem cell models : generation and characterization / Xuan Zhang ... [et al.]<br/>Patient-specific induced pluripotent stem cell models : characterization of iPS cell-derived cardiomyocytes / Toru Egashira ... [et al.]<br/>Generation of integration-free patient specific iPS cells using episomal plasmids under feeder free conditions / Sara Caxaria ... [et al.].

::Summary## Patient Surveillance After Cancer Treatment covers the history of cancer patient surveillance after curative-intent treatment, the rationale, the methodologies used in the past and at present, the methodologies that will probably emerge in the future, the costs of surveillance, the definitions of various terms used in the field, and how those who are interested in the topic can get more information about it from the internet. The secondary focus of the book is to publicize the need for well-designed, adequately powered randomized clinical trials comparing two (or more) surveillance strategies for each type of cancer.The audience includes all oncologists, cancer researchers, medical economists and policy makers in government and insurance companies, and finally, interested patients.This book is part of the Current Clinical Oncology series, which provides cutting-edge knowledge of cancer diagnosis, management, and treatment. World renowned experts share their insights in all the major fields of clinical oncology. From the fundamentals of pathophysiology to the latest developments in experimental and novel therapies, Current Clinical Oncology is an indispensable resource for today's practicing oncologist.

::Summary## Pattern analysis is a powerful method that changed dermatopathology, nowadays an indispensable tool in the diagnostic workup of inflammatory and neoplastic lesions. The diagnosis of melanocytic lesions can also be mastered by pattern analysis, which is the link between pathology, dermatoscopy, and clinical dermatology and supports the integration of all views. The histopathologic diagnosis of melanocytic lesions can be challenging for novices and experts alike. While classifications of melanocytic lesions come and go, pattern analysis is timeless; it can be assigned to any classification, current or future, and provides a framework that allows to address complex and uncertain cases in a repeatable manner. While uncertainty cannot be totally eliminated, pattern analysis helps to express this uncertainty in a meaningful way. Written by expert dermatopathologists with experience in dermatoscopy, this book is dedicated to young colleagues and to those who have not yet settled on one of the competing schools of thought; it is intended as a practical guide to help making correct observations, to describe them with a well-defined terminology, and to yield critical decisions in the face of incomplete or conflicting information. The illustrations contained in the volume are all original pictures in high-quality and full-color: reproductions of histopatological cuts in low and high magnification will assist pathologists, dermatologists, and dermatopathologists in interpreting histological slides of melanocytic skin lesions.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Historical perspective<br/>Classifications<br/>Pattern analysis<br/>Integration of patterns<br/>Integration of context<br/>Pattern analysis in practice<br/>Bias, Noise, and Error.

::Summary## This book presents recent advances in pattern analysis of the human connectome. The human connectome, measured by magnetic resonance imaging at the macroscale, provides a comprehensive description of how brain regions are connected. Based on machine learning methods, multiviarate pattern analysis can directly decode psychological or cognitive states from brain connectivity patterns. Although there are a number of works with chapters on conventional human connectome encoding (brain-mapping), there are few resources on human connectome decoding (brain-reading). Focusing mainly on advances made over the past decade in the field of manifold learning, sparse coding, multi-task learning, and deep learning of the human connectome and applications, this book helps students and researchers gain an overall picture of pattern analysis of the human connectome. It also offers valuable insights for clinicians involved in the clinical diagnosis and treatment evaluation of neuropsychiatric disorders.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1 Multimodal Brain Imaging; 2 sMRI-Based Structural Connectivity; 3 DTI-Based Anatomical Connectivity; 4 fMRI-Based Functional Connectivity; 5 Dynamic Functional Connectivity; 6 Multivariate Pattern Analysis; 7 Feature Extraction; 8 Dimensionality Reduction; 9 Classifier Design and Performance Evaluation; 10 The Content of the Book; References; 2 Multivariate Pattern Analysis of Whole-Brain Functional Connectivity in Major Depression; 1 Introduction; 2 Subjects; 3 Image Acquisition and Preprocessing; 4 Identification of Features with High Discriminative Power 2 Participants3 Image Acquisition and Preprocessing; 4 ALFF-FC Map of Dynamic Functional Connectivity; 5 Partial Least-Squares Analysis and Age Prediction; 6 Age-Dependent Changes in the Variability of the Dynamic FC During Maturation; 7 Control Analysis; 8 Reproducibility; 9 Discussion; Functional Connectivity Fluctuations Decode Individual Brain Maturity; Specific Brain Networks Exhibit Changed Connectivity Fluctuation with Age; Inter-network Rather Than Within-Network Connectivity Dynamics Shows Strong DevelopmentalTrends; Control Analysis, Limitations, and Directions for Future Research 5 DiscussionReferences; 7 Locality Preserving Projection of Functional Connectivity for Regression; 1 Introduction; 2 Data Acquisition and Preprocessing; 3 Parametric Curve Fitting and Age-Related Changes in Interregional Functional Connectivity; 4 Low-Dimensional Embeddings; 5 Locally Adjusted Support Vector Regression (LASVR) for Age Prediction; 6 Discussion; References; 8 Intrinsic Discriminant Analysis of Functional Connectivity for Multiclass Classification; 1 Introduction; 2 Participants; 3 Data Acquisition and Preprocessing; 4 IDA Algorithm and Intrinsicconnectomes 5 Support Vector Classification and Performance Evaluation6 Altered Resting-State Functional Connectivityin Major Depression; 7 Discussion; References; 3 Discriminative Analysis of Nonlinear Functional Connectivity in Schizophrenia; 1 Introduction; 2 Participants; 3 Imaging Acquisition and Preprocessing; 4 MIC and eMIC; 5 High Discriminative Connectivity Features; 6 Support Vector Classification and Performance Evaluation; 7 Functional Connectivity Changes; 8 Discussion; References; 4 Predicting Individual Brain Maturity Using Window-Based Dynamic Functional Connectivity; 1 Introduction

::Contents##<br/>Section 1. Induction and patterning of the CNS and PNS<br/>section 2. Generation of neuronal diversity<br/>section 3. Development of glia, blood vessels, choroid plexus, immune cells in the nervous system.

::Contents##<br/>v. 1. General principles<br/>v. 2A, Toxicology ; v. 3. Theory and rationale of industrial hygiene practice.

::Contents##<br/>v. 1, pt. A-B. General principles<br/>v. 2, pt. A-F. Toxicology.

::Summary## "Selected as a Doody's Core Title for 2022!Defining the field of immunology for 40 years, Paul's Fundamental Immunology continues to provide detailed, authoritative, up-to-date information that uniquely bridges the gap between basic immunology and the disease process. The fully revised 8th edition maintains the excellence established by Dr. William E. Paul, who passed away in 2015, and is now under new editorial leadership of Drs. Martin F. Flajnik, Nevil J. Singh, and Steven M. Holland. It's an ideal reference and gold standard text for graduate students, post-doctoral fellows, basic and clinical immunologists, microbiologists and infectious disease physicians, and any physician treating diseases in which immunologic mechanisms play a role. Reflects the latest advances in the field, including current insights on immune system function, both basic and translational. Contains 50 chapters written by leaders in all subfields of immunology. Provides extensive coverage of the molecular biology that explains the dynamics underlying immune disorders and their treatment. Includes 10 entirely new chapters covering invertebrate and plant immunity, eosinophils, innate lymphoid cells, gamma/delta T cells, NKT and MAIT cells, immunometabolism, maternal-fetal immunology and more. Contains abundant full-color illustrations and tables that provide essential information at a glance. Features annual updates from the authors to the VST version, keeping you current with changes in this dynamic field from the experts. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.

::Summary## "PCCN Certification Review, Third Edition is the ideal study guide for nurses preparing to take the Progressive Care Certified Nurse (PCCN) exam administered by the American Association of Critical-Care Nurses (AACN). It includes more than 1,100 questions and comprehensive answers with rationales. The Third Edition has been updated and revised in all sections to reflect changes in the new PCCN test plan, including gerontological issues, cardiac surgery, pacemakers, infectious diseases, and palliative care"--Publisher's description.<br/>::Contents##<br/>History<br/>Exam<br/>Test-taking strategies<br/>Cardiovascular<br/>Pulmonary<br/>Endocrine<br/>Hematology/immunology<br/>Neurology<br/>Gastrointestinal<br/>Renal<br/>Multisystem<br/>Behavioral.

::Summary## This popular resource features step-by-step skill instruction and practice-focused exercises covering neonatal care. Developed by a distinguished editorial board, the Perinatal Continuing Education Program (PCEP) is a comprehensive, self-paced education program in 4 volumes. This book features 11 units covering information and skills assessment and initial management of frequently encountered neonatal illnesses, plus a brand-new unit on how to care for babies with neonatal abstinence syndrome (neonatal opioid withdrawal syndrome).<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Unit 1: Oxygen<br/>Unit 2: Respiratory Distress<br/>Unit 3: Umbilical Catheters<br/>Unit 4: Low Blood Pressure (Hypotension)<br/>Unit 5: Intravenous Therapy<br/>Unit 6: Feeding<br/>Unit 7: Hyperbilirubinemia<br/>Unit 8: Infections<br/>Unit 9: Identifying and Caring for Sick and At-Risk Babies<br/>Unit 10: Preparation for Neonatal Transport<br/>Unit 11: Neonatal Abstinence Syndrome (Neonatal Opioid Withdrawal Syndrome)<br/>Pretest Answer Key<br/>Glossary<br/>Index.

::Summary## The fourth edition of this popular resource features step-by-step skill instruction and practice-focused exercises covering maternal and fetal evaluation and immediate newborn care. Developed by a distinguished editorial board, the Perinatal Continuing Education Program (PCEP) is a comprehensive, self-paced education program in 4 volumes.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Unit 1: Is the Mother Sick? Is the Fetus Sick?<br/>Skill Unit: Determining Fetal Presentation With Leopold Maneuvers<br/>Unit 2: Fetal Age, Growth, and Maturity<br/>Unit 3: Fetal Well-being<br/>Skill Unit: Electronic Fetal Monitoring<br/>Unit 4: Is the Baby Sick? Recognizing and Preventing Problems in the Newborn<br/>Skill Unit: Electronic Cardiorespiratory Monitoring<br/>Skill Unit: Pulse Oximetry<br/>Unit 5: Resuscitating the Newborn<br/>Skill Unit: Suctioning<br/>Skill Unit: Management of Oxygen in the Delivery Setting<br/>Skill Unit: Free-Flow Oxygen and Positive-Pressure Ventilation<br/>Skill Unit: Endotracheal Intubation<br/>Skill Unit: Chest Compressions<br/>Skill Unit: Emergency Medications<br/>Skill Unit: Apgar Score<br/>Unit 6: Gestational Age and Size and Associated Risk Factors<br/>Skill Unit: Estimating Gestational Age by Examination of a Newborn<br/>Unit 7: Thermal Environment<br/>Skill Unit: Radiant Warmers<br/>Skill Unit: Incubators and Neutral Thermal Environment<br/>Unit 8: Hypoglycemia<br/>Skill Unit: Blood Glucose Screenings<br/>Pretest Answer Key<br/>Glossary<br/>Index

::Summary## The fourth edition of this popular resource features step-by-step skill instruction and practice-focused exercises covering maternal and fetal care. Developed by a distinguished editorial board, the Perinatal Continuing Education Program (PCEP) is a comprehensive, self-paced education program in 4 volumes. This book features 12 units containing information and skills essential for the recognition and initial management of high-risk and sick pregnant women and their fetuses. In this updated fourth edition, new units have been added on psychosocial risk factors in pregnancy and obstetric risk.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Unit 1: Hypertension in Pregnancy<br/>Unit 2: Obstetric Hemorrhage<br/>Unit 3: Infectious Diseases in Pregnancy<br/>Unit 4: Other Medical Risk Factors in Pregnancy<br/>Unit 5: Obstetric Risk Factors: Prior or Current Pregnancy<br/>Unit 6: Psychosocial Risk Factors in Pregnancy<br/>Unit 7: Gestational Diabetes<br/>Unit 8: Prelabor Rupture of Membranes and Intra-amniotic Infection<br/>Skill Unit: Sterile Speculum Examination<br/>Skill Unit: Tests for Suspected or Proven Rupture of Membranes<br/>Unit 9: Preterm Labor<br/>Unit 10: Inducing and Augmenting Labor<br/>Unit 11: Abnormal Labor Progress and Difficult Deliveries<br/>Unit 12: Imminent Delivery and Preparation for Maternal/Fetal Transport<br/>Pretest Answer Key<br/>Glossary<br/>Index.

::Summary## This fourth edition of this popular resource features step-by-step skill instruction and practice-focused exercises covering maternal and fetal evaluation and immediate newborn care. Developed by a distinguished editorial board, the Perinatal Continuing Education Program (PCEP) is a comprehensive, self-paced education program in 4 volumes. This book features 8 units on complex neonatal therapies, including 2 new units on neonatal encephalopathy and the ethical issues surrounding perinatology, especially when caring for fetuses of periviable gestational ages.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Unit 1: Direct Blood Pressure Measurement<br/>Unit 2: Exchange, Reduction, and Direct Transfusions<br/>Unit 3: Continuous Positive Airway Pressure<br/>Unit 4: Assisted Ventilation With Mechanical Ventilators<br/>Unit 5: Surfactant Therapy<br/>Unit 6: Therapeutic Hypothermia for Neonatal Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy<br/>Unit 7: Continuing Care for At-Risk Babies<br/>Unit 8: Biomedical Ethics and Perinatology<br/>Pretest Answer Key<br/>Glossary<br/>Index.

::Contents##<br/>Real-time quantitative PCR, pathogen detection and MIQE / Gemma Johnson, Tania Nolan, and Stephen A. Bustin<br/>Overcoming inhibition in real-time diagnostic PCR / Johannes Hedman and Peter Rådström<br/>Quality in the molecular microbiology laboratory / Paul S. Wallace and William G. MacKay<br/>Pre-analytical sample treatment and DNA extraction protocols for the detection of bacterial pathogens from whole blood / Wendy L.J. Hansen, Cathrien A. Bruggeman, and Petra F.G. Wolffs<br/>Detection of bacterial contamination in platelet concentrates using flow cytometry and real-time PCR methods / Tanja Vollmer, Knut Kleesiek, and Jens Dreier<br/>Multiplex real-time PCR assay for the detection of meticillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus and Panton-Valentine leukocidin from clinical samples / Lynne Renwick, Anne Holmes, and Kate Templeton<br/>PCR Detection of Haemophilus influenzae from respiratory specimens / Guma M.K. Abdeldaim and Björn Herrmann<br/>Rapid detection of atypical respiratory bacterial pathogens by real-time PCR / Clare L. Ling and Timothy D. McHugh<br/>Utilization of multiple real-time PCR assays for the diagnosis of Bordetella spp. in clinical specimens / Kathleen M. Tatti and Maria Lucia Tondella<br/>Detection of Mycoplasma pneumoniae by real-Time PCR / Jonas M. Winchell and Stephanie L. Mitchell<br/>Real-time PCR assay for the diagnosis of Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia / Judith Fillaux and Antoine Berry<br/>Rapid identification of mycobacteria and rapid detection of drug resistance in Mycobacterium tuberculosis in cultured isolates and in respiratory specimens / Wing-Cheong Yam and Kit-Hang Gilman Siu<br/>Direct detection of Mycobacterium ulcerans in clinical specimens and environmental samples / Caroline J. Lavender and Janet A.M. Fyfe<br/>Detection of Bartonella spp. DNA in clinical specimens using an internally controlled real-time PCR assay / Anneke M.C. Bergmans and John W.A. Rossen<br/>Simultaneous direct identification of genital microorganisms in voided urine using multiplex PCR-based reverse line blot assays / Michelle L. McKechnie, Fanrong Kong, and Gwendolyn L. Gilbert<br/>Diagnosis of Clostridium difficile infection using real-time PCR / Renate Johanna van den Berg, Dennis Bakker, and Ed J. Kuijper<br/>Detection of pathogenic Leptospira spp. through real-time PCR (qPCR) targeting the LipL32 gene / Robyn Anne Stoddard<br/>Sensitive and rapid detection of Campylobacter jejuni and Campylobacter coli using loop-mediated isothermal amplification / Wataru Yamazaki<br/>PCR detection of Helicobacter pylori in clinical samples / Emiko Rimbara, Masanori Sasatsu, and David Y. Graham<br/>Rapid detection of the Escherichia coli genospecies in water by conventional and real-time PCR / Andrée F. Maheux, Luc Bissonnette, and Michel G. Bergeron<br/>Multiplex real-time PCR (MRT-PCR) for diarrheagenic / Francesca Barletta, Theresa J. Ochoa, and Thomas G. Cleary.

::Summary## "This volume provides an overview on design PCR primers for successful DNA amplification. Chapters focus on primer design strategies for quantitative PCR, in silico PCR primer design , and primer design using software. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls." -- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Fast masking of repeated primer binding sites in eukaryotic genomes / Reidar Andreson, Lauris Kaplinksi, and Maido Remm<br/>Primer design for PCR reactions in forensic biology / Kelly M. Elkins<br/>Design of primers and probes for quantitative real-time PCR methods / Alicia Rodríguez, Mar Rodríguez, Juan J. Córdoba, and María J. Andrade<br/>Large-scale neucleotide sequence alignment and sequence variability assessment to identify the evolutionarily highly conserved regions for universal screening PCR assay design: an example of influenza A virus / Alexander Nagy, Tomáš Jiřinec, Lenka Černíková, Helena Jiřincová, and Martina Havlíčková<br/>Low-concentration initiator primers improve the amplification of gene targets with high sequence variability / Kenneth E. Pierce and Lawrence J. Wangh<br/>Multiplex PCR primer design for simultaneousu detection of multiple pathogens / Wenchao Yan<br/>Degenerate primer design for highly variable genomes / Kelvin Li, Susmita Shrivastava, and Timothy B. Stockwell<br/>Allele-specific real-time polymerase chain reaction as a tool for urate transporter 1 mutation detection / Juliet O. Makanga, Antonius Christianto, and Tetsuya Inazu<br/>MultiPLX: automatic grouping and evaluation of PCR primers / Lauris Kaplinski and Maido Remm<br/>In silico PCR primer designing and validation / Anil Kumar and Nikita Chrodia<br/>Primer design using Primer Express® for SYBR green-based quantitative PCR / Amarjeet Singh and Girdhar K. Pandey<br/>Designing primers for SNaPshot technique / Greciane Gaburro Paneto and Francisco de Paula Careta<br/>Rapid and simple method of qPCR primer design / Brenda Thornton and Chhandak Basu<br/>PRIMEGENSw3: a web-based tool for high-throughput primer and probe design / Garima Kushwaha, Gyan Prakash Srivastava, and Dong Xu<br/>Selecting specific PCR primers with MFEprimer / Wubin Qu and Chenggang Zhang.

::Summary## "Nurses are in charge of the patients and their families throughout the hospital and health system experience. They assist patients through illness to achieve higher levels of health. They coordinate the care throughout the patients' experiences with the healthcare system. Nurses are the leaders of patient care at the bedside and beyond. It is important that as clinical leaders, nurses have the most accurate, most up-to-date, and evidence-based information available so that they can always do the right thing. The PEACE model develops clinical nurses as leaders in care of both patients and their families. Clinical nurses, those at the point of care, have embraced this model for guiding their practice. The PEACE model helps clinical nurses solve challenging problems through a rigorous evidence-based practice process-from problem identification to evaluation and dissemination. The crux of the PEACE model is the mnemonic that simplifies the evidence-based practice (EBP) process for clinical nurses. The PEACE model is used across New York-Presbyterian (NYP), one of the nation's most comprehensive academic healthcare delivery systems. NYP is composed of 10 hospitals in New York and employs more than 11,000 nurses across the enterprise. One striking advantage of the model is that it emerged from the work of clinical nurses who were struggling to find a way to remember and apply the components of other EBP models. The mnemonic PEACE promotes understanding and application by clinical nurses, providing a way to easily remember the EBP component stages. The uniqueness of the PEACE model is its simplicity. This relevance leads to continued application in day-to-day nursing practice. As we strive for peace at many levels of our lives and work, the mnemonic is easy to remember. The PEACE model may be adapted to any setting where nurses practice"-- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Chapter 1: Evidence-Based Practice, Research, and Quality Improvement<br/>Chapter 2: Problem Identification<br/>Chapter 3: Evidence Review<br/>Chapter 4: Appraise the Evidence<br/>Chapter 5: Change Practice<br/>Chapter 6: Conduct Research<br/>Chapter 7: Evaluation<br/>Chapter 8: Disseminate Findings<br/>Chapter 9: Resources<br/>Chapter 10: Practice Exemplars<br/>Index.

::Summary## Addressing the pear genome, this book covers the current state of knowledge regarding genetic and genomic resources, breeding approaches and strategies, as well as cutting-edge content on how these tools and resources are being / soon will be utilized to pursue genetic improvement efforts that will combine fruit quality, high productivity, precocious fruit bearing, and long postharvest storage life, along with elevated levels of resistance to various major diseases and insect pests. Throughout, the book also explores potential opportunities and challenges in genomic analysis, sequence assembly, structural features, as well as functional studies that will assist in future genetic improvement efforts for pears. The pear (Pyrus), an important tree fruit crop, is grown worldwide, and has several economically relevant cultivars. In recent years, modern genetic and genomic tools have resulted in the development of a wide variety of valuable resources for the pear. In the past few years, completion of whole genome assemblies of 'Dangshansuli', an Asian pear, and 'Bartlett', a European pear, have paved the way for new discoveries regarding for example, the pear's genomic structure, chromosome evolution, and patterns of genetic variation. This wealth of new resources will have a major impact on our knowledge of the pear genome; in turn, these resources and knowledge will have significant impacts on future genetic improvement efforts.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Botany and taxonomy of pear<br/>Pear germplasm resources: origin, characterization, and conservation<br/>Genetics and breeding of pears<br/>Using genetic data for taxonomic, diversity, and domestication assessments in pear<br/>Genetic linkage maps in pear<br/>Molecular mapping of major genes and QTLs in pear<br/>Whole genome sequencing strategy, and genome assembly of Asian pear<br/>Whole genome sequencing strategy, and genome assembly of European pear<br/>Repetitive sequences in pear<br/>Regulatory sequences in pear.

::Summary## Pearls and Pitfalls in Cosmetic Oculoplastic Surgery, Second Edition addresses the need among surgeons for cleanly distilled and clinically relevant information. The second edition of this popular text highlights the changes and updates to the ever expanding field of facial cosmetic surgery. There are updates regarding the advances, for example in blepharoplasty techniques, fillers and filler techniques, periorbital fat grafting, brow lifting techniques, and midface rejuvenation. Additionally, nearly every chapter has full color illustrations to bring each one to life. This concise and practical "how to" book is written and edited by experts in their fields and offers "here?s how I do it" advice on the most commonly performed procedures. Each chapter becomes the voice of an expert and experienced colleague, reminding readers of the pearls and pitfalls of each procedure. These pearls will lead to more efficient techniques, fewer complications, and enhance outcomes for physicians and their patients.

::Summary## Avoid unnecessary diagnostic markers, and pathology pitfalls with this practical approach to head and neck surgical pathology. Written by experts in the field, this book features practical algorithms and ninety illustrative cases, guiding the reader through neoplastic and non-neoplastic head and neck pathology, with ease. With additional access to the full online version, including expandable images on Cambridge Core, achieve accuracy every time. Master practical challenges of efficiently diagnosing diseases in lesions of the nasopharynx, sinonasal tract, salivary glands, oral cavity lesions and soft tissues of the neck. Confidently provide all aspects of care, in tackling new entities in the field, through to reviewing appropriate ancillary studies. Discover a clinical history, histopathology, differential diagnosis and teaching points with each case, alongside working with state-of-the-art immunohistochemistry and molecular technologies. Equipping the reader to make successful diagnoses, maximise surgery time, and avoid common errors, this invaluable guide supports busy practitioners worldwide.